This is a modern-English version of The Story of Magellan and The Discovery of the Philippines, originally written by Butterworth, Hezekiah.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Transcriber's Notes:
(1) Typos, punctuation, and spelling errors have been corrected.
(2) Footnotes are marked [A], [B], etc, and are placed at the end of the book.
(3) An illustration has been moved from page 18 to page 2, nearer the relevant text.
(4) If viewer's computer does not display images, the captions are shown in bolder text.
Transcriber's Notes:
(1) Typos, punctuation, and spelling errors have been fixed.
(2) Footnotes are labeled [A], [B], etc., and are located at the end of the book.
(3) An illustration has been moved from page 18 to page 2, closer to the related text.
(4) If the viewer's computer does not show images, the captions are displayed in bold text.
THE STORY OF MAGELLAN AND THE
DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES
BY HEZEKIAH BUTTERWORTH.
Uniform edition. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50.
The Story of Magellan. A Tale of the Discovery
of the Philippines. Illustrated by F. T. Merrill and
Others.
The Treasure Ship. A Story of Sir William Phipps
and the Inter-Charter Period in Massachusetts. Illustrated
by B. West Clinedinst and Others.
The Pilot of the Mayflower. Illustrated by H.
Winthrop Peirce and Others.
True to his Home. A Tale of the Boyhood of
Franklin. Illustrated by H. Winthrop Peirce.
The Wampum Belt: or, The Fairest Page of
History. A Tale of William Penn's Treaty with
the Indians. With 6 full-page Illustrations.
The Knight of Liberty. A Tale of the Fortunes of
Lafayette. With 6 full-page Illustrations.
The Patriot Schoolmaster. A Tale of the Minutemen
and the Sons of Liberty. With 6 full-page
Illustrations by H. Winthrop Peirce.
In the Boyhood of Lincoln. A Story of the Black
Hawk War and the Tunker Schoolmaster. With 12
Illustrations and colored Frontispiece.
The Boys of Greenway Court. A Story of the
Early Years of Washington. With 10 full-page
Illustrations.
The Log School-House on the Columbia. With
13 full-page Illustrations by J. Carter Beard, E. J.
Austen, and Others.
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORK.
BY HEZEKIAH BUTTERWORTH.
Uniform edition. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50.
The Story of Magellan. A Tale of the Discovery
of the Philippines. Illustrated by F. T. Merrill and
Others.
The Treasure Ship. A Story of Sir William Phipps
and the Inter-Charter Period in Massachusetts. Illustrated
by B. West Clinedinst and Others.
The Pilot of the Mayflower. Illustrated by H.
Winthrop Peirce and Others.
True to his Home. A Tale of the Boyhood of
Franklin. Illustrated by H. Winthrop Peirce.
The Wampum Belt: or, The Fairest Page of
History. A Tale of William Penn's Treaty with
the Indians. With 6 full-page Illustrations.
The Knight of Liberty. A Tale of the Fortunes of
Lafayette. With 6 full-page Illustrations.
The Patriot Schoolmaster. A Tale of the Minutemen
and the Sons of Liberty. With 6 full-page
Illustrations by H. Winthrop Peirce.
In the Boyhood of Lincoln. A Story of the Black
Hawk War and the Tunker Schoolmaster. With 12
Illustrations and colored Frontispiece.
The Boys of Greenway Court. A Story of the
Early Years of Washington. With 10 full-page
Illustrations.
The Log School-House on the Columbia. With
13 full-page Illustrations by J. Carter Beard, E. J.
Austen, and Others.
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORK.
Magellan planting the Cross in the Philippine Islands.
(See page 123)
Magellan planting the Cross in the Philippines.
(See page 123)
THE STORY OF MAGELLAN
AND
THE DISCOVERY OF THE PHILIPPINES
BY
HEZEKIAH BUTTERWORTH
AUTHOR OF
THE TREASURE SHIP, THE PILOT OF THE MAYFLOWER,
TRUE TO HIS HOME, THE WAMPUM BELT,
IN THE BOYHOOD OF LINCOLN, ETC.
ILLUSTRATED BY FRANK T. MERRILL
AND OTHERS
NEW YORK
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
1899
Copyright, 1899,
By D. APPLETON AND COMPANY.
Copyright, 1899, By D. APPLETON AND COMPANY.
"Fired by thy fame,[A] and with his King in ire
To match thy deed, shall Magalhaes aspire.
"Along the regions of the burning zone,
To deepest South he dares the course unknown.
"A land of giants shall his eyes behold,
Of camel strength, surpassing human mould.
"Beneath the Southern star's gold gleam he braves
And stems the whirl of land-surrounded waves.
"Forever movèd to the hero's fame,
Those foaming straits shall bear his deathless name."
"Driven by your fame, [A] and with his King angry
To match your deed, Magalhaes will aspire.
"Across the areas of the scorching zone,
He dares to explore the unknown deep South.
"A land of giants will be seen by his eyes,
With strength of camels, surpassing human form.
"Beneath the golden glow of the Southern star, he braves
And faces the whirlpool of waves surrounded by land.
"Forever inspired by the hero's fame,
Those foaming straits will carry his everlasting name."
Camoëns.
Camoens.
PREFACE.
I have been asked to write a story of Ferdinand Magellan, the value of whose discoveries has received a new interpretation in the development of the South Temperate Zone of America, and in the ceding of the Philippine Islands to the United States. The works of Lord Stanley and of Guillemard furnish comprehensive histories of the intrepid discoverer of the South Pacific Ocean and the Philippine Islands; but there would seem to be room for a short, picturesque story of Magellan's adventures, such as might be read by family lamps and in schools.
I’ve been asked to tell the story of Ferdinand Magellan, whose discoveries are seen in a new light concerning the development of the South Temperate Zone of America and the transfer of the Philippine Islands to the United States. The works of Lord Stanley and Guillemard provide detailed histories of the brave explorer of the South Pacific Ocean and the Philippine Islands; however, there appears to be a need for a brief, engaging story of Magellan's adventures, one that families could read by lamp light and that could be shared in schools.
To attempt to write such a story is more than a pleasure, for the study of Magellan reveals a character high above his age; a man unselfish and true, who was filled with a passion for discovery, and who sought the welfare of humanity and the glory of the Cross rather than wealth or fame. Among [viii] great discoverers he has left a character well-nigh ideal. The incidents of his life are not only honorable, but usually have the color of chivalry.
To try to write a story like this is not just enjoyable; studying Magellan shows us a person who stands out from his time. He was selfless and genuine, driven by a passion for exploration, prioritizing the well-being of humanity and the glory of the Cross over wealth or fame. Among [viii] the great discoverers, his character is nearly ideal. The events of his life are not only respectable but often embody a sense of chivalry.
His voyages, as pictured by his companion Pigafetta, the historian, give us our first view of the interesting native inhabitants of the South Temperate Zone and of the Pacific archipelagoes, and his adventures with the giants of Patagonia and with the natives of the Ladrone Islands, read almost like stories of Sinbad the Sailor. The simple record of his adventures is in itself a storybook.
His travels, as described by his companion Pigafetta, the historian, give us our first look at the fascinating native people of the South Temperate Zone and the Pacific islands. His experiences with the giants of Patagonia and the locals of the Ladrone Islands read almost like tales from Sinbad the Sailor. The straightforward account of his adventures is, in itself, a storybook.
Magellan, from his usually high and unselfish character, as well as for the lasting influence of what he did as shown in the new developments of civilization, merits a place among household heroes; and it is in this purpose and spirit I have undertaken a simple sympathetic interpretation of his most noble and fruitful life. I have tried to put into the form of a story the events whose harvests now appear after nearly four hundred years, and to picture truthfully a beautiful and inspiring character. To the narrative of his lone lantern I have added some tales of the Philippines.
Magellan, known for his often elevated and selfless nature, as well as the lasting impact of his actions seen in the advancements of civilization, deserves a spot among everyday heroes. It is with this intention and spirit that I have set out to provide a straightforward and heartfelt interpretation of his remarkable and impactful life. I've attempted to present the events that have borne fruit after nearly four hundred years in the form of a story and to genuinely portray a beautiful and inspiring character. Alongside his solitary journey, I've included some stories from the Philippines.
H. Butterworth.
H. Butterworth.
28 Worcester Street, Boston, Mass.
28 Worcester St, Boston, MA
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER | PAGE | |
I.— | A strange royal order | 1 |
II.— | Friends with a Purpose | 9 |
III.— | Prince Henry the Navigator and Vasco da Gama | 15 |
IV.— | The enthusiasts carry their plans to the king | 24 |
V.— |
About the happy Italian who wished to see the world.—Beautiful Seville! |
38 |
VI.— | Enemies.— Estaban Gormez | 43 |
VII.— | "Marooned" | 52 |
VIII.— |
"The wonders of new lands."—Pigafetta's tales of his adventures with Magellan.—The story of "the fountain tree."—"St Elmo's Fire" |
60 |
IX.— | Pineapples, potatoes, very old people | 70 |
X.— |
The first giant.— The islands of geese and goslings.— The dancing giants |
76 |
XI.— | Capturing a giant.— Magellan's decision | 84 |
XII.— | The mutiny at Port Julian.— The Straits.— 1519 | 91 |
XIII.— | "The Admiral was mad" | 99 |
XIV.— | The Pacific.— The death of the giants | 103 |
XV.— | Welcome to the Philippines | 108 |
XVI.— | The visit of the King.— Pigafetta visits the King | 116 |
XVII.— | Easter Sunday.— Magellan plants the cross | 122 |
XVIII.— |
Christianity and trade established.— The Baptist of the Queen |
129 |
XIX.— | Halcyon Days | 136 |
XX.— | The Death of Magellan | 139 |
XXI.— |
The Spice Islands.— Wonderful birds.— Cloves, cinnamon nutmegs, ginger.— The ships overloaded |
144 |
XXII.— | Mesquita in prison | 157 |
XXIII.— |
Strange stories.— The wise old women.— The walking leaves.— The haunted sandalwood trees.— The Emperor Of China.— The little boy and the giant bird |
161 |
XXIV.— | The lost day | 173 |
XXV.— | In the Church of Our Lady of Victory.— Pigafetta | 176 |
Supplemental | 183 |
LIST OF FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS.
FACING PAGE |
|
Magellan planting the Cross in the Philippine Islands | Frontispiece |
"He is a renegade. His arms must come down!" | 2 |
Lisbon, from the south bank of the Tagus | 4 |
Ferdinand Magellan | 6 |
Barcelona | 34 |
Night after night the ships followed Magellan's lantern | 55 |
Interior of the Alcázar of Seville | 60 |
The dancing giant | 80 |
Mount Mayon, on the Island of Luzon | 125 |
The death of Magellan | 142 |
Pigafetta presenting the history of the voyage to the King of Spain | 179 |
Map of the Philippine Islands | 187 |
Native houses in Manila | 190 |
Hong Kong | 202 |
Iloilo | 206 |
Boats on the River Pasig | 218 |
THE STORY OF MAGELLAN.
CHAPTER I.
A STRANGE ROYAL ORDER.
I am to tell the story of a man who had faith in himself.
I am here to tell the story of a man who believed in himself.
The clouds and the ocean bear his name. Lord Stanley has called him "the greatest of ancient and modern navigators."
The clouds and the ocean carry his name. Lord Stanley referred to him as "the greatest of ancient and modern navigators."
That was a strange royal order, indeed, which Dom Manoel, King of Portugal, issued in the early part of the fifteenth century. It was in effect: "Go to the house of Hernando de Magallanes, in Sabrosa, and tear from it the coat of arms. Hernando de Magallanes (Ferdinand Magellan) has transferred his allegiance to the King of Spain."
That was a strange royal order, indeed, which Dom Manoel, King of Portugal, issued in the early part of the fifteenth century. It was in effect: "Go to the house of Hernando de Magallanes, in Sabrosa, and take down the coat of arms. Hernando de Magallanes (Ferdinand Magellan) has pledged his loyalty to the King of Spain."
The people of the mountain district must have been very much astonished when the cavaliers, if such they were, appeared to execute this order.
The people of the mountain area must have been very shocked when the horsemen, if that's what they were, showed up to carry out this order.
As the arms were torn away from the ancient house, we may imagine the alcalde of the place inquiring:
As the arms were ripped away from the old house, we can picture the mayor of the area asking:
"What has our townsman done? Did he not serve our country well in the East?"
"What has our neighbor done? Didn’t he serve our country well in the East?"
"He is a renegade!" answers the commander.
"He's a rebel!" replies the commander.
"But he carried his plans for discovery to our own King first before he went to the court of Spain."
"But he took his plans for discovery to our own King first before he went to the Spanish court."
"He is a renegade. His arms must come down!"
"He's a rebel. He needs to quit fighting!"
The officers of the King tore down the arms. They thought they had consigned the name for which the arms stood to oblivion. As the Jewish hierarchy said of Spinoza: "Let his name be cast out under the whole heavens!" That name rose again.
The King's officers took down the insignia. They believed they had banished the name behind the insignia into complete obscurity. As the Jewish authorities said about Spinoza: "Let his name be erased from all existence!" That name resurfaced.
Years passed and a nephew of Magellan inherited one of the family estates. He was stoned in the streets on account of his name. This man fled in exile from Portugal to Brazil. He died there, and said: "Let no heir or descendant of mine ever restore the arms of my family."
Years went by, and a nephew of Magellan inherited one of the family estates. He was attacked in the streets because of his name. This man fled in exile from Portugal to Brazil. He died there and said, "Let no heir or descendant of mine ever restore the arms of my family."
In his will he wrote:
In his will, he wrote:
"I desire that the arms of my family (Magellan) should remain forever obliterated, as was done by order of my Lord and King, as a punishment for the crime of Ferdinand Magellan, because he entered the service of Castile to the injury of our kingdom."
"I want my family's coat of arms (Magellan) to be permanently removed, just like it was under the order of my Lord and King, as a punishment for the crime committed by Ferdinand Magellan, because he joined the service of Castile to the detriment of our kingdom."
It is the history of this same Ferdinand Magellan, [3] whom Portugal and his own family sought to crush out from the world, that we are now about to trace.
It is the history of this same Ferdinand Magellan, [3] whom Portugal and his own family tried to eliminate from the world, that we are now about to trace.
Following his highest inspiration, he shut his eyes to the present, and followed the light of the star of destiny in his soul. His discovery seems to open to the West the doors of China.
Following his greatest inspiration, he closed his eyes to the present and followed the light of the star of destiny within him. His discovery appears to open the doors of China to the West.
He was filled from boyhood with a passion for finding unknown lands and waters; he was haunted by ideals and visions of noble exploits for the good of mankind. His own country, Portugal, would not listen to his projects at the time that he offered them to the court; so, like Columbus, Vespucci, and Cabot, he sought the favor of another country. Nothing could stand before the high purpose of his soul. "If not by Portugal, then by Spain," he said to an intimate friend; meaning that, if his own country denied him the favor of giving him an opportunity for exploration, he would present his cause to the court of Spain, which he did.
He was filled with a passion for discovering unknown lands and waters since he was a boy; he was driven by lofty ideals and dreams of heroic adventures for the good of humanity. His own country, Portugal, wouldn’t consider his ideas when he presented them to the court, so, like Columbus, Vespucci, and Cabot, he sought support from another nation. Nothing could deter his determined spirit. "If not by Portugal, then by Spain," he told a close friend, meaning that if his own country wouldn’t give him the chance to explore, he would take his plans to the Spanish court, which he did.
This man, whose real name was Fernao de Magalhaes, was born about the year 1480, at Sabrosa, in Portugal, a wintry district where the hardy soil and the "gloomy grandeur" of the mountain scenery produced men of strong bodies and lofty spirit. He belonged to a noble family, "one of the noblest in the kingdom." His boyhood was passed in the sierras. He had a love of works of geography and [4] travel, and he dreamed even then of sunny zones, undiscovered waters, and unknown regions of the world. Henry the Navigator and his school of pilots, astronomers, and explorers, had left the country full of the spirit of new discoveries which yet lived.
This man, whose real name was Fernao de Magalhaes, was born around 1480 in Sabrosa, Portugal, a cold area where the tough land and the "gloomy grandeur" of the mountains produced people with strong bodies and elevated spirits. He came from a noble family, "one of the most distinguished in the kingdom." He spent his childhood in the mountains. He was passionate about geography and travel, dreaming even then of sunny places, undiscovered waters, and uncharted regions of the world. Henry the Navigator and his school of pilots, astronomers, and explorers had filled the country with the spirit of new discoveries, which still thrived.
He went to the capital of Portugal to be educated, and was made a page to the Queen. He was yet a boy when Columbus returned, bringing the enthralling news of a new world. Spain was filled with excitement at the event; her cities rang with jubilees by day and flared with torches at night. Portugal caught the new spirit of her late King, Henry the Navigator, and was ambitious to rival the discoveries of Spain. She had already established herself in the glowing realms of India.
He went to the capital of Portugal to get an education and became a page to the Queen. He was still a boy when Columbus came back, bringing the exciting news of a new world. Spain was buzzing with excitement; her cities erupted in celebrations during the day and lit up with torches at night. Portugal embraced the adventurous spirit of her late King, Henry the Navigator, and was eager to compete with Spain's discoveries. She had already made her mark in the rich lands of India.
In 1509 Magellan went to the West Indies in the service of the Portuguese Government. He joined the expedition that discovered the Spice Islands of Banda, and it became his conviction that these islands could be reached by a new ocean way.
In 1509, Magellan traveled to the West Indies for the Portuguese Government. He became part of the expedition that discovered the Spice Islands of Banda, and he became convinced that these islands could be accessed through a new ocean route.
A great vision arose in his mind. It was a suggestion that never left him until he saw its fulfillment in an unexpected way on seas of which he never had dreamed.
A powerful vision emerged in his mind. It was an idea that stayed with him until he witnessed its realization in an unexpected way on seas he had never imagined.
Lisbon, from the south bank of the Tagus.
Lisbon, seen from the south side of the Tagus River.
In the service of the King against the Moors in one of the Portuguese wars, he received a wound which healed, but left him lame for life. He, like other officers, sent in his claim for the pension due to such service. He received answer from the parsimonious King (Dom Manoel):
In the service of the King against the Moors during one of the Portuguese wars, he got wounded, which healed but left him permanently lame. Like other officers, he submitted his request for the pension he was owed for his service. He received a response from the stingy King (Dom Manoel):
"Your claim is not good. Your wound has healed."
"Your claim isn’t valid. Your wound has healed."
He was wounded more deeply by this insult than he could have been by any poisoned dart from the Moors. That he should have been refused the recognition of those who had shed blood in his country's cause rankled in his heart, especially as he saw his comrades paraded in honor and pensioned for lesser disabilities. He left Portugal, as an exile, and went to Spain.
He was hurt more by this insult than he could have been by any poisoned dart from the Moors. The fact that he was denied acknowledgment from those who had fought for his country’s cause stung him, especially since he saw his comrades celebrated and given pensions for lesser injuries. He left Portugal as an exile and went to Spain.
Here the high aspirations of the lame soldier met with recognition, and it was this service that caused the Portuguese King to issue the strange order which has introduced the young and high-spirited grandee to the readers of this story.
Here, the lofty ambitions of the injured soldier were acknowledged, and it was this service that prompted the Portuguese King to give the unusual order that introduced the young and enthusiastic nobleman to the readers of this story.
If he had faults—as far as history records he had no vices—his high aim overcame them. He had caught the spirit of Portuguese Henry the Navigator, and his soul had glowed when the fame of Columbus first thrilled Spain. He had learned the history of Vasco da Gama, whose name was the glory of Portugal. He had educated himself for action.
If he had any flaws—as far as history shows, he had no bad habits—his ambitious goals outweighed them. He embraced the spirit of Portuguese Henry the Navigator, and his spirit soared when Columbus's fame first excited Spain. He had studied the history of Vasco da Gama, whose name represented the glory of Portugal. He had prepared himself for action.
Ferdinand Magellan.
After a painting by Velasquez.
Ferdinand Magellan.
After a painting by Velasquez.
It was the age of opportunity. He saw it; he could not know the way, but he knew the guide that was in him. As a son of the Church, which he then was, he consecrated all he had to her glory. What was fame, what was wealth, what was anything to becoming a benefactor of the world, and living forever in the heart of all mankind?
It was a time full of possibilities. He recognized it; he didn't know the path, but he understood the guidance within him. As a follower of the Church, which he was at the time, he dedicated everything he had to her glory. What did fame mean, what did wealth mean, or what did anything mean compared to being a benefactor of the world and living on in the hearts of all people?
So his deserted house crumbed in Sabrosa, and his coat of arms did not there reappear until centuries had followed the course of his genius, and the whole world came to know his worth.
So his abandoned house fell apart in Sabrosa, and his coat of arms didn't resurface there until centuries had passed following the path of his genius, and the entire world came to recognize his value.
In view of recent events his character becomes one of the most interesting of past history.
In light of recent events, his character becomes one of the most fascinating figures in history.
After nearly four hundred years that cast-out name rises like a star!
After almost four hundred years, that rejected name shines bright like a star!
Why, in the view of to-day, was that name cast out?
Why, from today’s perspective, was that name rejected?
Because Magellan saw his duty in a larger life than in the restrictions of a provincial court. The lesson has its significance. He who sinks self and policy, and follows his highest duty and enters the widest field, will in the final judgment of man receive the noblest and best reward.
Because Magellan viewed his responsibility as part of a bigger picture rather than the confines of a local court. The lesson is important. Those who set aside personal interests and agendas, pursue their greatest duty, and engage in the broadest opportunities will ultimately earn the highest and most honorable recognition from others.
We love a lover of mankind, and it strengthens faith and hope to follow the keel of such a sailor on any sea.
We admire someone who cares for humanity, and it boosts our faith and hope to follow the path of such a sailor on any ocean.
CHAPTER II.
FRIENDS WITH A PURPOSE.
Souls kindle kindred souls, and the inspirations of friendship commonly form a part of the early history of beneficent lives.
Souls ignite other like-minded souls, and the sparks of friendship often play a role in the early chapters of positive lives.
One of Magellan's early friends was Francisco Serrao, who sailed with him for Malacca, a great mart of merchandise in the East. It was to him that Magellan wrote that he would meet him again in the East, "if not by the way of Portugal, by that of Spain;" words of signal import, which we have already quoted.
One of Magellan's early friends was Francisco Serrao, who traveled with him to Malacca, a major trading hub in the East. It was to him that Magellan wrote he would see him again in the East, "if not by way of Portugal, then by way of Spain;" words of great importance, which we have already mentioned.
Serrao had a very curious, romantic, and pathetic history. He lived in the times of the Portuguese Viceroys of India. He was made captain of a ship which sought to explore the Spice Islands, which were then held to be the paradise of the East. Cloves and nutmegs then were luxuries, and when brought to Portugal bore the flavor of the sun lands of the far-off mysterious seas.
Serrao had a very interesting, romantic, and tragic history. He lived during the time of the Portuguese Viceroys in India. He became the captain of a ship that aimed to explore the Spice Islands, which were considered the paradise of the East. Cloves and nutmegs were luxuries back then, and when they arrived in Portugal, they carried the essence of the sun-soaked lands of distant, mysterious seas.
At Banda ships were loaded with spices. On sailing there Serrao suffered shipwreck and was cast [10] upon a reef and found refuge on a deserted island. The place was a resort of pirates or wreckers. Some pirates sighted the wreck of the ship and sought to plunder the wreckage.
At Banda, ships were loaded with spices. While sailing, Serrao got shipwrecked and landed on a reef, finding refuge on a deserted island. The area was known for being a hideout for pirates or scavengers. Some pirates spotted the wreck of the ship and tried to loot the remains.
"We have no ship, and the island is without food or water," said Serrao to his men. "Hide under the rock and obey me, and we will soon have a ship and water and food."
"We don’t have a ship, and the island has no food or water," Serrao told his men. "Stay hidden under the rock and listen to me, and we will soon get a ship, along with food and water."
The men hid among the caverns of the reef. The pirates landed, and left their ship for the wreckage.
The men concealed themselves within the caverns of the reef. The pirates disembarked and went towards the wreckage.
Serrao rushed through the surf, followed by his men, and boarded the pirates' vessel.
Serrao dashed through the waves, trailed by his crew, and climbed aboard the pirates' ship.
The wreckers were filled with terror when they saw what would be their fate if left there, and they begged to be taken on board, and were received by Serrao as prisoners.
The wreckers were filled with fear when they saw what awaited them if they were left there, and they pleaded to be taken on board, where Serrao accepted them as prisoners.
Serrao traded for many years among the Spice Islands and was advanced to high positions, but was poisoned at last, as is supposed, by an intrigue of the King of Tidor.
Serrao traded for many years among the Spice Islands and was promoted to high positions, but was eventually poisoned, supposedly due to a plot by the King of Tidor.
One of the most inspiring of Magellan's friends was Ruy Faleiro, who had wonderful instincts and a wide vision, but who became a madman. Faleiro was a Portuguese who, like Magellan, was out of favor with the court. He was an astronomer, a geographer, and an astrologer. He had a fiery and impulsive temper, but with it a passion for discovery, and so was drawn into Magellan's heart by gravitation. The two journeyed together, studied together, and [11] started at about the same time for Spain. At Seville they met in a club of famous discoverers, students, and refugees.
One of Magellan's most inspiring friends was Ruy Faleiro, who had great instincts and a broad vision but eventually went mad. Faleiro was a Portuguese man who, like Magellan, had fallen out of favor with the court. He was an astronomer, geographer, and astrologer. He had a fiery and impulsive temperament, combined with a passion for exploration, which drew him close to Magellan. The two traveled together, studied together, and [11] set off for Spain around the same time. In Seville, they connected in a club of renowned explorers, students, and refugees.
They had one vision in common, that there was a short route to the Moluccas by the way of the West. The route was not what they dreamed it to be; but there was a new way to the Spice Islands by the West and East, a way that probably no voyager from Europe had ever seen, and their vision was decisive of one of the greatest events—the circumnavigation of the world. The angle of vision was not true in their private meetings, nor had Magellan's been before they met; but another angle leading from it was true, and would cause a change of the conception of the world when poor Ruy Faleiro's brain was losing its hold on such entrancing hopes.
They all shared one common vision: that there was a shorter route to the Moluccas via the West. The route wasn’t exactly what they had imagined, but there was a new path to the Spice Islands from both the West and East, a path that likely no European voyager had ever witnessed before. Their vision led to one of the greatest events in history—the circumnavigation of the world. The perspective in their private discussions wasn’t clear, nor was Magellan's before they met, but another perspective derived from it was accurate and would transform the way the world was understood as poor Ruy Faleiro's mind began to lose grip on such captivating dreams.
"We can reach Molucca by a short voyage to the West," said Ruy Faleiro.
"We can get to Molucca with a quick trip to the West," said Ruy Faleiro.
"I am sure that I can do this, if I can have an expedition such as the King of Spain can give me," said Magellan.
"I know I can do this if I can get an expedition like the one the King of Spain can provide me," said Magellan.
"You must never communicate this secret to any man," said Ruy.
"You can never share this secret with anyone," said Ruy.
"I will never mention the subject to any but you," said Magellan, "until we can act together."
"I won't bring it up with anyone except you," Magellan said, "until we can work together."
The vision of finding the East by a short passage to the West, involved so great a prospect of human progress and glory that it would not let Magellan [12] rest at any time. It haunted him wherever he went. He began to talk about it under restraint, and friends came to see what was on his mind and to take advantage of it.
The idea of reaching the East through a quick route to the West represented such a huge opportunity for human advancement and greatness that Magellan couldn’t calm his restless mind. It followed him everywhere. He started discussing it more cautiously, and friends came to check in on him and benefit from his thoughts.
The earliest map of the world.
By Hecatæus of Miletus (sixth century b.c.).
Probably copied in part from Anaximander, inventor of map drawing.
The oldest known map of the world.
By Hecatæus of Miletus (sixth century B.C.).
Probably adapted partly from Anaximander, the pioneer of map-making.
The fiery Ruy Faleiro, when he found that his friend had opened their confidential secret, partly broke friendship with him. Magellan could only [13] acknowledge his error, and say that he never meant in his heart to betray the secrets of his friend, the cosmographer.
The passionate Ruy Faleiro, when he realized that his friend had revealed their private secret, somewhat ended their friendship. Magellan could only [13] admit his mistake and say that he never intended to betray the trust of his friend, the cosmographer.
Faleiro dreamed on, but his mind weakened.
Faleiro kept dreaming, but his mind started to fade.
The popular legend about this unhappy man was, that being an astrologer he cast his own horoscope, and found that the expedition that he hoped to command would be lost, and so feigned madness. This is only a story.
The well-known story about this troubled man is that he was an astrologer who looked at his own horoscope and discovered that the mission he wanted to lead would fail, so he pretended to be insane. This is just a tale.
Faleiro died in Seville about 1523.
Faleiro died in Seville around 1523.
It would be interesting to know if he lived to hear of the great discovery of his old friend Magellan, and if he joined in the general rejoicing over it. It is probable that he lived to see the strange ways by which his countryman had been led, not over a short passage, but over far-distant seas. His was a pitiable fate; but his name merits honorable mention among men, who, like Miranda in South America, have inspired great deeds which they themselves could not accomplish.
It would be intriguing to know if he lived to hear about the amazing discovery made by his old friend Magellan, and if he participated in the widespread celebration of it. It’s likely that he witnessed the unusual routes his countryman took, not just a short journey, but across vast oceans. His fate was unfortunate; however, his name deserves recognition among those who, like Miranda in South America, have inspired significant actions that they themselves could not achieve.
Men of vision and men of action are essential to each other; for many men can see what only a few others can perform.
Men with vision and men of action are essential to each other; many can see what only a few can actually do.
Magellan married Beatriz Barbosa about the year 1518. He was the father of one son. His wife died shortly after hearing the news of his great discovery of the Pacific and the new way to the East.
Magellan married Beatriz Barbosa around 1518. He had one son. His wife passed away shortly after learning about his major discovery of the Pacific and the new route to the East.
He was now prepared to go to Charles V, King [14] of Spain, son of the demented Queen Joanna, the daughter of Isabella, and to lay before him a plan of opening a short way to the East by sailing West. This purpose more and more absorbed his soul—he himself was nothing, discovery was everything. The frown of Portugal no longer cast any deep shadow over his life; it was his mission to find. He heard in the acclaim of Columbus a prophecy of what his own name would one day be.
He was now ready to go to Charles V, King [14] of Spain, son of the unstable Queen Joanna, daughter of Isabella, and present him with a plan to open a shorter route to the East by sailing West. This goal consumed him more and more—he was insignificant, but discovery was everything. The disapproval from Portugal no longer loomed large over his life; it was his mission to find. In Columbus's acclaim, he heard a prophecy of what his own name would one day become.
CHAPTER III.
PRINCE HENRY THE NAVIGATOR AND VASCO DA GAMA.
All things follow suggestion and inspiration, and the discovery of the Western World owes much to the heart and brain of Prince Henry, called the Navigator. Although the son of a King, he felt that he was more than that—a son of Humanity. He took up his residence far from the pomp of courts on the bleak, bare, solitary promontory of Sagres, the sharp angle of Western Europe. Here he could see the sun go down on the western sea, day by day. Some inward genius like a haunting spirit seemed to beckon his thoughts toward the West.
All things respond to suggestion and inspiration, and the discovery of the Western World owes a lot to the heart and mind of Prince Henry, known as the Navigator. Even though he was the son of a king, he felt he was more than that—a son of humanity. He chose to live far from the luxury of courts on the stark, isolated point of Sagres, the sharp corner of Western Europe. Here, he could watch the sun set over the western sea every day. An inner genius, like a lingering spirit, seemed to urge his thoughts toward the West.
In view of his abode on a tall headland were the ruins of a Druidical temple, where Strabo tells us the gods used to assemble at night under the moon and stars. So the place was called the Sacrum Promontorium, and it was in this region that Prince Henry schooled his soul in navigation and sought to inspire all adventurers upon the sea. "Farther" was his motto, and "Farther yet!" In his solitude [16] he called to him a company of restless spirits with a passion for discovery, and said to them all, "Farther," and "Farther yet!"
In view of his home on a high cliff were the ruins of a Druid temple, where Strabo tells us the gods used to gather at night under the moon and stars. So, the place was called the Sacred Promontory, and it was in this area that Prince Henry trained himself in navigation and aimed to inspire all adventurers at sea. "Farther" was his motto, and "Farther yet!" In his solitude [16] he gathered a group of restless spirits passionate about discovery, and said to them all, "Farther," and "Farther yet!"
The night of the dark ages was passing, and in the new dawn of civilization, Prince Henry had visions of new ways to India, the magnificent; the land of gold, gems, and spices, where the sun shone on gardens of palms and seas of glory.
The night of the dark ages was fading, and with the new dawn of civilization, Prince Henry envisioned new routes to India, the magnificent; the land of gold, gems, and spices, where the sun illuminated gardens of palms and seas of glory.
There were no lighthouses then on the African coast; there were no sea charts, and the compass was but little known. But there were eternal stars, and under them were the living instincts that awaken genius.
There were no lighthouses then on the African coast; there were no sea charts, and the compass was not well understood. But there were timeless stars, and beneath them were the natural instincts that spark genius.
Prince Henry the Navigator was the fourth son of King Joao I, or John the Great, and of Queen Philippa, of the Roses. He was a great-grandson of Edward III, of England.
Prince Henry the Navigator was the fourth son of King John I, also known as John the Great, and Queen Philippa of the Roses. He was a great-grandson of Edward III of England.
Prince Henry's motto was "Talent de bien faire"—"talent of good faculty." The motto furnishes in brief a history of his life.
Prince Henry's motto was "Talent de bien faire"—"the talent for doing good." The motto gives a concise overview of his life.
The first fruit of Prince Henry's geographical studies was the discovery of the islands of Madeira; but there were islands beyond Madeira, and his restless spirit cried out in the night: "Farther!" and "Farther yet!"
The first result of Prince Henry's geographical studies was the discovery of the Madeira Islands; but there were islands beyond Madeira, and his restless spirit urged him on in the night: "Further!" and "Further still!"
Cape Bojador, farther "than the farthest point of the earth," rose just before the supposed regions of sea monsters, fire, and darkness. Prince John sent a navigator there, and found serene seas. [17]
Cape Bojador, beyond "the farthest point of the earth," appeared just before the rumored areas of sea monsters, fire, and darkness. Prince John sent a navigator there, and they discovered calm seas. [17]
PROGRESS OF PORTUGUESE DISCOVERY
PROGRESS OF PORTUGUESE EXPLORATION
"Farther!"
"Further!"
In 1446 the Prince obtained a charter of the Canary Islands. His ships next discovered the Azores. But there were lands and islands and seas "farther yet."
In 1446, the Prince received a charter for the Canary Islands. His ships then discovered the Azores. But there were lands, islands, and seas "even farther."
Prince Henry died in 1463, about thirty years before the triumph of Columbus.
Prince Henry passed away in 1463, around thirty years before Columbus's success.
Prince Henry the Navigator
From a drawing by Allegra Eggleston,
in The Story of Columbus
Prince Henry the Navigator
From a drawing by Allegra Eggleston,
in The Story of Columbus
He was the father of modern discovery, the spirit of which rested not until the map of the whole world could be drawn. He was buried in a splendid tomb, and the pupils of his school of cosmography and navigation continued to penetrate the ocean farther and farther to the South and West. Vasco da Gama opened the ocean ways to India, and the two great navigators, Columbus and Magellan, owed much to the spirit of the Prince who left courts that he might found a school amid the sea desolations of St. Vincent, in order to inspire young sailors to venture always "Farther!" and "Farther yet!"
He was the father of modern discovery, whose spirit didn't rest until the entire world could be mapped out. He was laid to rest in a magnificent tomb, and the students from his school of cosmography and navigation kept pushing deeper into the ocean, heading further South and West. Vasco da Gama opened the sea routes to India, and the two great navigators, Columbus and Magellan, were greatly influenced by the vision of the Prince who left the courts to establish a school amid the desolate seas of St. Vincent, to encourage young sailors to always go "Further!" and "Even further!"
We must here tell you something of Vasco da Gama, in order that you may better understand the plan and purpose of Magellan.
We need to share some information about Vasco da Gama so you can better grasp Magellan's plan and purpose.
Take your map of the world. Before the passage to India was discovered by sailing around the Cape of Good Hope, Africa, the trade between Asia and Europe was carried on in this manner: There was a great commercial city on the southern coast of Arabia (Arabia Felix) called Alda, or Port Alda. It was a city of merchants. To this port came the ships from the East—China, Japan, India—laden with gold, silk, and spices. The merchants of Alda carried these goods to the Port of Suez on the Red Sea. Thence the merchandise was conveyed on camels to the Nile and to Alexandria, Egypt, and thence by ships to the ports of the Mediterranean.
Take your world map. Before the route to India was found by sailing around the Cape of Good Hope in Africa, trade between Asia and Europe worked like this: There was a major trade city on the southern coast of Arabia (Arabia Felix) called Alda, or Port Alda. It was a city of merchants. Ships from the East—China, Japan, India—arrived at this port, carrying gold, silk, and spices. The merchants of Alda transported these goods to the Port of Suez on the Red Sea. From there, the merchandise was moved on camels to the Nile and to Alexandria, Egypt, and then shipped to the Mediterranean ports.
Vasco da Gama discovered a new way to India by doubling the Cape of Good Hope, and when he returned from that voyage all Europe rang with his praise. His discovery of the way to India from the Mediterranean by rounding Africa was one of the most momentous ever made. Vasco da Gama holds rank with Columbus in the unveiling of the mysteries of the ocean world.
Vasco da Gama found a new route to India by sailing around the Cape of Good Hope, and when he came back from that journey, all of Europe celebrated him. His discovery of the route to India from the Mediterranean by navigating around Africa was one of the most significant ever made. Vasco da Gama is ranked alongside Columbus in uncovering the mysteries of the ocean.
King John the Navigator had heard such wonderful tales of India that he wished to find a way there by water. He accordingly sent one Bartholomeu Diaz on an expedition with this end in view. [20] Diaz did not find India, but he found a cape on the southernmost point of Africa, which he doubled.
King John the Navigator had heard such amazing stories about India that he wanted to find a route there by sea. So, he sent a guy named Bartholomeu Diaz on a mission to achieve this goal. [20] Diaz didn’t discover India, but he found a cape at the southernmost point of Africa, which he rounded.
So fearful were the tempests there that he called it the Cape of Storms.
So scary were the storms there that he called it the Cape of Storms.
But King John saw that the islands of India lay in that direction, and he exclaimed in delight on hearing Diaz's narrative of the tempestuous place:
But King John noticed that the islands of India were in that direction, and he exclaimed in delight upon hearing Diaz's story about the stormy place:
"'Tis the Cape of Good Hope!" This gave the cape its name.
"'Tis the Cape of Good Hope!" This gave the cape its name.
A Jewish astrologer told Dom Manoel, King of Portugal, that the riches of India could yet be found by way of the sea. Of such a discovery the new King dreamed. Who should he get to undertake a voyage with such a purpose?
A Jewish astrologer told Dom Manoel, King of Portugal, that the wealth of India could still be accessed via the sea. The new King dreamed of such a discovery. Who should he find to take on a voyage with that goal?
One day, as he sat in his halls among his courtiers and grandees studying maps, a man of about thirty years, who had a noble bearing, entered an outer apartment. A sword hung by his side.
One day, while he was sitting in his halls with his courtiers and nobles looking over maps, a man around thirty years old, who had an impressive presence, walked into an outer room. A sword was hanging by his side.
The King, who had been thinking of his great mariners, lifted his face and said:
The King, who had been reflecting on his great sailors, lifted his face and said:
"Thank God! I have found my man. Bring to me Vasco da Gama."
"Thank God! I’ve found my man. Bring me Vasco da Gama."
He it was that stood in the outer hall.
He was the one standing in the outer hall.
"Vasco," said the King, "I know your soul. For the glory of Portugal you must find India by the way of the sea!"
"Vasco," said the King, "I understand your spirit. For the glory of Portugal, you need to reach India by sea!"
"I am at your service, sire, while life shall last."
"I’m here for you, my lord, for as long as I live."
It was March, 1497. Vasco da Gama raised his sails and departed from Lisbon.
It was March 1497. Vasco da Gama raised his sails and left Lisbon.
Vasco da Gama.
Vasco da Gama.
He passed the "Cape of Good Hope," and met with many adventures, the narratives of which would fill a book.
He passed the "Cape of Good Hope" and had many adventures, the stories of which would fill a book.
He crossed the India Ocean, blown pleasantly on by the trade winds.
He crossed the Indian Ocean, gently carried along by the trade winds.
One day a loud cry arose:
One day a loud shout came up:
"Land! land!"
"Land! We found land!"
The pilot came running to Vasco da Gama, and fell at his feet.
The pilot ran up to Vasco da Gama and collapsed at his feet.
"Captain, behold India!"
"Captain, look at India!"
The shores of India rose in the burning light of the tropic seas. Vasco da Gama saw them and fell upon his knees.
The shores of India appeared in the bright light of the tropical seas. Vasco da Gama saw them and went down on his knees.
Mountain rose above mountain, and hill over hill; then green palms and shining beaches came into view like scenes of enchantment.
Mountain rose above mountain, and hill over hill; then green palm trees and sparkling beaches appeared like magical landscapes.
"That is Cananor," said the Moorish pilot; "the great city of Calicat is twelve leagues distant."
"That's Cananor," said the Moorish pilot; "the great city of Calicut is twelve leagues away."
They sailed over those twelve leagues of clear resplendent waters and came to Calicat, or Malabar. That day of discovery was Portugal's glory. [22]
They traveled across twelve leagues of clear, shining waters and reached Calicat, or Malabar. That day of discovery was a moment of pride for Portugal. [22]
PORTUGUESE INDIES
PORTUGUESE INDIES
Calicat was a merchant city of the East, and one of the most famous of India. Here came Arabian and Egyptian merchants. It was a Mohammedan city, and the princes of Calicat encouraged trade between the Arabs and Hindoos. The city was now to become an emporium for the Western World.
Calicut was a trading city in the East and one of the most renowned in India. Arabian and Egyptian merchants flocked here. It was a Muslim city, and the rulers of Calicut promoted trade between Arabs and Hindus. The city was about to become a hub for the Western World.
After many adventures in Malabar, Vasco da Gama cruised along the coast of India. Everything was wonderful, and the wonders grew.
After many adventures in Malabar, Vasco da Gama sailed along the coast of India. Everything was amazing, and the wonders kept multiplying.
In September, 1499, he returned, and was received like a sovereign by the Portuguese King. His arrival was a holiday, the glory of which has lived in all Portuguese holidays until now.
In September 1499, he returned and was welcomed like royalty by the Portuguese King. His arrival was a celebration, the glory of which has endured in all Portuguese holidays to this day.
He was given titles of distinction. He was made a Viceroy of India.
He received titles of honor. He was appointed as a Viceroy of India.
Twenty years after these events Magellan was destined to discover another way to India.
Twenty years after these events, Magellan was set to discover another route to India.
CHAPTER IV.
THE ENTHUSIASTS CARRY THEIR PLANS TO THE KING.
Magellan, full of his project of finding a short way to the rich spicery by sailing West, now sought the favor of the Spanish court. Gold has ever been the royal want, and nobles have always had open ears to schemes that promised to fill the public treasury.
Magellan, driven by his goal of discovering a shorter route to the valuable spice trade by sailing west, now sought the support of the Spanish court. Gold has always been a royal necessity, and nobles have always been receptive to plans that promised to boost the public treasury.
Magellan's interesting friend Francisco Serrao, who had remained in the Indian possessions of the Portuguese, after Magellan's return, had discovered resources of the tropical seas of the Orient that were almost boundless. He had written to Magellan:
Magellan's intriguing friend Francisco Serrao, who stayed in the Portuguese territories in the East after Magellan returned, discovered nearly limitless resources in the tropical seas of the Orient. He wrote to Magellan:
"If you would become rich return to the Moluccas."
"If you want to get rich, go back to the Moluccas."
This letter would be a sufficient passport to the nobles who had the ear of the King. He showed the letter to the King's ministers.
This letter would serve as a valid passport to the nobles who had the King's attention. He showed the letter to the King's ministers.
He thought that the point of South America turned westward, as the Cape of Good Hope toward the East. He had an imaginary map in his mind of [25] an ocean world whose shape had no real existence, but that answered well as a theory.
He believed that the tip of South America pointed west, just like the Cape of Good Hope points east. He had a mental picture of an ocean world whose shape didn't actually exist but served as a good theory. [25]
Magellan had brought a globe from Portugal on which he had drawn the undiscovered world as he thought it existed. The strait which he had hoped to find was omitted on this globe in his drawings that no navigator might anticipate his discovery.
Magellan had brought a globe from Portugal that showed the unknown world as he imagined it. The strait he had hoped to find was left out on this globe in his drawings so no navigator would expect his discovery.
Some of the ministers listened to the project with indifference, a few with ridicule; but as a rule Magellan appealed to willing ears. The ministers as a body agreed to commend the enterprise to the King. The Haros of Antwerp, the Rothschilds of the time, favored the expedition. So Magellan and Faleiro made out a petition of formal proposals which they desired to present to the King, and awaited the opportunity.
Some of the ministers listened to the project with indifference, a few with mockery; but generally, Magellan found receptive listeners. The ministers as a whole agreed to recommend the venture to the King. The Haros of Antwerp, the Rothschilds of that era, supported the expedition. So, Magellan and Faleiro drafted a petition of formal proposals that they wanted to present to the King and waited for the right moment.
That opportunity soon came. Charles V, son of Joanna, who was passing her days in solitude and grief on account of the loss of her husband, was on his way to Aragon. He was Emperor of Germany and King of Spain. He was a youth now; having been born in Ghent, February 24, 1500. He came to the throne of Spain in 1516, as the disordered intellect of his mother made her incapable of reigning. He was elected German Emperor in 1519.
That opportunity came quickly. Charles V, the son of Joanna, who was living in isolation and sadness due to the death of her husband, was on his way to Aragon. He was both the Emperor of Germany and the King of Spain. He was still young, having been born in Ghent on February 24, 1500. He ascended to the Spanish throne in 1516 because his mother's troubled mind made her unfit to rule. He was elected as German Emperor in 1519.
Charles V.
After a painting by Titian.
Charles V.
After a painting by Titian.
In his youth he had been dissolute. Seeing the responsibilities that he owed to the world and the age, he suddenly received new moral impulses and conquered himself, and his moral life was followed [26] by a religious disposition. He received from the Pope the title of Roman Emperor. His powerful intellect subdued a great part of continental Europe to his will; but he became weary of the cares of [27] state, retired from the world, and ended his life as a religious recluse.
In his youth, he lived a life of excess. However, he soon recognized the responsibilities he had to society and the times, which sparked a change in him. He gained control over himself, and this moral transformation led him to develop a religious mindset. The Pope bestowed on him the title of Roman Emperor. His brilliant mind brought much of continental Europe under his influence; but eventually, he grew tired of the burdens of governance, withdrew from public life, and spent his later years as a religious hermit.
The young King entered Spain in triumph, but amid the glare of receptions his ears were not dull to projects for acquiring gold.
The young King arrived in Spain in triumph, but despite the extravagant receptions, he was still attentive to schemes for acquiring gold.
Magellan and Faleiro, under the commendation of the ministry, were soon able to lay their project before the young grandson of the great Isabella. He received them in the spirit that Isabella had met Columbus. He approved their plans, and charged them to make preparations for the expedition.
Magellan and Faleiro, with the support of the ministry, quickly presented their project to the young grandson of the great Isabella. He welcomed them just as Isabella had welcomed Columbus. He approved their plans and instructed them to start preparing for the expedition.
Charles entered Zaragoza in May, 1518, a youth of eighteen, and Magellan and Faleiro followed the royal train on its triumphal march in the blooming days of the year. They were happy men, and their glowing visions added to the joy of the court on its journey amid singing nightingales and pealing bells.
Charles entered Zaragoza in May 1518 when he was just eighteen, and Magellan and Faleiro marched alongside the royal procession during the beautiful days of spring. They were joyful men, and their bright dreams contributed to the happiness of the court as it traveled, surrounded by singing nightingales and ringing bells.
The royal name signed to Magellan's commission was "Juana," who had been the favorite daughter of Queen Isabella, who had signed the commission of Columbus.[B] This royal daughter of Aragon and Castile was born at Toledo, November 6, 1479. She was in the bloom of her girlhood when the news of the return of Columbus thrilled Spain.
The royal name on Magellan's commission was "Juana," who was the favorite daughter of Queen Isabella, the one who signed Columbus's commission. [B] This royal daughter of Aragon and Castile was born in Toledo on November 6, 1479. She was in the prime of her youth when Columbus's return excited Spain.
She was a girl of ardent affections; a lover of music; not beautiful, but charming in manner; and at the age of eighteen was betrothed to Philip of the Low Countries, called Philip the Handsome.
She was a girl with strong feelings; a music lover; not beautiful, but charming in her way; and at eighteen, she was engaged to Philip of the Low Countries, known as Philip the Handsome.
The wedding of this daughter of Isabella was to be celebrated in Flanders by fêtes of unusual splendor. A fleet of one hundred and thirty vessels prepared to bear the bride to her handsome Prince. The ships were under the command of the chivalrous admiral of Castile.
The wedding of Isabella's daughter was going to be celebrated in Flanders with festivities of extraordinary grandeur. A fleet of one hundred thirty ships was ready to take the bride to her charming Prince. The ships were led by the gallant admiral of Castile.
Juana took leave of her mother at the end of August, 1496, and embarked at the port of Laredo. A more interesting bride under more joyous circumstances had seldom gone forth to meet a bridegroom.
Juana said goodbye to her mother at the end of August, 1496, and set sail from the port of Laredo. A more fascinating bride in happier circumstances had rarely gone out to meet her groom.
The sails covered the sea under the flags of the glory of Spain. They drifted away amid music and shoutings, but the salvos of the guns had hardly died away before terrible storms arose. The fleet was shattered, and many of the vessels were lost.
The sails blanketed the sea under the flags of Spain's glory. They floated away to music and cheers, but the sounds of the cannons had barely faded before terrible storms hit. The fleet was wrecked, and many of the ships were lost.
The young bride herself arrived in Flanders safely, and her marriage with the archduke followed at Lille.
The young bride arrived safely in Flanders, and her wedding to the archduke took place in Lille.
When Queen Isabella heard of the birth of Charles, she recalled that it fell on the day of Matthias, and exclaimed, "Sors cecidit super Mathiam"—"the lot fell upon Matthias."[29]
When Queen Isabella heard about Charles's birth, she remembered it was on the day of Matthias and exclaimed, "Sors cecidit super Mathiam"—"the lot fell upon Matthias."[29]
She predicted that the infant would become the King of Spain.
She predicted that the baby would become the King of Spain.
Ferdinand and Isabella.
From a coin.
Ferdinand and Isabella. From a coin.
Philip and Juana were summoned to Spain to meet the people over whom it then seemed probable that they would soon be called to reign. They entered France in 1501, attended by Flemish nobles, and wherever they went was a holiday. There were weeks of splendid fêtes in honor of the progress.
Philip and Juana were called to Spain to meet the people they were likely going to reign over soon. They entered France in 1501, accompanied by Flemish nobles, and everywhere they went felt like a celebration. There were weeks of grand festivities to honor their journey.
When Ferdinand and Isabella heard of the arrival of Philip and Juana in Spain they hastened to Toledo to meet them. Here Philip and his Queen received the allegiance of the Cortes.
When Ferdinand and Isabella learned about Philip and Juana’s arrival in Spain, they rushed to Toledo to meet them. There, Philip and his Queen received the loyalty of the Cortes.
But Philip was a gay Prince, and he loved the dissipations of Flanders more than his wife or the interests of his prospective Spanish possessions. So he left his wife, and returned to Flanders.
But Philip was a gay prince, and he loved the indulgences of Flanders more than his wife or the interests of his future Spanish territories. So he left his wife and went back to Flanders.
The conduct of the handsome Prince drove Juana mad. She loved him so fondly that she thought only of him, and sat in silence day after day with her [30] eyes fixed on the ground, as an historian says, "equally regardless of herself, her future subjects, and her afflicted parents."
The actions of the charming Prince made Juana lose her mind. She adored him so deeply that he consumed her thoughts, and she sat silently day after day with her [30] eyes glued to the ground, as one historian puts it, "completely oblivious to herself, her future subjects, and her troubled parents."
She subsequently joined Philip at Burgos. Here Philip died of fever after overexertion at a game of ball. Juana never left his bedside, or shed a tear. Her grief obliterated nearly all things in life, and she was dumb. Her only happiness now, except in music, was to be with his dead body.
She then joined Philip in Burgos. There, Philip died of fever after pushing himself too hard during a game of ball. Juana never left his side and didn't cry. Her grief consumed almost everything else in her life, and she became silent. Her only joy now, besides music, was being with his lifeless body.
She removed her husband's remains to Santa Clara.
She took her husband's remains to Santa Clara.
The body was placed on a magnificent car, and was accompanied in the long way to the tomb by a train of nobles and priests. Juana never left it. She would not allow it to be moved by day. She said:
The body was laid on an impressive carriage and was followed on the long journey to the tomb by a procession of nobles and priests. Juana never left its side. She refused to let it be moved during the day. She said:
"A widow who has lost the sun of her soul should never expose herself to the light of day!"
"A widow who has lost the light of her life should never show herself in the daylight!"
Wherever the procession halted, she ordered new funeral ceremonies. She forbade nuns to approach the body. Finding the coffin had been carried to a nunnery at a stage of the journey, she had it removed to the open fields, where she watched by it, and caused the embalmed body to be revealed to her by torches. She had a tomb made for the remains in sight of her palace windows in Santa Clara, and she watched over it in silence for forty-seven years, taking little interest in any other thing.
Wherever the procession stopped, she arranged for new funeral ceremonies. She instructed the nuns not to come near the body. When she discovered that the coffin had been taken to a convent during the journey, she had it moved to the open fields, where she kept vigil over it and had the embalmed body illuminated by torches. She had a tomb built for the remains in view of her palace windows in Santa Clara, and she watched over it in silence for forty-seven years, showing little interest in anything else.
But as she survived Ferdinand and Isabella, her [31] name for a time was affixed to royal commissions, and so Magellan sailed in the service of Charles under the signature of Juana, who was silently watching over her husband's tomb, in the hope that the Prince would one day rise again.
But after she outlived Ferdinand and Isabella, her [31] name was attached to royal commissions for a while, and so Magellan sailed under Charles' service with Juana's signature, as she quietly watched over her husband's tomb, hoping that the Prince would rise again one day.
We relate this narrative to give a view of the events of the period, and for the same reason we must speak of another eminent person who acted in the place of the Queen in her unhappy state of mind.
We share this story to provide insight into the events of that time, and for the same reason, we need to mention another notable individual who stepped in for the Queen during her troubled state of mind.
Cardinal Ximenes.
After a painting by Velasquez
Cardinal Ximenes.
After a painting by Velázquez
This was the great political genius of the time, the virtuous and benevolent Cardinal Ximenes, statesman, archbishop, the heart of the people and the conscience of the Church. He was born of a humble family in Castile in 1487. He was educated in Rome. His character and learning were such that Queen Isabella chose him for her confessor, and made him Archbishop of Toledo, with the approval of the Pope.
This was the great political genius of the time, the virtuous and benevolent Cardinal Ximenes, statesman, archbishop, the heart of the people and the conscience of the Church. He was born into a humble family in Castile in 1487. He was educated in Rome. His character and knowledge were so impressive that Queen Isabella chose him as her confessor and appointed him Archbishop of Toledo, with the Pope's approval.
On the death of Philip in 1505, he was made[32] regent for Juana. Ferdinand named Ximenes regent of Spain on his deathbed, until Charles V should return from Flanders to Spain.
On the death of Philip in 1505, he was made[32] regent for Juana. Ferdinand named Ximenes regent of Spain on his deathbed, until Charles V returned from Flanders to Spain.
The regency of Ximenes was one of honor and glory. He himself lived humbly and simply amid all his associations of pomp and power.
The regency of Ximenes was filled with honor and glory. He himself lived a humble and simple life despite all the pomp and power that surrounded him.
He maintained thirty poor persons daily at his own cost, and gave half of his income to charity. He excited the jealousy of Charles V at last, and lost his power in consequence. He lived to extreme age, and left a character that Spain has ever loved to hold in honor.
He supported thirty poor people each day at his own expense and donated half of his income to charity. Eventually, he sparked the jealousy of Charles V and lost his power as a result. He lived to an old age and left behind a legacy that Spain has always cherished and honored.
Such was the political condition of Spain in the early days of Magellan.
Such was the political situation in Spain during Magellan's early days.
CHAPTER V.
ABOUT THE HAPPY ITALIAN WHO WISHED TO SEE
THE WORLD.—BEAUTIFUL SEVILLE!
We should have known but little of the adventures of Magellan, but for Antonia Pigafetta, Chevalier, and Knight of Rhodes.
We would know very little about the adventures of Magellan if it weren't for Antonio Pigafetta, Chevalier and Knight of Rhodes.
He was a young Italian of a susceptible heart and happy imagination.
He was a young Italian with a sensitive heart and a vivid imagination.
He came wandering to Barcelona, Spain, in the generation that remembered Columbus, and the splendid scenes that welcomed the return of Columbus on the field of Sante Fé. He must have heard the enthralling description of those golden days—he could not be a Columbus; but, if he could win the good will of Magellan, he might go after Columbus and see what no Europeans had seen.
He arrived in Barcelona, Spain, during a time when people still remembered Columbus and the amazing celebrations that greeted Columbus's return in Sante Fé. He must have heard captivating stories about those glorious days—he couldn't be a Columbus, but if he could earn the favor of Magellan, he might pursue Columbus and experience things no Europeans had ever seen.
So he wandered the streets of Barcelona and heard the tales of the events that occurred when the "Viceroy of the Isles" was received there by Isabella.
So he roamed the streets of Barcelona and listened to the stories about what happened when the "Viceroy of the Isles" was welcomed there by Isabella.
What days those had been! The march of Columbus through Spain to meet Isabella at Sante Fé, was [34] such as had a demigod appeared on earth. Spain was thrilled. The world knew no night. The trumpets of heralds rent the air, and men's hearts swelled high at the tales of the golden empires that Colon had added to Aragon and Castile. Alas! they did not know that there are riches which do not enrich, and that it is only the gold that does good that ennobles.
What incredible days those were! Columbus’s journey through Spain to meet Isabella in Santa Fé was like a demigod walking on earth. Spain was electrified. The world felt alive. The sounds of trumpets filled the air, and people's spirits soared with stories of the golden empires that Columbus had claimed for Aragon and Castile. Unfortunately, they didn’t realize that there are treasures that don’t truly bring wealth, and only the gold that benefits can elevate us.
As Columbus approached with his glittering cavaliers songs rent the air, whose words have been interpreted—
As Columbus came closer with his shining knights, songs filled the air, the lyrics of which have been interpreted—
"Thy name, O Fernando!
Through all earth shall be sounded,
Columbus has triumphed,
His foes are confounded!"
"Your name, O Fernando!
Will be heard around the world,
Columbus has succeeded.
"His enemies are defeated!"
or
or
"Thy name, Isabella,
Through all earth shall be sounded,
Columbus has triumphed,
His foes are confounded!"
"Your name, Isabella,
Will be heard worldwide,
Columbus has won.
"His enemies are defeated!"
Barcelona
Barcelona
His reception at Barcelona by the King and Queen had been made inconceivably splendid:
His welcome at Barcelona by the King and Queen had been unimaginably grand:
"That was a glorious day
That dawned on Barcelona. Banners filled
The thronging towers, the old bells rung, and blasts
Of lordly trumpets seemed to reach the sky
Cerulean. All Spain had gathered there,
[36]
And waited there his coming; Castilian knights,
Gay cavaliers, hidalgos young, and e'en the old
Puissant grandees of far Aragon,
With glittering mail and waving plumes and all
The peasant multitude with bannerets
And charms and flowers.
"Beneath pavilions
Of brocades of gold, the Court had met.
The dual crowns of Leon old and proud Castile
There waited him, the peasant mariner.
"The heralds waited
Near the open gates; the minstrels young and fair
Upon the tapestries and arrased walls,
And everywhere from all the happy provinces
The wandering troubadours.
"Afar was heard
A cry, a long acclaim. Afar was seen
A proud and stately steed with nodding plumes,
Bridled with gold, whose rider stately rode,
And still afar a long and sinuous train
Of silvery cavaliers. A shout arose,
And all the city, all the vales and hills,
With acclamations rung.
"He came, the Genoese,
With reverent look and calm and lofty mien,
And saw the wondering eyes and heard the cries,
And trumpet peals, as one who followed still
Some Guide unseen.
"Before his steed
Crowned Indians marched with lowly faces,
And wondered at the new world that they saw;
Gay parrots screamed from their gold-circled arms,
And from their crests swept airy plumes. The sun
Shone full in splendor on the scene, and here
The old and new world met!"
"It was a beautiful day"
That broke over Barcelona. Banners filled
The bustling towers, the old bells rang out, and fanfares
Of noble trumpets seemed to touch the sky
Blue as can be. All of Spain had gathered there,
[36]
And waited for his arrival; Castilian knights,
Cheerful cavaliers, young hidalgos, and even the old
Powerful nobility from distant Aragon,
In shining armor with fluttering plumes, alongside
The peasant crowd with their small flags
And charms and flowers.
"Under tents"
Made of gold brocade, the Court had assembled.
The dual crowns of ancient Leon and proud Castile
Waited for him, the humble mariner.
"The announcers stood"
By the open gates; the young and lovely minstrels
On the tapestries and decorated walls,
And everywhere from all the joyful provinces
The wandering troubadours.
"Heard from a distance"
A shout, a long cheer. From a distance was seen
A proud and grand steed with waving plumes,
Bridled in gold, whose rider sat tall,
And still from afar a long and winding procession
Of shining knights. A cheer went up,
And the whole city, all the valleys and hills,
Rang with applause.
"He arrived, the Genoese,"
With a respectful look and calm, dignified presence,
And he saw the amazed faces and heard the shouts,
And trumpet blasts, as if he were being led by
Some unseen Guide.
"Before his horse"
Marched native Indians with humble expressions,
Wondering at this new world they saw;
Bright parrots squawked from their golden-ornamented arms,
And from their heads flowed airy feathers. The sun
Shone brightly on the scene, and here
The old and new world met!"
The young Italian Chevalier, Pigafetta, Knight of Rhodes, visited the scenes that his own countryman had made immortal by his voyage.
The young Italian Chevalier, Pigafetta, Knight of Rhodes, explored the places that his fellow countryman had made famous through his journey.
He thought of the plumed Indians and of the [37] birds of splendid plumage that Columbus had brought back.
He thought about the feathered Indians and the [37] colorful birds that Columbus had brought back.
He heard much of Magellan, the "new Columbus." Why might he not go out upon unknown seas with him and discover new races, and bring back with him tropic spices, birds, and flowers?
He heard a lot about Magellan, the "new Columbus." Why shouldn’t he venture into unknown seas with him, discover new cultures, and return with tropical spices, birds, and flowers?
He journeyed to Seville and there met Magellan. He entered into the dreams of the new navigator. He asked Magellan to let him sail with him.
He traveled to Seville and met Magellan there. He got caught up in the ambitions of the new navigator. He asked Magellan if he could sail with him.
"Why do you wish to enter upon such a hazardous undertaking?"
"Why do you want to take on such a risky endeavor?"
"I am desirous of seeing the wonderful things of the ocean!"
"I really want to see the amazing things in the ocean!"
Magellan saw it was so. The Spaniards might distrust him, the Portuguese be jealous of him, but here was a man who would have no race prejudices—a man after his own heart, whom he could trust.
Magellan realized it was true. The Spaniards might doubt him, the Portuguese might be envious of him, but here was a guy who held no racial biases—a man he could relate to, someone he could trust.
"You wish to see the wonders of the ocean world?" he asked.
"You want to see the amazing things in the ocean world?" he asked.
"Yes, and I can write, and whatever I may do, and wherever I may go, I will always be true to you—the heart of Pigafetta will always be loyal to the Admiral!"
"Definitely, I can write, and no matter what I do or where I go, I will always stay true to you—the heart of Pigafetta will always be faithful to the Admiral!"
"My Italian Chevalier, you may embark with me to see the wonders of the ocean world. You shall follow my lantern."
"My Italian Knight, you can join me to explore the wonders of the ocean. Just follow my lantern."
From that hour the young Italian lived in anticipation. What new lands would he see, what palm [38] islands, what gigantic men and strange birds, and inhabitants of the sea?
From that moment, the young Italian lived in excitement. What new countries would he explore, what palm [38] islands, what giant people and unusual birds, and creatures of the sea?
The young Knight of Rhodes had spoken truly, whatever light might fail, his heart would ever be true to the Admiral.
The young Knight of Rhodes spoke honestly; no matter what happened, his heart would always remain loyal to the Admiral.
So the Knight embarked with the rude crew to follow, in the silences of uncharted seas, the lantern of Magellan.
So the Knight set out with the rough crew to follow, in the quiet of uncharted waters, the light of Magellan.
He composed on the voyage a narrative for Villiers de l'Isle Adams, Grand Master of Rhodes. By this narrative we are still able to follow in fancy the lantern of Magellan through the straits that now bear the name of Magellan, to the newly discovered Pacific, and around the world.
He wrote a story during the journey for Villiers de l'Isle Adams, Grand Master of Rhodes. Because of this story, we can still imagine following Magellan's lantern through the straits now named after him, into the newly discovered Pacific, and around the world.
His character was as spirited as Magellan's was noble.
His character was as lively as Magellan's was honorable.
We will sail with him in our voyage around the world, for he went all the way and bore the news of Magellan's triumphs to Seville again.
We will travel with him on our journey around the world, because he made the entire trip and brought the news of Magellan's successes back to Seville.
Beautiful Seville! We must glance at the city here. She was the pride of Spain in those times when Spain dazzled the world. The Hispal of the Phœnicians, the Hispales of the Roman conquest, and the Seville of the Moors! Her glory had arisen in the twilight of history, and had grown with the advancement of the race.
Beautiful Seville! We need to take a look at the city here. She was the pride of Spain during the times when Spain amazed the world. The Hispal of the Phoenicians, the Hispales from the Roman conquest, and the Seville of the Moors! Her glory emerged in the twilight of history and grew with the progress of civilization.
She was indeed beautiful at the time when Magellan was preparing for the sea. The Moorish [39] period had passed leaving her rich in arts and treasures, and splendid architecture.
She was truly beautiful at the time when Magellan was getting ready for the sea. The Moorish [39] period had ended, leaving her filled with art, treasures, and stunning architecture.
Situated on the banks of the Guadalquivir, circular in shape and surrounded with more than a hundred Moorish towers, and about ten miles in circumference, she rivaled the cities of Europe and of the Orient.
Situated on the banks of the Guadalquivir, circular in shape and surrounded by more than a hundred Moorish towers, and about ten miles in circumference, it rivaled the cities of Europe and the East.
The Giralda.
The Giralda.
The great cathedral was being completed at that time, a mountain of art, arising from its plain of marble. It was four hundred and thirty-one feet long, and three hundred and fifteen feet wide, with solemn and grand arches lighted by the finest windows in Spain, perhaps the most enchanting lights through which the sun ever shone. The altars were enriched by the wealth of discovery.
The great cathedral was being completed at that time, a massive piece of art, rising from its expanse of marble. It measured four hundred thirty-one feet long and three hundred fifteen feet wide, featuring solemn and grand arches illuminated by the finest windows in Spain, perhaps the most captivating lights through which the sun ever shone. The altars were adorned with the riches of discovery.
Over this mountain of gold, marbles, and gems [40] gleamed the Giralda, or weather vane, in the form of a statue, three hundred and fifty feet high.
Over this mountain of gold, marbles, and gems [40] shone the Giralda, or weather vane, shaped like a statue, three hundred and fifty feet tall.
Seville at this time was a city of churches. To these, sailors resorted while waiting for an expedition to complete its preparations for the sea, for most of them were good Catholics, and such as hoped for God's favor in the enterprise upon which they were about to enter.
Seville was a city full of churches. Sailors would visit them while they waited for their expedition to finish getting ready for the sea, since most of them were good Catholics and hoped for God's blessing on the journey they were about to undertake.
Here, too, was the old Moorish palace, the Alcázar, with its delicate lacework like the walls of the Alhambra, but richer in color. In this palace was the Hall of the Ambassadors, one of the most enchanting apartments ever created by the genius of man.
Here, too, was the old Moorish palace, the Alcázar, with its intricate lacework resembling the walls of the Alhambra, but more vibrant in color. This palace housed the Hall of the Ambassadors, one of the most captivating rooms ever created by human ingenuity.
In the latter dream of Moorish fancy have passed aching hearts, as well as those filled with wonder and delight. Here Pedro the Cruel received one of the kings of Granada, and murdered him with his own hand, to rob him of the jewels that adorned his person.
In the later dream of Moorish imagination, aching hearts passed through, along with those filled with wonder and joy. Here, Pedro the Cruel welcomed one of the kings of Granada and killed him with his own hand to steal the jewels that decorated him.
The tales of Pedro the Cruel haunted the city at this time.
The stories of Pedro the Cruel haunted the city during this time.
We are told that this monarch used to go about the city in disguise.
We are told that this king used to walk around the city in disguise.
One night he went out thus to serenade a beautiful lady. As he approached the balcony with his guitar where the lady lived, he saw another man there, who had come for the same purpose. The rival musician filled him with rage, and the King [41] rushed upon him and struck him down and killed him.
One night, he went out to serenade a beautiful lady. As he approached her balcony with his guitar, he saw another man there, who had come for the same reason. The rival musician filled him with rage, and the King [41] charged at him, struck him down, and killed him.
He fled away. He reasoned that as he was in disguise no one could know him.
He ran away. He figured that since he was in disguise, no one would recognize him.
There was an old woman who kept a bakery across the way from the house where the noble lady lived. She was looking out of her window at the time of the murder. She saw the act, and got a view of the terrible face of the royal musician as he was fleeing away.
There was an old woman who ran a bakery across the street from the house where the noble lady lived. She was looking out of her window at the time of the murder. She witnessed the act and caught a glimpse of the horrifying face of the royal musician as he was fleeing.
"That was the King himself," said the old bake woman. "By my soul, that was the King!"
"That was the King himself," said the old bakery woman. "I swear, that was the King!"
The next day the news of the murder filled the city. The murdered man was a person of rank and importance. The people were alarmed and indignant.
The next day, the news of the murder spread throughout the city. The victim was a person of high status and significance. The people were shocked and outraged.
"Who did the deed?" was a question that arose to every lip.
"Who did it?" was a question that everyone asked.
The King, cruel as he was, did not wish to be suspected of being a street assassin. So he issued a proclamation in this form:
The King, as cruel as he was, didn't want to be seen as a street killer. So he made a proclamation in this form:
"Unless the alcalde (judge) of Seville shall discover the murderer of the gallant musician within three days, the alcalde shall lose his head."
"Unless the mayor of Seville finds the murderer of the brave musician within three days, the mayor will lose his head."
The city judge began to make great exertions to discover the murderer.
The city judge started to work hard to find the murderer.
The old bake woman came to him and said:
The old baker woman approached him and said:
"I know who did the deed. But silence, silence! [42] I saw it with my own eyes, but we must be still. It was the King himself!"
"I know who did it. But we have to keep quiet, quiet! [42] I saw it happen with my own eyes, but we must stay silent. It was the King himself!"
The alcalde dared not accuse the King, and yet he must save his own head. What was he to do?
The mayor couldn’t accuse the King, but he also had to save himself. What was he supposed to do?
He made an image of the King. He then went to the palace.
He created a statue of the King. Then he went to the palace.
"O King! I have found the murderer. I have brought him here to receive sentence."
"O King! I have found the killer. I brought him here to face judgment."
The King was glad that a suspected person had been found, so that the public thought might be directed to the suspect.
The King was pleased that a suspect had been identified, allowing public attention to focus on the person in question.
"What shall be done with him?" asked the alcalde.
"What should we do with him?" asked the mayor.
"What! He who would slay a musician about to serenade a noble lady?"
"What! Is he really going to kill a musician who's about to serenade a noble lady?"
"Yes, your Majesty."
"Yes, Your Majesty."
"What shall be done with him? I condemn him to death. Bring him before me."
"What should we do with him? I sentence him to death. Bring him to me."
The alcalde brought in the image of the King, and uncovered it.
The mayor brought in the image of the King and revealed it.
The King beheld himself.
The King looked at himself.
"I will save your head," said the King, and the alcalde went thoughtfully away.
"I'll save your head," said the King, and the alcalde walked away deep in thought.
CHAPTER VI.
ENEMIES.—ESTEBAN GORMEZ.
No man living could better know what he needed for such a stupendous and unprecedented undertaking than Magellan, who had already been to the spicery of the Orient in the service of Albuquerque, the Portuguese Viceroy. Under the royal sanction, the dockyards of Seville were at his command. He repaired to Seville, and was there looked upon as one destined to harvest the wealth of the Indies.
No one knew better what he needed for such a massive and unique project than Magellan, who had already been to the spice markets of the East while serving under Albuquerque, the Portuguese Viceroy. With royal approval, the shipyards of Seville were at his disposal. He went to Seville, where people saw him as someone destined to reap the riches of the Indies.
But as soon as it became known in Portugal that Magellan was to lead a new expedition of discovery, the mistake that the King had made in rejecting the proposal of the lame soldier, to whom he had refused pension honors, became apparent. The court saw what this rejected man of positive purpose and invaluable knowledge of navigation might accomplish. Should his dreams be prophetic and his projects prove successful, the glory would go to Spain, and the King would be held responsible for another mistake like that which his predecessor had made in the case of Columbus.[44]
But as soon as it was revealed in Portugal that Magellan would lead a new exploration expedition, it became clear how wrong the King had been to reject the proposal of the disabled soldier he had denied honors and a pension. The court recognized what this dismissed man, full of determination and essential navigation knowledge, could achieve. If his dreams turned out to be true and his plans were a success, the glory would belong to Spain, and the King would be blamed for making another mistake like the one his predecessor made with Columbus.[44]
What must the court of Portugal do? The hammers were flying in Seville on the ships loading for the voyage. Magellan was making up his crews. Spain had faith in him, and he had faith in himself; never a man had more.
What must the court of Portugal do? The hammers were busy in Seville as the ships were being loaded for the voyage. Magellan was gathering his crews. Spain believed in him, and he believed in himself; no one had more confidence.
Portugal must prevent the expedition. The Crown must appeal to Magellan to withdraw from it. The King must ask young King Charles to dismiss Magellan as an act of royal courtesy. If these efforts were not successful, it was argued that the expedition must be arrested by force, or Magellan must be murdered by secret spies of the court.
Portugal must stop the expedition. The Crown needs to urge Magellan to back out of it. The King should request young King Charles to remove Magellan as a gesture of royal courtesy. If these efforts fail, it was suggested that the expedition should be halted by force, or Magellan should be assassinated by covert agents of the court.
The fleet preparing was to consist of five ships with ample equipment. These were named the Trinidad, the San Antonio, of one hundred and twenty Spanish tons each; the Concepcion, of ninety Spanish tons; the Victoria, of eighty-five tons; and the Santiago, of seventy-five. The Victoria, the ship of destiny, was to circumnavigate the globe.
The fleet being prepared was made up of five ships with plenty of equipment. They were named the Trinidad, the San Antonio, each weighing one hundred and twenty Spanish tons; the Concepcion, weighing ninety Spanish tons; the Victoria, weighing eighty-five tons; and the Santiago, weighing seventy-five tons. The Victoria, the ship of destiny, was set to sail around the world.
And now while the hammers were at work, the dull King of Portugal began to arouse himself to arrest the plan, and the court, seeing his spirit, acted with him.
And now while the hammers were busy, the dull King of Portugal started to wake up to stop the plan, and the court, noticing his determination, worked with him.
In the bright days in Zaragoza Magellan had been warned that he was in danger of being assassinated. But he did not take alarm. As his project rose into public view at Seville he must have known that he was surrounded by spies, but he did not heed them; he kept right on, marching forward as it [46] were after the inspiration that had taken possession of his soul.
In the bright days in Zaragoza, Magellan had been warned that he was in danger of being assassinated. But he didn’t panic. As his project gained public attention in Seville, he must have realized he was surrounded by spies, but he ignored them; he kept moving forward, as it were, after the inspiration that had captured his soul. [46]
BEHAIM'S GLOBE. 1492.
BEHAIM'S GLOBE. 1492.
There was an India House in Seville, composed of merchants, and these were favorable to the expedition. In Spain everything favored Magellan.
There was an India House in Seville made up of merchants, and they supported the expedition. In Spain, everything was in Magellan's favor.
Aluaro da Costa was the Portuguese minister to the court of Spain. He plotted against Magellan, and sought an interview with young Charles in order to induce him to eliminate the Portuguese from the expedition. Charles was about to become a brother-in-law to Dom Manoel, and Aluaro da Costa could appeal to the King in this cause in many ways.
Aluaro da Costa was the Portuguese minister to the Spanish court. He conspired against Magellan and tried to arrange a meeting with young Charles to persuade him to remove the Portuguese from the expedition. Charles was set to become a brother-in-law to Dom Manoel, and Aluaro da Costa had several ways to appeal to the King regarding this issue.
Full of diplomacy and craft, he met the King who had to weigh the prospect of gold and glory against this personal argument. Gold outweighed the family considerations, for Charles in his young days was a man of powerful ambitions.
Full of diplomacy and skill, he met the King, who had to consider the chance for wealth and fame against this personal matter. Wealth took precedence over family concerns, as Charles, in his youth, was a man with strong ambitions.
Aluaro da Costa wrote to Dom Manoel a graphic account of this interview. It shows how politic ministers of state were in those days. We can not give the reader a clearer view of some of the obstacles against which Magellan had to contend in those perilous days in Spain than by citing Aluaro's account to Dom Manoel of his interview with young Charles V in his intrigue against Magellan:
Aluaro da Costa wrote to Dom Manoel a detailed account of this meeting. It illustrates how shrewd ministers of state were back then. We can't provide a clearer picture of some of the challenges Magellan faced during those dangerous times in Spain than by referencing Aluaro's account to Dom Manoel of his meeting with young Charles V in his plotting against Magellan:
"Sire: Concerning Ferdinand Magellan's affair, how much I have done and how I have labored, God knows, as I have written you at length; and now I have spoken upon the subject very strongly [47] to the King, putting before him all the inconveniences that in this case may arise, and also representing to him what an ugly matter it was, and how unusual for one King to receive the subjects of another King, his friend, contrary to his wish, a thing unheard of among cavaliers, and accounted both ill-judged and ill-seeming. Yet I had just put your Highness and your Highness's possessions at his service in Valladolid at the moment that, he was harboring these persons against your will. I begged him to consider that this was not the time to offend your Highness, the more so in an affair which was of so little importance and so uncertain; and that he would have plenty of subjects of his own and men to make discoveries when the time came, without availing himself of those malcontents of your Highness, whom your Highness could not fail to believe likely to labor more for your disservice than for anything else; also that his Highness had had until now so much to do in discovering his own kingdoms and dominions, and in settling them, that he ought not to turn his attention to these new affairs, from which dissensions and other matters, which may well be dispensed with, may result.
"Sir: Regarding Ferdinand Magellan's situation, I've worked hard and put in a lot of effort, and God knows it, as I've detailed in my long letters to you; now I've discussed this matter very strongly [47] with the King, outlining all the potential problems that could come up, and also pointing out how inappropriate it is, and how unusual for one King to welcome the subjects of another King, his friend, against his wishes, something unheard of among gentlemen, viewed as both ill-advised and inappropriate. Yet I had just offered your Highness and your Highness's interests to him in Valladolid at the moment he was sheltering these individuals against your will. I urged him to understand that this was not the time to offend your Highness, especially in such a minor and uncertain matter; that he would have plenty of his own subjects and people to explore when the time came, without relying on those discontented individuals from your Highness, who you could reasonably believe would work more against your interests than for them; additionally, that he has had so much to manage in discovering and establishing his own kingdoms and territories until now, that he shouldn't distract himself with these new issues, which could lead to conflicts and other matters that are better avoided."
"I also presented to him the bad appearance that this would have at the very moment of the marriage—the ratification of friendship and affection. And also that it seemed to me that your Highness would much regret to learn that these men asked leave of him to return,[C] and that he did [48] not grant it, the which are two faults—the receiving them contrary to your desire, and the retaining them contrary to their own. And I begged of him, both for his own and for your Highness's sake, that he would do one of two things: either permit them to go, or put off the affair for this year, by which he would not lose much; and means might be taken whereby he might be obliged, and your Highness might not be offended, as you would be were this scheme carried out.
"I also pointed out to him how bad this would look right at the moment of the wedding—the confirmation of friendship and love. I mentioned that your Highness would likely regret hearing that these men asked him for permission to leave, and that he didn’t grant it. These are two mistakes—accepting them against your wishes and keeping them against their own. I requested that he, for his own sake and for your Highness's, do one of two things: either let them go or postpone the matter for this year, which wouldn't cost him much; and arrangements could be made that would ensure his obligation, without offending your Highness, as you would certainly be if this plan were executed.
"He was so surprised, sire, at what I told him, that I also was surprised; but he replied to me with the best words in the world, saying that on no account did he wish to offend your Highness, and many other good words; and he suggested that I should speak to the Cardinal, and confide the whole matter to him.
"He was so shocked, Your Highness, by what I told him that I was shocked too; but he responded with the kindest words, saying that he absolutely did not want to offend you, and many other nice things; and he suggested that I should talk to the Cardinal and share the whole situation with him."
"May the Lord increase the life and dominions of your Highness to his holy service. From Saragoca, Tuesday night, the 28th day of September.
"May the Lord bless you with a long life and great power in His service. From Saragossa, Tuesday night, September 28th."
"I kiss the hands of your Highness,
"ALUARO DA COSTA."
"I kiss the hands of your Highness,
ALUARO DA COSTA."
Court intrigue against Magellan did not avail. There was one thing statecraft could do. It could set spies on Magellan on board his own ships. This it succeeded in doing.
Court intrigue against Magellan didn’t work. There was one thing politics could accomplish. It could place spies on Magellan’s own ships. And it managed to do just that.
There was in Spain at this time a Portuguese adventurer and navigator by the name of Estevan or Esteban Gormez—Stephen Gormez.
There was a Portuguese adventurer and navigator named Estevan or Esteban Gormez—Stephen Gormez—in Spain at this time.
He was a student of navigation, and was restless to follow the examples of Columbus and Vasco [49] da Gama. He had applied to the court of Spain—probably to Cardinal Ximenes, for a commission to go on a voyage of discovery and he had received a favorable answer, and was preparing to embark, when Magellan appeared at court and promised to find the Spice Islands by way of South America.
He was studying navigation and was eager to follow in the footsteps of Columbus and Vasco da Gama. He had approached the Spanish court—likely Cardinal Ximenes—for a commission to embark on a discovery voyage and had received a positive response. He was getting ready to set sail when Magellan arrived at court and pledged to locate the Spice Islands by traveling through South America.
Magellan's scheme was so much larger and definite than that of Gormez that the court canceled its favors to the lesser plans, and Gormez had to abandon his prospects of sailing under the royal favors of Spain.
Magellan's plan was so much bigger and more defined than Gormez's that the court withdrew its support for the smaller proposals, and Gormez had to give up his hopes of sailing with the royal backing of Spain.
The eyes of Spain were now fixed on Magellan.
The eyes of Spain were now focused on Magellan.
"I will find a way to the Spice Islands by South America or by the West," said Magellan to the ministers of the King, "or you may have my head."
"I'll find a route to the Spice Islands through South America or from the West," Magellan told the king’s ministers, "or you can take my head."
These were bold words. Magellan had not only been to the Spice Islands, but he had gone out on the very voyage that discovered some of them. He had behaved heroically on the voyage. So his application to the court superseded the plan of Gormez and the latter sunk out of sight.
These were brave words. Magellan had not only been to the Spice Islands, but he had also embarked on the very journey that discovered some of them. He had acted heroically on the voyage. So his application to the court took precedence over Gormez's plan, and the latter faded into obscurity.
In his despondency at the failure of his plans, Gormez came to Magellan.
In his frustration over the failure of his plans, Gormez went to Magellan.
"My countryman," said Gormez, "your schemes have supplanted mine and turned my ships into air. I was the first to plan a voyage to the Moluccas out of the wake of hurricanes and monsoons. I do not feel that I have been treated rightly. Something surely is due to me."[50]
"My fellow countryman," Gormez said, "your plans have replaced mine and made my ships disappear. I was the first to scheme a trip to the Moluccas after the hurricanes and monsoons. I don’t think I've been treated fairly. I deserve something for this."[50]
Magellan was a man of generous impulses. He saw that Gormez had a case for moral appeal.
Magellan was a man of generous instincts. He realized that Gormez had a strong moral argument.
"My friend," said he, "you shall have a place in my expedition."
"My friend," he said, "you'll have a spot in my expedition."
He could but think that the inspiration and knowledge of navigation of his countryman would be useful to him, and he pitied him for his disappointment, knowing how he himself would feel were his plans to be set aside.
He could only think that the inspiration and navigation skills of his fellow countryman would be helpful to him, and he felt bad for him because of his disappointment, knowing how he would feel if his own plans were dismissed.
So Gormez, the Portuguese, was made the pilot of the Antonio.
So Gormez, the Portuguese, became the pilot of the Antonio.
Magellan, had he reflected, must have seen that this man would carry with him envy and jealousy, passions that are poisons. But Estefano, or Esteban, or Stephen Gormez, took his place at the pilot house of the Antonio to follow the lantern of Magellan, but the hurt in his heart at being superseded never healed.
Magellan, if he had thought it through, must have realized that this man would bring along envy and jealousy, feelings that are toxic. But Estefano, or Esteban, or Stephen Gormez, took his position at the pilot house of the Antonio to follow Magellan's lead, yet the pain in his heart from being passed over never went away.
On the ships also was one Juan de Carthagena, captain of the Concepcion, a spy, and one of the "malapots" of the expedition. He was called the reedor, or inspector. He inspected Magellan, and Magellan inspected him, as we shall see.
On the ships was also a man named Juan de Carthagena, captain of the Concepcion, a spy, and one of the "malapots" of the expedition. He was referred to as the reedor, or inspector. He checked on Magellan, and in turn, Magellan checked on him, as we will see.
And now the flags arose in the clear air, and the joyful fleet cleared the Guadalquivir and leaped into the arms of the open sea, amid the acclamations of gay grandees and a happy people.
And now the flags waved in the clear air, and the joyful fleet set sail from the Guadalquivir and jumped into the embrace of the open sea, surrounded by cheers from cheerful nobles and a delighted crowd.
It was September 20th when the anchors were lifted, of which probably one was destined to come [51] back in triumph after an immortal voyage that encompassed the earth, and gave to Spain a new ocean.
It was September 20th when the anchors were lifted, one of which was likely destined to return in triumph after an unforgettable journey around the world, giving Spain a new ocean. [51]
And the King of Portugal ordered the coat of arms to be torn down from the house of Magellan, as we have pictured at the beginning of our narrative.
And the King of Portugal ordered the coat of arms to be removed from Magellan's house, as we showed at the beginning of our story.
CHAPTER VII.
"MAROONED."
The expedition moved down its western way, over the track of Columbus. It had left poor Ruy Faleiro behind—he who had seen the progress of it all in the fitful light of a disordered vision. He had not relinquished his own high aims. He hoped to follow Magellan with an expedition of his own.
The expedition moved along its western route, following in Columbus's footsteps. It had left behind poor Ruy Faleiro—who had witnessed the whole journey through a chaotic lens. He hadn't given up on his own lofty ambitions. He still hoped to pursue Magellan with an expedition of his own.
The ships were furnished with "castles," fore and aft; they carried gay pennons and were richly stored. The artillery comprised sixty-two culverins and smaller ordnance. Five thousand or more pounds of powder were shut up in the magazines, and a large provision was made for trading with the natives—looking glasses for women, velvets, knives, and ivory ornaments, and twenty thousand bells.
The ships were equipped with "castles" at both the front and back; they had colorful flags and were well stocked. The artillery included sixty-two culverins and smaller guns. Over five thousand pounds of gunpowder were stored in the magazines, and there was a significant supply for trading with the locals—mirrors for women, velvets, knives, ivory decorations, and twenty thousand bells.
Magellan's ship bore a lantern, swung high in the air amid the thickly corded rigging, which the other ships were to keep in view in the night. What a history had this lantern! It gleamed out on the night track of a new world, a pillar of fire that encompassed the earth as in the orbit of a star. [53]
Magellan's ship had a lantern, hanging high in the air among the thick ropes of the rigging, that the other ships were supposed to keep in sight during the night. What a story this lantern had! It shone out on the dark path of a new world, a beacon that surrounded the earth like the orbit of a star. [53]
The fleet had fifteen days of good weather and passed Cape Verde Islands, running along the African coast.
The fleet enjoyed fifteen days of pleasant weather and passed the Cape Verde Islands, traveling along the African coast.
But the fleet carried with it disloyal hearts. The Portuguese prejudice against Magellan sailed with it. The Spanish sailors distrusted the loyalty of Magellan to Spain.
But the fleet was filled with disloyal hearts. The Portuguese bias against Magellan went along with it. The Spanish sailors doubted Magellan's loyalty to Spain.
The commander was a man of great heart, chivalrous, and noble, but he could be firm when there arose an occasion for it.
The commander was a man of great heart, chivalrous, and noble, but he could be strict when the situation called for it.
After leaving Teneriffe Magellan altered his course.
After leaving Tenerife, Magellan changed his course.
Juan de Carthagena, captain of the San Antonio, "the inspector" and a spy, demanded of Magellan why he had done so.
Juan de Carthagena, captain of the San Antonio, "the inspector" and a spy, asked Magellan why he had done that.
"Sir," said Magellan, "you are to follow my flag by day and my lantern by night, and to ask me no further questions."
"Sir," said Magellan, "you need to follow my flag during the day and my lantern at night, and don’t ask me any more questions."
Carthagena demanded that Magellan should report his plans to him. Finding that the Admiral was bent on conducting his own expedition, he began to act sullenly, and to disobey orders.
Carthagena insisted that Magellan report his plans to him. When he realized that the Admiral was determined to lead his own expedition, he started to act sulky and began to disregard orders.
Again the captain of the San Antonio demanded of Magellan that he should communicate his orders in regard to the course of steerage to him. He did this by virtue of his office as inspector. He showed a very haughty and disloyal spirit, and if this were not to be checked, the success of the expedition would be imperilled. He was abetted by Pedro [54] Sanches, a priest. Magellan saw treason already brewing, and he determined to stamp it out at once.
Again, the captain of the San Antonio demanded that Magellan communicate his steering orders directly to him. He did this because he was the inspector. He acted with a very arrogant and disloyal attitude, and if this wasn't addressed, the success of the expedition would be at risk. He was supported by Pedro [54] Sanches, a priest. Magellan sensed treason starting to form, and he decided to eliminate it immediately.
He went to Carthagena, and laid his hands on him.
He went to Carthagena and touched him.
"Captain, you are my prisoner."
"Captain, you’re my prisoner."
The astonished captain cried out to his men:
The surprised captain shouted to his crew:
"Unhand me—seize Magellan!"
"Let go of me—catch Magellan!"
Carthagena had been a priest, and he had great personal influence, but the men did not obey him.
Carthagena was a priest and had a lot of personal influence, but the men didn’t follow his lead.
"Lead him to the stocks and secure him there," ordered Magellan.
"Take him to the stocks and tie him up there," ordered Magellan.
The order was obeyed. The fallen inspector was committed to the charge of the Captain of the Victoria, and another officer was given charge of the San Antonio.
The order was followed. The fallen inspector was assigned to the care of the Captain of the Victoria, and another officer took charge of the San Antonio.
"When we reach land Juan de Carthagena shall be marooned," was the sentence imposed upon the inspector. A like sentence was imposed upon Sanches.
"When we reach land, Juan de Carthagena will be marooned," was the punishment given to the inspector. A similar sentence was given to Sanches.
It touched the hearts of the crews to hear this sentence. What would become of the two priests, were it to be executed? Would they fall prey to the natives, or perhaps win the hearts of the people and be made chiefs among them?
It moved the crews to hear this statement. What would happen to the two priests if it were to be carried out? Would they fall victim to the natives, or maybe win the people's hearts and become leaders among them?
There was a pilot on board the ship who sympathized with the mutineers, but who had close lips, Esteban Gormez, of whom we have spoken. Were the two mutineers to be marooned he would be glad to rescue them.
There was a pilot on board the ship who felt for the mutineers but kept quiet, Esteban Gormez, whom we've mentioned. If the two mutineers were to be marooned, he would be happy to help them.
He had been discontented since the day that his own plans for an expedition had been superseded by those of Magellan.
He had been unhappy since the day his own plans for an expedition were replaced by Magellan's.
His discontentment had grown. He became critical as the fleet sailed on. Every day reminded him of what he might have done, if he could have only secured the opportunity.
His dissatisfaction had increased. He became more critical as the fleet sailed on. Every day reminded him of what he could have done if he had just been given the chance.
A disloyal heart in any enterprise is a very perilous influence. A wooden horse in Troy is more dangerous than an army outside.
A disloyal heart in any endeavor is a very dangerous influence. A wooden horse in Troy is more threatening than an army outside.
Magellan in Gormez had a subtle foe, and that foe was his own countryman.
Magellan in Gormez had a sneaky enemy, and that enemy was his own countryman.
This man probably could not brook to see his rival add the domains of the sea to the crowns of Juana and of Charles, though he himself had sought to do the same thing. Magnanimous he could not be. Discovery for the sake of discovery had little meaning for him, but only discovery for his own advancement and glory.
This man likely couldn't stand the thought of his rival adding the territories of the sea to the crowns of Juana and Charles, even though he had aimed to do the same. He couldn't be generous in spirit. For him, exploration for its own sake held little significance; it was only about discovery that would boost his own status and glory.
Night after night the ships followed Magellan's lantern.
Night after night, the ships followed Magellan's lantern.
Night after night he sat down under the moon and stars, and brooded over his fancied neglect, and dreamed. Night after night the ships followed the lantern of Magellan, and the wonders of the sea grew; but to him it were better that no discoveries should be made than that such achievements were [56] to go to the glory of Spain through the pilotage of Magellan.
Night after night, he would sit under the moon and stars, feeling sorry for himself and dreaming. Night after night, the ships followed Magellan's lantern, and the wonders of the sea kept growing; but to him, it was better if no discoveries were made than for those achievements to be credited to the glory of Spain through Magellan's leadership. [56]
Discontent grows; jealousy grows as one broods over fancied wrongs, and sees the prospects of a rival's success. So it was with Gormez. In his heart he did not wish the expedition to succeed. He was ambitious to lead such an enterprise himself, which he also did, at last, sailing along Massachusetts Bay and giving it its first name.
Discontent intensifies; jealousy increases as one dwells on imagined slights and observes the chances of a rival's success. This was the case with Gormez. Deep down, he didn't want the expedition to succeed. He was eager to lead such an endeavor himself, which he eventually did, sailing along Massachusetts Bay and giving it its first name.
When Gormez had heard that the two disloyal men were to be marooned, his feelings rose against Magellan. That they deserved their sentence he well knew, but they were opposed to Magellan, as was his own heart. He would have been glad to have saved them from the execution of their sentence, but he did not know how to do it.
When Gormez heard that the two traitors were going to be marooned, he felt angry at Magellan. He knew they deserved their punishment, but he felt the same way they did about Magellan. He would have liked to save them from their fate, but he didn’t know how to do it.
"I will rescue them if ever I can," he thought. "This expedition is not for the glory of Portugal."
"I'll save them if I ever get the chance," he thought. "This journey isn't for the glory of Portugal."
The ships sailed on, bearing the two conspirators to some place where they could be marooned.
The ships continued onward, taking the two conspirators to a location where they could be abandoned.
Let us turn from this dark scene to one of a more hopeful spirit.
Let’s shift our focus from this grim situation to one that feels more uplifting.
One day, as we may picture the scene, the sea lay unruffled like a mirror. The ships drifted near each other, and night came on after a sudden twilight, and the stars seemed like liquid lights shot forth or let down from some ethereal fountain. The Southern Cross shone so clearly as to uplift the eyes of the sailors. The ships were becalmed. [57]
One day, as we can imagine, the sea was flat like a mirror. The ships floated close to each other, and night fell after a brief twilight, with the stars appearing like glowing lights streaming down from some heavenly source. The Southern Cross shone so brightly that it caught the attention of the sailors. The ships were motionless. [57]
Boats began to ply between the ships, and the officers of the Trinity, Santiago, Victoria, and Concepcion assembled under the awning of the San Antonio, Mesquita's ship, of one hundred and twenty tons.
Boats started to shuttle between the ships, and the officers of the Trinity, Santiago, Victoria, and Concepcion gathered under the awning of the San Antonio, Mesquita's ship, which weighed one hundred and twenty tons.
Mesquita, as we have said, was a cousin of Magellan, and so the Antonio seemed a friendly ship.
Mesquita, as we mentioned, was a cousin of Magellan, so the Antonio felt like a friendly ship.
Magellan sat down by his cousin. The lantern was going out; its force was spent.
Magellan sat down next to his cousin. The lantern was flickering; its energy was fading.
"We must get a new kind of lantern," said Magellan to his cousin, "and a code of signal lights. We need a lantern that is something more steady and durable than a faggot of wood."
"We need to get a new type of lantern," said Magellan to his cousin, "and a system of signal lights. We require a lantern that is more steady and durable than a bundle of wood."
"I have here a new farol," he continued, the men listening with intent ears. "Here it is, and I wonder, my sailors, how far your eyes will follow it."
"I have a new lantern here," he continued, the men listening closely. "Here it is, and I wonder, my sailors, how far you’ll be able to see it."
"All loyal hearts will follow it," said Mesquita, "wherever it may go."
"All loyal hearts will follow it," said Mesquita, "wherever it goes."
Gormez frowned. His heart was bitter.
Gormez frowned. His heart felt heavy.
There rose up an officer named Del Cano, and stood hat in hand. All eyes were fixed upon him.
There stood an officer named Del Cano, holding his hat in his hands. Everyone's eyes were on him.
"May it please you, Admiral," he said, "to receive a word from me. I will follow the new farol wherever it may lead me. I have ceased to count my own life in this cause."
"Admiral, if you don't mind," he said, "I’d like to share a word with you. I am ready to follow the new beacon wherever it takes me. I've stopped counting my own life when it comes to this cause."
Gormez frowned again.
Gormez frowned once more.
"Del Cano," said the Admiral, "I believe in you. [58] You have a true heart. If I should fall see that this farol goes back to Spain!"
"Del Cano," the Admiral said, "I believe in you. [58] You have a true heart. If I don't make it, make sure this lantern goes back to Spain!"
Del Cano bowed.
Del Cano bowed.
Arms granted to Sebastian Del Cano,
Captain of the Victoria,
the first vessel
that circumnavigated the globe.
Coat of arms awarded to Sebastian Del Cano,
Captain of the Victoria,
the first ship
to circumnavigate the globe.
Magellan showed the new lantern to the officers. It was made of beaten reeds that had been soaked in water, and dried in the sun. It would hold light long, and carry it strongly and steadily.
Magellan showed the new lantern to the officers. It was made of beaten reeds that had been soaked in water and dried in the sun. It would hold light for a long time and carry it strongly and steadily.
"All the ships must have these new farols," said he, "and I must teach you how to signal by them."
"All the ships need to have these new lights," he said, "and I have to show you how to use them to signal."
He stood up. The moon was rising, and the dusky, purple air became luminous.
He stood up. The moon was rising, and the dark, purple sky started to glow.
He held the farol in his hand.
He held the lantern in his hand.
"Two lights," he said, "shall mean for the ship to tack.
"Two lights," he said, "will signal for the ship to change direction."
"Three lights that the sails shall be lowered. Four, that they shall stop.
"Three lights mean that the sails should be lowered. Four lights mean that they should stop."
"Five lights, or more, that we have discovered land, when the flagship shall discharge a bombard. Follow my lantern always; you can trust it [59] wherever it may fare. My farol shall be my star!"
"Five lights, or more, that we’ve found land, when the flagship fires a bomb. Always follow my lantern; you can rely on it [59] no matter where it goes. My lantern will be my guiding star!"
The men sat there long. There sprung up a breeze at last, and the sea began to ripple in the moon.
The men sat there for a long time. Finally, a breeze picked up, and the sea started to ripple in the moonlight.
Most expeditions that have made successful achievements have carried men of great hope. Such a man was Del Cano. He was loyal to the heart of Magellan; and happy is any leader who has such a companion, whose steel rings true.
Most successful expeditions have been led by people full of hope. One such person was Del Cano. He was fiercely loyal to Magellan; any leader is fortunate to have a companion like him, whose courage is unwavering.
Magellan hung out the farol. The sails were spread, and the fleet passed on over the solitary ocean.
Magellan hung out the lantern. The sails were set, and the fleet sailed on over the empty ocean.
Whither?
Where to?
CHAPTER VIII.
"THE WONDERS OF NEW LANDS."—PIGAFETTA'S TALES OF HIS ADVENTURES WITH MAGELLAN.—THE STORY OF "THE FOUNTAIN TREE."—"ST. ELMO'S FIRE."
The ships moved on, bearing the hopeful Del Cano, the frowning Gormez, the two prisoners, and the happy Italian Pigafetta.
The ships set sail, carrying the optimistic Del Cano, the serious Gormez, the two prisoners, and the cheerful Italian Pigafetta.
Interior of the Alcázar of Seville.
Inside the Alcázar of Seville.
Pigafetta, as we have shown, desired to accompany Magellan that he might "see the wonders of the new lands." He saw them indeed, and he painted them with his pen so vividly that they will always live. We get our first views of the strange inhabitants of the Southern regions of the New World from him. We are to follow his narratives, as printed for the Hakluyt Society, London, making some omissions, and changing its form in part, hoping [62] thereby to render the text more clear. We closely follow the spirit of events. Pigafetta addresses his narrative "To the very illustrious and very excellent Lord Philip de Villiers Lisleaden, Grand Master of Rhodes," of whom we have spoken.
Pigafetta, as we've mentioned, wanted to join Magellan so he could "see the wonders of the new lands." He definitely did, and he described them with such vivid detail that they'll always be remembered. We get our first glimpses of the unusual inhabitants of the Southern parts of the New World from him. We're going to follow his stories, as published for the Hakluyt Society in London, making some cuts and altering its format a bit, hoping [62] to make the text clearer. We closely adhere to the essence of the events. Pigafetta begins his account "To the very illustrious and very excellent Lord Philip de Villiers Lisleaden, Grand Master of Rhodes," whom we've discussed.
He says, by way of introduction:
He introduces himself:
"Finding myself in Spain in the year of the nativity of our Lord, 1519, at the court of the most serene King of the Romans (Charles V), and learning there of the great and awful things of the ocean world, I desired to make a voyage to unknown seas, and to see with my own eyes some of the wonderful things of which I had heard.
"While in Spain in the year of our Lord 1519, at the court of the very honorable King of the Romans (Charles V), I learned about the incredible and terrifying aspects of the ocean world. This inspired me to embark on a voyage to unexplored seas and to witness some of the amazing things I had heard about with my own eyes."
"I heard that there was in the city of Seville an armada (armade) of five ships, which were ready to perform a long voyage in order to find the shortest way to the Islands of Moluco (Molucca) from whence came the spices. The Captain General of this armada was Ferdinand de Magagleanes (Magellan), a Portuguese gentleman, who had made several voyages on the ocean. He was an honorable man. So I set out from Barcelona, where the Emperor was, and traveled by land to the said city of Seville, and secured a place in the expedition.
"I heard that there was an armada of five ships in the city of Seville, ready to embark on a long journey to find the shortest route to the Moluccas, where the spices come from. The Captain General of this armada was Ferdinand Magellan, a Portuguese gentleman who had made several ocean voyages. He was an honorable man. So I left Barcelona, where the Emperor was, and traveled by land to Seville, securing a spot in the expedition."
"The Captain General published ordinances for the guidance of the voyage.
"The Captain General issued regulations to guide the voyage."
"He willed that the vessel on which he himself was should go before the other vessels, and that the others should keep in sight of it. Therefore he hung [63] by night over the deck a torch or faggot of burning wood which he called a farol (lantern), which burned all night, so that the ships might not lose sight of his own.
"He commanded that the ship he was on should lead the other ships and that they should stay in sight of it. So, he hung a torch or bundle of burning wood, which he called a farol (lantern), over the deck at night. It burned all night so that the ships wouldn’t lose sight of his."
"He arranged to set other lights as signals in the night. When he wished to make a tack on account of a change of weather he set two lights. Three lights signified "faster." Four lights signified to stop and turn. When he discovered a rock or land, it was to be signalled by other lights.
"He set up other lights as signals at night. If he wanted to change direction because of the weather, he would display two lights. Three lights meant 'go faster.' Four lights indicated to stop and turn. When he spotted a rock or land, he used different lights to signal that."
"He ordered that three watches should be kept at night.
"He ordered that three watches be kept at night."
"On Monday, St. Lawrence Day, August 10th, the five ships with the crews to the number of two hundred and thirty-seven[D] set sail from the noble city of Seville, amid the firing of artillery and came to the end of the river Guadalcavir (Guadalquivir). We stopped near the Cape St. Vinconet to make further provisions for the voyage.
"On Monday, St. Lawrence Day, August 10th, the five ships with a crew of two hundred and thirty-seven set sail from the great city of Seville, with cannons firing in celebration, and reached the end of the Guadalcavir (Guadalquivir) River. We paused near Cape St. Vinconet to stock up on supplies for the journey."
"We went to hear mass on shore. There the Captain commanded that all the men should confess before going any further.
"We went to hear mass on shore. There the Captain ordered that all the men should confess before moving on."
"On Tuesday, September 20th, we set sail from St. Lucar.
On Tuesday, September 20th, we left port from St. Lucar.
"We came to Canaria (Canaries)."
"We arrived in the Canaries."
This account repeats in a different way a part of the facts we have given.
This account presents a different version of some of the facts we've provided.
Here the young Italian relates his first story, which is substantially as follows:
Here, the young Italian shares his first story, which goes like this:
THE FOUNTAIN TREE.
THE FOUNTAIN TREE.
"Among the isles of the Canaria there is one which is very wonderful. There is not to be found a single drop of water which flows from any fountain or river.
"Among the islands of the Canary Islands, there is one that is truly amazing. You won’t find a single drop of water flowing from any fountain or river."
"But in this rainless land at the hour of midday, every day, there descends a cloud from the sky which envelops a large tree which grows on this island.
"But in this rainless land at noon every day, a cloud comes down from the sky and wraps around a large tree that grows on this island."
"The cloud falls upon the leaves of the tree, when a great abundance of water distills from the leaves. The tree flows, and soon at the foot of it there gathers a fountain.
"The cloud settles on the leaves of the tree, as a large amount of water drips from the leaves. The tree flows, and soon a fountain collects at its base."
"The people of the island come to drink of the water. The animals and the birds refresh themselves there."
"The people of the island come to drink the water. The animals and the birds refresh themselves there."
The story is true so far as relates to the fountain tree. But that a cloud comes down from Heaven at midday to refresh it, is not an exact statement of the manner in which this tree furnishes water to the sterile island. The young Italian writer describes the tree as he saw it, and as it seemed to be. The tree that supplies water as from a natural fountain may still be found.
The story is true regarding the fountain tree. However, the claim that a cloud descends from Heaven at noon to nourish it isn’t quite accurate in describing how this tree provides water to the arid island. The young Italian writer portrays the tree as he observed it, and as it appeared to him. The tree that delivers water like a natural fountain can still be found.
With such a tree to begin his researches on the sea, Pigafetta must have been impatient to proceed along [65] the marvelous ocean way. All the world was to him as he saw it; he seldom stopped to inquire if appearances were true.
With a tree like that to kick off his studies on the sea, Pigafetta must have been eager to move forward along [65] the amazing ocean path. To him, the world was exactly as he perceived it; he rarely paused to question if things were as they seemed.
With men like Del Cano on board, who had ears for a marvelous story, his life in the early part of the voyage must have been a very happy one. Wonder followed wonder....
With guys like Del Cano on board, who loved a great story, his life during the early part of the journey must have been really enjoyable. One amazing thing after another...
"Monday, the 3d of October," says the interesting Italian, "we set sail making the course auster, which the Levantine mariners call siroc (southeast) entering into the ocean sea. We passed Cape Verde and navigated by the coast of Guinea of Ethiopia, where there is a mountain called Sierra Leona. A rain fell, and the storm lasted sixty days."
"Monday, October 3rd," says the fascinating Italian, "we set sail heading southeast, which the Levantine sailors call siroc, entering the ocean. We passed Cape Verde and sailed along the coast of Guinea in Ethiopia, where there's a mountain called Sierra Leone. It rained, and the storm lasted for sixty days."
They came to waters full of sharks, which had terrible teeth, and which ate all the people whom they found in the sea, alive or dead. These were caught by a hook of iron.
They arrived at waters teeming with sharks that had sharp teeth and devoured anyone they found in the sea, whether alive or dead. These victims were snared by an iron hook.
ST. ELMO'S FIRE.
St. Elmo's Fire.
Here good St. Anseline met the ships; in the fancy of the mariners of the time, this airy saint appeared to favored ships in the night, and fair weather always followed the saintly apparition. He came in a robe of fire, and stood and shone on the top of the high masts or on the spars. The sailors hailed him with joy, as one sent from Heaven. Happy was the ship on the tropic sea upon whose rigging the form of good St. Anseline appeared in [66] the night, and especially in the night of cloud and storm!
Here, good St. Anseline met the ships; in the imagination of the sailors of that time, this spirit appeared to favored ships at night, always bringing fair weather along with his presence. He came enveloped in a fiery robe, shining atop the tall masts or on the spars. The sailors joyfully greeted him, seeing him as a messenger from Heaven. Blessed was the ship on the tropical sea where the figure of good St. Anseline appeared in the night, especially during storms and cloudy nights!
To the joy of all the ships good St. Anseline came down one night to the fleet of Magellan. The poetical Italian tells the story in this way:
To the joy of all the ships, good St. Anseline came down one night to Magellan's fleet. The poetic Italian tells the story like this:
"During these storms, the body of St. Anseline appeared to us several times.
"During these storms, St. Anseline's body appeared to us several times."
"One night among others he came when it was very dark on account of bad weather. He came in the form of a fire lighted at the summit of the main mast, and remained there near two hours and a half.
"One night like any other, he arrived when it was very dark due to bad weather. He appeared as a fire lit at the top of the main mast and stayed there for about two and a half hours."
"This comforted us greatly, for we were in tears, looking for the hour when we should perish.
"This really comforted us, as we were in tears, waiting for the moment when we would die."
"When the holy light was going away from us it shed forth so great a brilliancy in our eyes that we were like people blinded for near a quarter of an hour. We called out for mercy.
"When the holy light was fading away from us, it cast such a brilliant glow in our eyes that we felt like we were blinded for almost fifteen minutes. We cried out for mercy."
"Nobody expected to escape from the storm.
Nobody expected to get away from the storm.
"It is to be noted that all and as many times as the light which represents St. Anseline shows itself upon a vessel which is in a storm at sea, that vessel never is lost.
"It’s important to note that every time the light representing St. Anseline appears on a ship caught in a storm at sea, that ship is never lost."
"As soon as this light had departed the sea grew calmer and the wings of divers kinds of birds appeared."
"As soon as this light faded, the sea became calmer and the wings of different kinds of birds appeared."
Beneficent St. Anseline who manifested his presence by illuminations in the mast and spars in equatorial waters! The beautiful illusion has long been explained and dispelled. It is but an electric [67] fire at the end of atmospheric disturbances. But it is usually a correct prophecy of fair skies and smooth seas. It is now called St. Elmo's Fire.
Beneficent St. Anseline, who showed his presence through glowing lights in the masts and rigging in tropical waters! The beautiful illusion has long been understood and debunked. It's just an electrical glow at the end of atmospheric disturbances. However, it is often an accurate sign of clear skies and calm seas. It's now referred to as St. Elmo's Fire.
If ever there was an expedition that the saint of the mariners might favor it would seem to be this.
If there was ever an expedition that the patron saint of sailors might support, it would seem to be this one.
One can almost envy the pious Italian his imagination in the clearing tropic night.
One can almost envy the devout Italian for his imagination in the warm, tropical night.
His next wonders were the sea birds, of which there were flocks and clouds, and with them appeared flying fish.
His next wonders were the sea birds, which came in flocks and swarms, and with them showed up flying fish.
The ships were now off the coasts of Brazil and stopped at Verzim.
The ships were now off the coasts of Brazil and stopped at Verzim.
The people of the Brazilian Verzim were accustomed to paint themselves "by fire." We do not clearly understand how this painting "by fire" was done. The art of scorching has perished with them. But besides these indelible marks, the men had three holes in their lower lips, and hung in them, after the manner of earrings, small round ornamental stones, about a finger in length. The men did not shave, for they plucked out their beard.
The people of the Brazilian Verzim used to paint themselves "by fire." We don't really understand how this "painting by fire" was done. The technique of scorching has died out with them. Besides these permanent markings, the men had three holes in their lower lips, and in them, they wore small round decorative stones, about the size of a finger, like earrings. The men didn’t shave; instead, they just pulled out their beard.
Their only clothing was a circle of parrot feathers. How terribly gay they must have looked! And yet such customs were hardly more ridiculous than those of later times, and more civilized countries—earrings, beauty patches, plume, and snuffboxes.
Their only clothing was a circle of parrot feathers. How incredibly cheerful they must have looked! And yet such customs were hardly more ridiculous than those of later times and more civilized countries—earrings, beauty patches, feathers, and snuffboxes.
It was the land of parrots. The most beautiful and intelligent parrots still come from Brazil. Columbus [68] saw parrots in "clouds" over the islands of the Antilles.
It was the land of parrots. The most beautiful and intelligent parrots still come from Brazil. Columbus [68] saw parrots in "clouds" over the islands of the Antilles.
Parrots were not expensive in these equatorial forests at this time. "The natives," says Pigafetta, "give eight or ten parrots for a looking glass," and as a looking glass would multiply the picture of parrots indefinitely the Verzimans must have thought the exchange a marvelous bargain.
Parrots weren't costly in these equatorial forests during this period. "The locals," Pigafetta notes, "offer eight or ten parrots for a mirror," and since a mirror would reflect the image of parrots endlessly, the Verzimans must have considered the trade an incredible deal.
If Brazilian parrots were cheap and so charming as likely to become an embarrassment of riches, so were the little cat monkeys which delighted the men. These little creatures, which looked like miniature lions, still delight the visitors to the coast of Brazil, but they shiver up when brought to the northern atmospheres and piteously cry for the home lands of the sun again.
If Brazilian parrots were affordable and as charming as they are likely to become a burden, so were the little cat monkeys that entertained the men. These little animals, which resembled tiny lions, still bring joy to visitors on the coast of Brazil, but they tremble when taken to the northern climates and cry out sadly for their sunny homeland once more.
Very curious birds began to excite the surprise of the voyagers, among such as had a "beak like a spoon," and "no tongue."
Very curious birds started to astonish the travelers, including those with a "spoon-shaped beak" and "no tongue."
The markets of the new land displayed another commodity far more surprising than birds or animals, young slaves, which were offered for sale by their own families. So a family who had many children was rich. It cost a hatchet to buy one of these, and for a hatchet and a knife one might buy two.
The markets of the new land showed another product that was much more surprising than birds or animals: young slaves, who were sold by their own families. So, a family with many children was considered wealthy. It took a hatchet to buy one of these, and for a hatchet and a knife, one could buy two.
The people made bread of the "marrow of trees," and carried victuals in baskets on their heads.
The people made bread from the "heart of trees" and carried food in baskets on their heads.
Masses were said for the crews on shore, and the natives knelt down with the men. [69]
Masses were held for the crews on shore, and the locals knelt down with the men. [69]
The people were so pleased with their visitors that they built a common house for them.
The people were so happy with their guests that they built a community house for them.
A pleasing illusion had made the sailors most welcome here.
A delightful illusion had made the sailors feel very welcome here.
It had not rained in Verzim for two months when the expedition landed. The people were looking to the heavens for mercy day by day. But the copper sun rose as often in a clear sky.
It hadn't rained in Verzim for two months when the expedition arrived. The people were looking to the sky for relief every single day. But the blazing sun kept rising in an unclouded sky.
At last Magellan's sails appeared in the burning air. The sight of the sails was followed by that of clouds.
At last, Magellan's sails showed up in the scorching air. The sight of the sails was soon followed by clouds.
The people thought that the fleet had brought the clouds with them.
The people believed that the fleet had brought the clouds along.
"They come from Heaven," said they of the adventurers.
"They come from Heaven," said the adventurers.
So when they were exhorted to accept Christianity, they at once fell down before the uplifted crosses and believed the teachings of the sea heroes who could command the clouds and bring rain to the parched land.
So when they were encouraged to embrace Christianity, they immediately knelt before the raised crosses and believed the teachings of the sea heroes who could control the clouds and bring rain to the dry land.
They thought the ships were gods and the small boats the children of such beings, and when the latter approached the ships they imagined that they were children come home to their fathers or mothers.
They believed the ships were gods and the small boats were the children of these beings, and when the latter got close to the ships, they imagined that they were children returning home to their fathers or mothers.
The ships remained in this delightful country of Verzim thirteen weeks. Pigafetta and Del Cano must have thought that life here was ideal. What scenes would follow?
The ships stayed in the beautiful country of Verzim for thirteen weeks. Pigafetta and Del Cano must have felt that life here was perfect. What would happen next?
CHAPTER IX.
PINEAPPLES, POTATOES, VERY OLD PEOPLE.
Other things were there on the wonderful Brazilian coast. There the mariners traded in them and were refreshed with a delicious fruit, called pique—pineapples.
Other things were present on the amazing Brazilian coast. There, sailors traded for them and enjoyed a tasty fruit called pique—pineapples.
They came to the knowledge here of a nutritious ground fruit called battate. "This," says our Italian, "has the taste of a chestnut and is the length of a shuttle." These ground fruits were potatoes.
They learned about a nutritious root vegetable called battate. "This," says our Italian, "tastes like a chestnut and is about the size of a shuttle." These root vegetables were potatoes.
The people here seem to have been very liberal in trading.
The people here appear to be quite open-minded when it comes to trading.
They would give six fowls for a knife—well they might do so, as they used stone implements.
They would trade six chickens for a knife—well, they could do that since they used stone tools.
They gave two geese for a comb—here they were both generous and wise.
They traded two geese for a comb—this showed that they were both generous and smart.
They gave as great a quantity of fish as ten men could eat for a pair of scissors.
They offered as much fish as ten men could eat for a pair of scissors.
And for a bell, they gave a whole basket full of potatoes (battate).
And for a bell, they gave a whole basket full of potatoes.
Marvelous indeed as was this same country of [71] Verzim, it also abounded in the conditions and atmospheres of long life.
Marvelous as this same country of [71] Verzim was, it also had the qualities and environments that promoted a long life.
"Some of these people," says our Italian chronicler, "live to be a hundred or a hundred and twenty, or a hundred and forty or more. They wear little clothing."
"Some of these people," says our Italian chronicler, "live to be a hundred or a hundred and twenty, or a hundred and forty or more. They wear very little clothing."
Which speaks well for pineapples, potatoes, and easy dress.
Which is good for pineapples, potatoes, and easy outfits.
"They sleep on cotton nets, which are fastened on large timbers, and stretch from one end of the house to another."
"They sleep on cotton nets that are attached to large beams, stretching from one end of the house to the other."
It is good to sleep in ample ventilation. We do not wonder that many of the people passed a hundred years.
It’s good to sleep in a well-ventilated space. It’s no surprise that many people lived to be over a hundred.
The boats of these people were as simple as their open houses.
The boats of these people were just as basic as their open homes.
"These are not made with iron instruments, for there are none, but with stones."
"These are not made with iron tools, since there aren't any, but with stones."
The canoes were dug out of one long tree—some giant growth of the forest which would convey from thirty to forty men. The paddles for these canoes resembled shovels. The rowers were usually black men.
The canoes were carved out of a single large tree—some massive growth from the forest that could carry thirty to forty men. The paddles for these canoes looked like shovels. The rowers were typically Black men.
The people ate human flesh, but only at feasts of triumph. They then served up their enemies.
The people ate human flesh, but only at celebrations of victory. They served their enemies as the main dish.
Pigafetta draws the following grewsome picture:
Pigafetta describes a disturbing scene:
"They do not eat up the whole body of a man whom they take prisoner; they eat him bit by bit, and for fear that he should be spoiled, they cut him [72] up into pieces, which they set to dry before the chimney. They eat this day by day, so as to keep in mind the memory of their enemy."
"They don’t consume the entire body of a man they capture; they eat him little by little, and to prevent him from going bad, they chop him up into pieces, which they then set out to dry in front of the fireplace. They eat this daily to keep the memory of their enemy alive."
This was indeed the sweet food of revenge, and as barbarous as it seems, the spirit of revenge secretly cherished is hardly less unworthy when it finds expression in words that are bitter, if not carnal.
This was definitely the sweet taste of revenge, and although it sounds harsh, holding onto revenge in secret is just as unworthy when it comes out in words that are harsh, if not harmful.
The region abounded with bright birds, yet with all these delights, and pineapples and potatoes, there fell great rains. So there were shadows in the sunlands.
The area was filled with colorful birds, but despite all these joys, along with the pineapples and potatoes, heavy rains came. So there were areas of shade in the sunny lands.
We can fancy Pigafetta relating his discoveries on the shore to a susceptible spirit, like Del Cano, and writing an account of them day by day in his immortal journal.
We can imagine Pigafetta sharing his discoveries on the shore with a receptive listener, like Del Cano, and recording them daily in his legendary journal.
These strange adventures by sea and on land which so greatly interested the Italian Knight Pigafetta, our historian, do not seem to have greatly impressed the mind of Magellan. The lands had been sighted before. His whole soul was bent on one purpose—not on rediscovery, but on discovery. He was sailing now where other keels had been. It was his purpose to find new ways for the world to follow over unknown seas. His heart could find no full satisfaction but in water courses that sails had never swept; a new way to the Moluccas that no ship had ever broken.
These unusual adventures at sea and on land that fascinated the Italian Knight Pigafetta, our historian, don't seem to have made much of an impression on Magellan. The lands had been seen before. His entire focus was on one goal—not on rediscovery, but on discovery. He was sailing in places where other ships had been. His aim was to find new routes for the world to explore over uncharted waters. He could find no true satisfaction except in waterways that no sails had ever traversed; a new path to the Moluccas that no ship had ever charted.
Notwithstanding the friendly spirit and liberal patronage of the Emperor, he still stood against the [73] world. He represented a cast-out name. His own countrymen, on his own ships in the long delays on the voyage to unknown seas, were plotting against him.
Notwithstanding the friendly spirit and generous support of the Emperor, he still faced the entire world. He represented a rejected name. His own countrymen, on his own ships during the long waits on the journey to uncharted waters, were scheming against him.
Let us recall in fancy a night scene as the ships lay on the waters of the meridional world. Magellan sits alone in one of the castles of the ship and looks out on the phosphorescent sea. The stars above him shine in a clear splendor, and are reflected in the sea. The sky seems to be in the waters; the waters are a mirror of the sky. Among the clear stars the Southern Cross, always vivid, here rises high. Magellan lifts to it his eye, and feels the religious inspiration of the suggestion. He is a son of the Church, and he holds that all discoveries are to be made for the glory of the Cross.
Let’s imagine a night scene as the ships rest on the waters of the southern hemisphere. Magellan sits alone in one of the ship's castles, staring out at the glowing sea. The stars above him shine brightly and are mirrored in the water. The sky seems to blend into the ocean; the water reflects the sky. Among the bright stars, the Southern Cross stands out, rising high. Magellan looks up at it, feeling a sense of spiritual inspiration. He is a son of the Church, believing that all discoveries should be made for the glory of the Cross.
On the distant shores palms rise in armies in the dusky air. The shores are silent. When arose the tall people that inhabited them?
On the distant shores, palm trees stand tall in the twilight. The beaches are quiet. When did the tall people who lived there appear?
Magellan dreams: he wonders at himself, at his inward commission; at his cast-out name and great opportunity.
Magellan dreams: he reflects on himself, on his inner mission; on his discarded name and immense opportunity.
One of his trusty friends comes to him; he is a Spaniard and his disquieting words break the serenity of the scene.
One of his close friends approaches him; he’s a Spaniard, and his unsettling words disrupt the calm of the moment.
"Captain General, it hurts my soul to say it, but there is disloyalty on the ships—it is everywhere."
"Captain General, it pains me to say this, but there's disloyalty among the crews—it's everywhere."
"I seem to feel the atmospheres of it," said Magellan. [74] "Why should it be? The sea and the sky promise us success. Who are disloyal?"
"I can feel its vibes," said Magellan. [74] "Why shouldn't we? The sea and the sky promise us success. Who's being unfaithful?"
"Captain General, they are your own countrymen!"
"Captain General, they are your own people!"
"And why do they plot treason under the Cross of discovery?"
"And why do they conspire against the Cross of discovery?"
"Captain General, if the ocean open new ways before you, and you should achieve all of which you dream, they will have little share in the glory; you are facing stormy waters and perils unknown, not for Portugal, but for Spain."
"Captain General, if the ocean opens new paths for you, and you manage to achieve everything you dream of, others will have little part in the glory; you are confronting stormy seas and unknown dangers, not for Portugal, but for Spain."
"Not for Spain alone, nor for Portugal, but for the glory of the Cross, and the good of all the world. A divine will leads me, and sustains me, and directs me. I am not seeking gold or fame or any personal advantage; my soul goes forth to reveal the wonders and the benevolence of Providence to the heart of the whole world. I go alone, and feel the loneliness of my lot. I left all that I had to make this expedition. It is my purpose to discover unknown seas. Joy, rapture, and recompense would come to me, beyond wealth or fame, could my eyes be the first to see a new ocean world, and to carry back the knowledge of it to all nations. What happiness would it be to me to ride on uncharted tides! My friend, you are loyal to me?"
"Not just for Spain or Portugal, but for the glory of the Cross and the good of the entire world. A divine will leads me, supports me, and guides me. I'm not after gold, fame, or any personal gain; my soul is eager to show the wonders and kindness of Providence to everyone. I’m going solo and feeling the weight of my solitude. I left everything behind to undertake this journey. My goal is to discover unknown seas. Joy, excitement, and fulfillment would mean more to me than wealth or fame if I could be the first to see a new ocean world and share that knowledge with all nations. What a thrill it would be to navigate uncharted waters! My friend, are you with me?"
"Captain General, I am loyal, and the Spanish sailors are loyal; it is your own men who plot in dark corners to bring your plans to naught." [75]
"Captain General, I am loyal, and the Spanish sailors are loyal; it's your own men who are scheming in the shadows to ruin your plans." [75]
In the shadow of one of the tall castles of another ship sit a band of idle men. They are Portuguese.
In the shadow of one of the tall castles of another ship, a group of idle men sits. They are Portuguese.
One of them, who seems to lead the minds of the others, is whittling, and after a long silence says:
One of them, who appears to guide the thoughts of the others, is carving something, and after a long silence, he says:
"We do not know where we are going, and wherever we are going, we are Portuguese and are slaves to Spain."
"We don't know where we're headed, and no matter where we're going, we're Portuguese and we're slaves to Spain."
"Ay, ay," returned an old Portuguese sailor, "and when we go back again, should that ever be, the profit to us will be little at the India House."
"Ay, ay," replied an old Portuguese sailor, "and when we go back again, if that ever happens, the profit for us will be minimal at the India House."
"Right," answered a number of voices, and one ventured to say:
"Right," several voices replied, and one dared to say:
"Magellan, after all, may be mad, like his old companion, the astronomer. Both came from the same place in Portugal."
"Magellan might be crazy, just like his old friend, the astronomer. They both came from the same area in Portugal."
Some of the officers had schemes of their own.
Some of the officers had their own plans.
But the ships crept on and on, along the Brazilian coast, where the flag of Spain and the farol guided them in the track of the Admiral they followed. Night after night the lantern of the flagship gleamed in the air, moving toward cooler waters under the Southern Cross.
But the ships slowly made their way along the Brazilian coast, where the Spanish flag and the lighthouse guided them in the path of the Admiral they were following. Night after night, the lantern of the flagship shone in the sky, heading toward cooler waters under the Southern Cross.
And in Magellan's heart was a single purpose, and he anticipated the joy of a great discovery, as a revelation that would answer the prophetic light that shone like a star in his own spiritual vision. On, and on!
And in Magellan's heart was a single purpose, and he looked forward to the joy of a great discovery, as a revelation that would fulfill the prophetic light that shone like a star in his own spiritual vision. On, and on!
CHAPTER X.
THE FIRST GIANT.—THE ISLANDS OF GEESE AND GOSLINGS.—THE DANCING GIANTS.
The narrative of Pigafetta, the Knight of Rhodes, has much curious lore in regard to giants. At a place on the coast, formerly called Cape St. Mary, the first of these giants appeared.
The story of Pigafetta, the Knight of Rhodes, has a lot of interesting tales about giants. At a spot on the coast, once known as Cape St. Mary, the first of these giants showed up.
He was a leader of a tribe "who ate human flesh." The lively Knight of Rhodes informs us that this man, who towered above his fellows, "had a voice like a bull."
He was a leader of a tribe "who ate human flesh." The lively Knight of Rhodes tells us that this man, who was much taller than his peers, "had a voice like a bull."
He came to one of the captains' ships and asked—of course in sign language; for a man may have a "voice like a bull" and yet fail to be understood in cannibal tongues—if he might come on board the ship and bring his fellows with him.
He approached one of the captains' ships and asked—of course using sign language; because a man might have a "voice like a bull" and still not be understood in cannibal languages—if he could come aboard the ship and bring his friends with him.
He left a quantity of goods on the shore. While he was negotiating at the ships, his people on the shore, who seem to have been unusually wise and prudent, began to remove the stores of goods from exposure to danger to a kind of castle at some distance. [77]
He left a bunch of goods on the shore. While he was dealing with the ships, his people on the shore, who appeared to be really smart and careful, started moving the supplies from a risky spot to a kind of castle a bit further away. [77]
The officers of the ships grew inpatient when they saw the tempting goods being thus removed. So they landed a hundred men to recover the goods, which they seemed to have deemed theirs after the "right of discovery."
The ship officers grew impatient when they saw the tempting goods being taken away. So, they sent a hundred men to get the goods back, which they seemed to think belonged to them after the "right of discovery."
The men began to run after the provident natives, when they became greatly surprised. The natives seemed to fly over the ground, and leave them behind at a humiliating distance.
The men started chasing after the resourceful locals, but they were taken aback. The locals appeared to fly across the ground, leaving them far behind in a humiliating way.
"They did more in one step than we could do at a bound," says Pigafetta, Knight of Rhodes.
"They accomplished more in a single step than we could in a leap," says Pigafetta, Knight of Rhodes.
The giant people here showed that there was need to approach them with caution. Some time before, these "Canibali" had captured a Spanish sea captain and sixty men, who had landed and pastured inland to make discoveries. They ate them all—a fearful feast!
The giant people here demonstrated that it was necessary to approach them carefully. Some time earlier, these "Canibali" had taken a Spanish sea captain and sixty men who had landed and traveled inland to explore. They ate them all—a terrifying feast!
Our voyagers probably had no desire to go too far inland in view of such a warning; so they returned and proceeded on their course toward the antarctic pole.
Our travelers likely had no interest in venturing too far inland after hearing that warning, so they turned back and continued on their journey toward the Antarctic pole.
They discovered two small islands, which had more agreeable inhabitants than the land of Cape St. Mary. "These islands," says our good Knight Pigafetta, "were full of geese and goslings and sea wolves." He adds: "We loaded five ships with them for an hour."
They discovered two small islands, which had more pleasant inhabitants than the land of Cape St. Mary. "These islands," says our good Knight Pigafetta, "were full of geese and goslings and sea lions." He adds: "We loaded five ships with them for an hour."
The Knight has also left us the following curious picture of the birds, which must have [78] been very much surprised at being so rudely disturbed:
The Knight has also left us the following curious picture of the birds, which must have been really surprised at being so rudely disturbed: [78]
"The geese are black, and have feathers all over the body of the same size and shape; and they do not fly but live on fish, and they were so fat that we did not pluck them, but skinned them. They have beaks like that of a crow.
"The geese are black and have feathers all over their bodies that are the same size and shape; they don’t fly, but live on fish, and they were so fat that we didn’t pluck them, but skinned them instead. They have beaks like a crow."
"The sea wolves of these islands are of many colors and of the size and thickness of a calf, and have a head like a calf, and ears small and round. They have teeth but no legs, but feet joining close to the body, which resemble a human hand. They have small nails to their feet, and skin between the fingers like geese.
"The sea wolves of these islands come in various colors and are the size and thickness of a calf, with a head like a calf and small, round ears. They have teeth but no legs; instead, they have feet that are close to the body and resemble a human hand. Their feet have small nails, and there is skin between the fingers similar to that of geese."
"If these animals could run they would be very bad and cruel, but they do not stir from the waters, and swim and live upon fish."
"If these animals could run, they would be very dangerous and cruel, but they don't leave the water and instead swim and live off fish."
This seems to be a very admirable description of a sea wolf, O Knight of Rhodes!
This seems to be a really impressive description of a sea wolf, O Knight of Rhodes!
A great storm came down upon the ships here. But, marvelous to relate, the fiery body of good St. Anselmo or Anseline "appeared to us, and immediately the storm ceased."
A huge storm hit the ships here. But, amazingly, the fiery figure of good St. Anselmo or Anseline "appeared to us, and right away the storm stopped."
The fleet sailed away again and came to Port St. Julian, the true land of the giants, of which place our Knight has some very interesting stories to tell.
The fleet set sail again and arrived at Port St. Julian, the real land of giants, where our Knight has some very fascinating stories to share.
The fleet entered the Port of St. Julian. It was [80] winter, and for a long time no human beings appeared.
The fleet entered the Port of St. Julian. It was [80] winter, and for a long time, no one showed up.
The world according to the Ptolemy of 1548.
The world as Ptolemy saw it in 1548.
Suddenly one day a most extraordinary sight met the eyes of some of the adventurers. Our Knight's description of this being is very vivid. He says:
Suddenly one day, an amazing sight caught the attention of some of the adventurers. Our Knight's description of this being is very vivid. He says:
"One day, without any one's expecting it, we saw a giant who was on the shore of the sea, quite naked, and was dancing and leaping and singing, and, while singing, he put sand and dust on his head." The Captain of one of the ships, who first saw this extraordinary creature, said to one of the sailors:
"One day, when no one was expecting it, we saw a giant standing on the shore of the sea, completely naked, dancing, jumping, and singing. While he sang, he sprinkled sand and dust on his head." The Captain of one of the ships, who spotted this incredible creature first, said to one of the sailors:
"Go and meet him. He dances and sings as a sign of friendship. You must do the same. Beckon him to me."
"Go and meet him. He dances and sings to show friendship. You should do the same. Call him over to me."
The Captain himself was on a little island.
The Captain was on a small island.
The scene that followed must have been comical indeed.
The scene that followed must have been pretty funny, for sure.
The giant danced and sung and sprinkled his head with sand. The sailor did the same, danced and sang, and the two approached each other.
The giant danced and sang, tossing sand over his head. The sailor did the same, dancing and singing, and the two moved closer to each other.
So the giant was made to think that he was among friends. The sailor led him on to the island, where he met the Captain.
So the giant was tricked into believing he was with friends. The sailor guided him to the island, where he met the Captain.
But the lively giant now began to be afraid in the presence of a new people. He seemed to wish to ask them who they were and whence they came. Then an answer to this question came to him. He looked up to the sky and pointed upward with one finger, saying by signs:
But the lively giant now started to feel scared in front of a new group of people. He looked like he wanted to ask them who they were and where they came from. Then an answer to this question came to him. He looked up at the sky and pointed upward with one finger, communicating through gestures:
"Did you come down from Heaven?"
"Did you come down from Heaven?"
"He was so tall," says our descriptive Knight, "that the tallest of us only came up to his waist." He was probably hardly taller than many of his race. Falkner, in his account of Patagonia (1774), says that he saw men there seven feet and a half high.
"He was so tall," says our descriptive Knight, "that the tallest of us only reached his waist." He was probably not much taller than many of his kind. Falkner, in his account of Patagonia (1774), says that he saw men there seven and a half feet tall.
Of this dancing giant our historian gives a further description in lively and interesting colors:
Of this dancing giant, our historian provides a more detailed description in vibrant and engaging language:
"He had a large face painted red all around, and around his eyes were rings of yellow, and he had two hearts painted on his cheeks. He had but little hair on the top of his head, which was painted white.
"He had a big face painted red all around, with yellow rings around his eyes, and two hearts painted on his cheeks. He had very little hair on the top of his head, which was painted white."
The dancing giant
The dancing giant
The skin was that of a guanaco, a kind of llama.
The skin was that of a guanaco, a type of llama.
Our historian thus describes the guanaco:
Our historian describes the guanaco like this:
"This beast has its head and ears of the size of a mule, and the neck and body of the fashion of a camel, the legs of a deer, and the tail of a horse, and it neighs like a horse. There are great numbers of these animals in the same place."
"This creature has the head and ears the size of a mule, a neck and body like a camel, legs like a deer, and a tail like a horse, and it neighs like a horse. There are many of these animals in the same area."
Patagonia is the land of these strange animals, which are still found there, and are hunted by Indians who lie upon the ground with drawn bows. The animal has great curiosity, and he draws near this living snare and is killed. When tame he is an interesting companion, but if angered he suddenly emits a great quantity of offensive liquid from his nose, like a half bucket of water, which he throws upon the offender. He is the South American camel.
Patagonia is home to these unusual animals, which still roam the area and are hunted by Indigenous people who lie on the ground with their bows drawn. The animal is very curious and approaches this living trap, leading to its death. When domesticated, it makes for an interesting companion, but if it gets angry, it suddenly releases a large amount of foul-smelling liquid from its nose, almost like a half bucket of water, and sprays it on the one who upset it. This animal is the South American camel.
This giant when he made himself ready to meet the adventurers had shoes of leather or skins, and carried a bow made of the "gut of a beast" and a bundle of cane arrows feathered, at the end of which were small white stones.
This giant, when he prepared to meet the adventurers, wore shoes made of leather or skins. He carried a bow made from the intestines of an animal and a bundle of cane arrows with feathers, each tipped with small white stones.
"The Captain caused food and drink to be given to him.
The Captain had food and drinks brought to him.
"Then the crew began to show him some of the presents they had brought, among them a looking-glass." [82]
"Then the crew started to show him some of the gifts they had brought, including a mirror." [82]
When the giant saw himself in the glass he was filled with wonder. It was as though his own ghost had appeared to him. There were men behind him curious to see how he would be affected. He leaped back with such force as to tumble them over. They were but pigmies to him.
When the giant saw his reflection in the mirror, he was amazed. It felt like he was seeing his own ghost. There were people behind him, eager to see how he would react. He jumped back with such force that he knocked them over. To him, they were just tiny figures.
The Captain now gave the giant two bells, a mirror, a comb, and beads, and sent him back to the shore.
The Captain then gave the giant two bells, a mirror, a comb, and some beads, and sent him back to the shore.
One of the giants of the country saw him coming back, ran to the habitation of the giants, and summoned the giant people to the shore to meet him. They came, almost naked, leaping and singing, and pointing upward to Heaven. What a sight it must have been!
One of the giants in the country saw him coming back, ran to the giants' home, and called the giant people to the shore to meet him. They arrived, almost naked, jumping and singing, pointing up to Heaven. What a sight it must have been!
The women were laden with goods. The sailors beckoned them to the ships to trade.
The women were carrying a lot of goods. The sailors signaled for them to come to the ships to make a trade.
Queerly enough, the women brought with them a baby or little guanaco, which they led by a string. Our historian learned that when these giants wished to capture the old guanacos or camels they fastened one of the little guanacos to a bush, and the old ones came to the bush to play with it, and so became an easy prey.
Queerly enough, the women brought along a baby or a small guanaco, which they were leading by a string. Our historian discovered that when these giants wanted to catch the older guanacos or camels, they tied one of the little guanacos to a bush. The older ones would come to the bush to play with it, making them an easy target.
"Six days afterward, our people going to cut wood," writes the Knight, "saw another giant, who raised his hands toward Heaven.
"Six days later, our people went to cut wood," writes the Knight, "and saw another giant, who raised his hands to Heaven."
"When the Captain General came to know of it, he sent to fetch him with his ship's boat, and brought [83] him to one of the little islands in the port. This giant was of a better disposition than the other, and was a gracious and amiable person, he loved to dance and leap. When he leaped, he caused the earth to sink to a palm's depth at the place where his feet touched."
"When the Captain General found out about it, he sent his ship's boat to bring him in, and took him to one of the small islands in the port. This giant had a better temperament than the others and was kind and enjoyable to be around; he loved to dance and jump. When he jumped, he made the ground sink about a palm's depth where his feet landed."
The good giant remained for a time with the adventurers. They gave him the name of John. They learned him to pronounce the name of Jesus.
The kind giant stayed with the adventurers for a while. They named him John. They taught him to say the name of Jesus.
"Say Pater Noster," said they.
"Say Our Father," they said.
"Pater Noster," said the giant.
"Our Father," said the giant.
"Say Ave Maria," said the men.
"Say Ave Maria," the men said.
"Ave Maria," said the susceptible giant.
"Ave Maria," said the sensitive giant.
They made him presents when he went away, among them some of the many tinkling bells.
They gave him gifts when he left, including some of the many jingling bells.
"We must capture some of these people," said the Captain, "and take them to Spain for wonders."
"We need to capture some of these people," said the Captain, "and take them to Spain for amazing things."
So the explorers began to study how to secure some interesting specimens of these tall people, to excite the wonder of the people of Spain.
So the explorers started to figure out how to capture some fascinating specimens of these tall people to amaze the people of Spain.
CHAPTER XI.
CAPTURING A GIANT.—MAGELLAN'S DECISION.
The attempts to capture wild giants greatly interested Pigafetta.
The efforts to catch wild giants really fascinated Pigafetta.
Our historian says that it was "done by gentle and cunning means, for otherwise they would have done a hurt to some of our men."
Our historian says it was "done through gentle and clever methods, because otherwise they would have harmed some of our men."
One day some sailors saw four giants hidden in some bushes, and they were unarmed. They brought these into the power of the Captain. Two of them were young, and such as would excite admiration anywhere for their noble development.
One day, some sailors spotted four giants hidden in some bushes, and they were unarmed. They brought them under the Captain's control. Two of them were young and would draw admiration anywhere for their impressive build.
They gave these two lusty young Herculeses as many knives, mirrors, bells, and trinkets as they could hold in their hands, and while the delighted youths were thus abounding in riches, the Captain said:
They gave these two energetic young Herculeses as many knives, mirrors, bells, and trinkets as they could hold in their hands, and while the thrilled youths were surrounded by riches, the Captain said:
"Now show them the iron fetters."
"Now show them the iron chains."
The two youths could but wonder at these when they were brought.
The two young men could only marvel at these when they were brought.
The Captain ordered that the fetters be presented to them.[85]
The Captain ordered that the handcuffs be brought to them.[85]
But their hands were already full. What could they do with them? Where could they put them?
But their hands were already full. What could they do with them? Where could they put them?
The Captain signified to them that he would ornament their feet with the fetters. To this they consented.
The Captain indicated to them that he would decorate their feet with the shackles. They agreed to this.
So the fetters were put on the feet of each of them, like necklaces or rings, but when the young giants saw a blacksmith bring a hammer and rivet the fetters, they began to be distrustful and presently greatly agitated. They tried to walk, but they could not move.
So the chains were put on each of their feet, like necklaces or rings, but when the young giants saw a blacksmith come with a hammer and rivet the chains, they started to feel suspicious and soon became very agitated. They tried to walk, but they couldn't move.
Our historian thus describes their fury when they saw that they were helplessly bound:
Our historian describes their anger when they saw that they were completely tied up:
"Nevertheless when they saw the trick which had been played on them they began to be enraged, and to foam like bulls, crying out to the devil to help them." We do not see why our Knight should have taken this view of the case; we would think that two human beings who had been so treacherously deceived, might have been regarded as appealing to the Deity of justice.
"However, when they realized the trick that had been pulled on them, they began to get furious, foaming at the mouth like bulls, crying out to the devil for help." We don't understand why our Knight would think this way; we would believe that two people who had been so deceitfully misled might be seen as appealing to the God of justice.
"The hands of the other two giants were bound," says the original narrative, "but it was with great difficulty; then the Captain sent them back on shore, with nine of his men to conduct them, and to bring the wife of one of those who had remained in irons, because he regretted her greatly." This last touch gives us a very favorable view of this young giant.
"The hands of the other two giants were tied," says the original narrative, "but it was very challenging; then the Captain sent them back to shore, with nine of his men to escort them, and to bring the wife of one of those who had stayed in chains, because he missed her a lot." This last detail gives us a really positive impression of this young giant.
But on being conducted away, one of the two [86] giants who were to be liberated, untied his hands and escaped. As soon as he found that he was free, his feet were picked up nimbly indeed. He flew, as it were, his long strides leaving his late captors far behind him. He had no heart to trust Europeans again. He rushed to his native town, but he found only the women there, who must have been greatly alarmed; the men had gone to hunt.
But as he was led away, one of the two [86] giants who were supposed to be freed untied his hands and escaped. Once he realized he was free, he took off quickly. He moved fast, his long strides leaving his former captors far behind. He didn’t want to trust Europeans again. He ran to his hometown, but found only the women there, who must have been very worried; the men had gone out hunting.
He rushed after the hunters to tell them how his companions had been betrayed.
He hurried after the hunters to inform them that his friends had been betrayed.
What became of the other giant whose hands were bound? He struggled, too, to break the cords, seeing which, one of the men struck him on the head. He became quiet when he saw that he was helpless, and led the men to the giant's town where the women and children were.
What happened to the other giant whose hands were tied? He also tried to break free from the ropes, but seeing this, one of the men hit him on the head. He calmed down when he realized he was powerless and guided the men to the giant's town where the women and children were.
The men concluded to pass the night there, as it was near night and everything there looked harmless and inviting.
The men decided to spend the night there since it was getting dark and everything around them seemed safe and welcoming.
But during the night the other giant who had gone to meet the hunters returned with his companions. These saw the bruised head of the giant who had also been bound, and warned the women who began to run. We are told that the youngest "ran faster than the biggest" and that the men "ran faster than horses," at which we can not wonder. The fleeing giant shot one of the men from the ships, and he was buried there on shore. The [87] poor giant in irons who had lamented for his wife probably never saw the giantess again.
But during the night, the other giant who had gone to confront the hunters came back with his friends. They noticed the injured head of the giant who had also been tied up and warned the women, who started to flee. It’s said that the youngest "ran faster than the biggest," and that the men "ran faster than horses," which isn’t surprising. The escaping giant shot one of the men from the ships, and he was buried right there on the shore. The [87] poor giant in chains who had mourned for his wife probably never saw the giantess again.
The methods of treating sickness in the town of the giants were curious. For an emetic one ran a stick down his throat. For a headache, one cut a gash on the forehead, not unlike the old method of bleeding. The philosophy of this latter treatment was interesting—blood did not remain with pain, and pain departed with blood—quite true; white people have advanced theories as conclusive.
The ways of treating illness in the town of the giants were unusual. To induce vomiting, someone would shove a stick down their throat. For a headache, they would make a cut on the forehead, similar to the old bleeding method. The reasoning behind this latter treatment was intriguing—pain doesn’t stick around with blood, and pain goes away with blood—which is true; white people have come up with equally convincing theories.
"When one of them dies," says our Knight, "ten devils appear and dance around the dead man." One of the poor giants who was forced to remain on board said he had seen devils with horns, and hair that fell to their feet, who spouted fire. There seems to be the color of the European imagination in this statement.
"When one of them dies," says our Knight, "ten devils show up and dance around the dead guy." One of the poor giants who had to stay on board claimed he saw devils with horns and long hair that touched their feet, who breathed fire. This statement seems to reflect the color of European imagination.
The giants lived on raw meat, thistles, and sweet root, and one of them drank a "bucket of water" at a time.
The giants ate raw meat, thistles, and sweet roots, and one of them would drink a "bucket of water" at once.
The expedition remained at St. Julian five months, and acquired much information about the country from the captive giants with whom they learned to talk by sign language.
The expedition stayed at St. Julian for five months and gathered a lot of information about the area from the captive giants, with whom they learned to communicate through sign language.
They here set up a cross on a mountain and took possession of the country in the name of the King of Spain. They called the signal elevation where they planted the cross the Mount of Christ.
They set up a cross on a mountain and claimed the land in the name of the King of Spain. They named the high point where they planted the cross the Mount of Christ.
The primitive people of the shores of Brazil and [88] Patagonia delighted in exciting the wonder of their visitors. Many of these people who thought that the Europeans had come down from the sky, where they conceived all life must be wonderful indeed, liked to show them some of the feats that the people of the earth could do. The people who came down from the sky they reasoned had great wisdom in sailing the seas, but they were not giants. They could trail a lantern along the sea in the night air in some unaccountable way, but they did not know how to run with flying feet on the land or how to wing arrows with unerring aim into the sky and sea.
The native people along the shores of Brazil and [88] Patagonia loved to amaze their visitors. Many of these people believed that the Europeans had come down from the sky, where they thought all life must be truly remarkable, and they wanted to showcase some of the impressive things that humans could do. They figured that the sky visitors had great knowledge about sailing the seas, but they were not giants. They could somehow drag a lantern across the sea in the night air, but they didn’t know how to run swiftly on land or shoot arrows with perfect accuracy into the sky and sea.
One day there came from a company of the primitive people, a champion in an art of which the Europeans could have never heard. They had seen these people run, leap, and vault with almost magic power, but they had never seen one who could make a tube of himself.
One day, a champion from a group of primitive people appeared, showcasing a skill that Europeans had never heard of. They had witnessed these people run, leap, and vault with almost magical ability, but they had never seen anyone who could transform himself into a tube.
This new champion approached the men in the usual way, inviting attention. He carried in his hand an arrow which was a cubit and a half long.
This new champion approached the men in the usual way, inviting attention. He carried in his hand an arrow that was a foot and a half long.
He tilted it, opened his great mouth to receive it, dropped it into his throat, when, amid muscular contortions, it began to descend. The sailors watched him with amazement as it went down. It disappeared at last, having, as we are told, descended to the "bottom of his stomach." It seemed to cause him no pain.
He tilted his head, opened his huge mouth to take it in, and swallowed it down his throat, where, after some muscular movements, it started to go down. The sailors watched in awe as it moved lower. Eventually, it vanished, reportedly reaching the "bottom of his stomach." It didn’t seem to cause him any discomfort.
Presently the quiver began to appear again. The [89] long arrow slowly rose out of the human tube which the man had made of himself, and dropped into his hand at last, the whole being performed by muscular movement.
Presently, the quiver started to show up again. The [89] long arrow slowly lifted out of the human form the man had created with his body and finally landed in his hand, all done through muscle movement.
He must have been delighted at the sensation which this mental control over the muscles of digestion had produced. It was less strange that the arrow should have gone down than that it should have come up again.
He must have been thrilled by the feeling that this mental control over his digestive muscles had created. It was less surprising that the arrow had gone down than that it had come back up again.
Such feats as these entertained the sailors from time to time when they were on shore. Pigafetta was now seeing the "wonders of the world" indeed.
Such feats entertained the sailors from time to time when they were on shore. Pigafetta was now witnessing the "wonders of the world" indeed.
Magellan's mind was given to the more serious problems of the voyage.
Magellan was focused on the more serious issues of the voyage.
The Antarctic pole star now rose to his view. It was cold. Magellan saw that the voyage would be likely to last long.
The Antarctic pole star came into view. It was cold. Magellan realized that the journey would probably take a long time.
Not only the Portuguese came to distrust him, but some of the Spanish sailors caught the infection of the deleterious atmosphere. They reasoned differently from the Portuguese.
Not only did the Portuguese start to distrust him, but some of the Spanish sailors also caught the negative vibe. They thought differently than the Portuguese.
"The Admiral is a native of Portugal," said they, "and though the Portuguese court rejected him, he will be sure in the end to be true to his own people and King. He will never allow the glory of his discoveries to go to Spain."
"The Admiral is from Portugal," they said, "and even though the Portuguese court turned him down, he will ultimately remain loyal to his own people and King. He will never let the credit for his discoveries go to Spain."
Some of them came to him to say that the wind blew cold, that the sea was full of perils, that nothing [90] but disaster could come by pushing on into the sea where they were tending.
Some of them approached him to say that the wind was cold, that the sea was full of dangers, and that nothing [90] but disaster could result from continuing into the sea where they were heading.
"Turn south," said they.
"Go south," they said.
The answer of Magellan was royal and loyal. We give it in what, from what was reported of it, must be in his own thought, and very nearly his own words.
Magellan's response was both regal and loyal. We present it as it was likely in his mind, and almost in his own words.
"Comrades, my course was laid down by Cæsar (the King) himself. I—will—not—depart—from—it—in—any—degree. I will open to Cæsar an unknown world."
"Friends, my path was set by Cæsar (the King) himself. I—will—not—veer—from—it—in—any—way. I will unveil to Cæsar an unexplored world."
CHAPTER XII.
THE MUTINY AT PORT JULIAN.—THE STRAITS.—1519.
Days of mutiny came in the cold waters.
Days of rebellion came in the cold waters.
The spirit of disloyalty that had found expression in the inspector broke out anew at Port St. Julian. It spread through the officers and crews of three of the ships. These caused to be published the resolution that they would sail no farther.
The spirit of disloyalty that had been shown by the inspector flared up again at Port St. Julian. It spread among the officers and crews of three of the ships. They issued a resolution stating that they would not sail any further.
"You are leading us to destruction," said the mutineers.
"You’re leading us to ruin," said the mutineers.
Luis de Mendoza, Captain of the Victoria, the treasurer of the expedition, was a leader of the mutiny. Another disturbing spirit was Gasper de Queixada, Captain of the Concepcion.
Luis de Mendoza, Captain of the Victoria and the expedition's treasurer, was one of the leaders of the mutiny. Another troubling figure was Gasper de Queixada, Captain of the Concepcion.
Magellan, of the kind heart, had, as we have seen, the resolution to meet emergencies. This expedition was his life. It must not be opposed, hindered, or thwarted. He lived in his purpose. He must stamp out the mutiny. He no more used gentle and courteous words. He thundered his will.
Magellan, with his kind heart, had the determination to handle any crisis. This expedition was everything to him. It couldn't be opposed, delayed, or interrupted. He was dedicated to his mission. He had to put an end to the mutiny. He no longer spoke gently or politely. He proclaimed his will with authority.
One day Ambrosia Fernandez, his constable, came to him, and said:[92]
One day, Ambrosia Fernandez, his constable, came to him and said:[92]
"Three crews are ready to mutiny, to force you to go back."
"Three crews are ready to rebel and make you go back."
Magellan saw that he must make the leaders of these ships his prisoners, or that he would become theirs.
Magellan realized that he had to capture the leaders of these ships, or he would become their prisoner.
"Constable," he said, "pick out sixty trusty men and arm them well. Go with them on board the treasurer's ship, and arrest Mendoza and lay him dead on the deck."
"Constable," he said, "choose sixty reliable men and equip them well. Go with them onto the treasurer's ship, and capture Mendoza and lay him dead on the deck."
The fleet was moored in line. It was flood tide, and Mendoza's ship rode astern of Magellan's, and the ship of Queixada, ahead.
The fleet was anchored in a line. It was high tide, and Mendoza's ship was behind Magellan's, with Queixada's ship in front.
Magellan prepared his own crew to face the consequences of a tragedy should one occur. He ordered his hawser to be attached to the cable, and called his crew to arms.
Magellan got his crew ready to deal with the fallout if a tragedy happened. He had his hawser tied to the cable and called his crew to get ready.
When the flood tide was at its height, Fernandez, the constable, prepared to execute his order.
When the flood tide was at its peak, Fernandez, the constable, got ready to carry out his order.
He appeared before the ship of the mutinous Mendoza, and asked to be received on board.
He showed up in front of the ship of the rebellious Mendoza and asked to be allowed on board.
"Back to your own ship," said the mutineer. "I command the Victoria."
"Get back to your own ship," said the mutineer. "I'm in charge of the Victoria."
"But we are few against many," said the constable, "and I have a message from the Admiral which I must deliver."
"But we're outnumbered," said the constable, "and I have a message from the Admiral that I need to deliver."
He was helped on board the Victoria.
He was assisted onto the Victoria.
His feet had no sooner touched the deck than he seized Mendoza.
His feet had barely touched the deck when he grabbed Mendoza.
The armed men that the constable had left on the boat rushed on board.
The armed men that the constable left on the boat rushed on board.
The crew of the Victoria, stood aghast. They saw the power of the Admiral's mind.
The crew of the Victoria stood in shock. They saw the strength of the Admiral's mind.
Magellan brought his ship alongside the Victoria.
Magellan brought his ship next to the Victoria.
He led his armed crew on board the Victoria, and halted before a terrible scene. Mendoza had been stabbed by the constable, and the crew of the Victoria plead for mercy, and promised to be loyal to the Admiral.
He brought his armed crew onto the Victoria and stopped in front of a gruesome scene. Mendoza had been stabbed by the constable, and the crew of the Victoria begged for mercy, promising to stay loyal to the Admiral.
In this hour of tragedy and terror Magellan bore his ship around to Queixada's, and made the officers and crew of the Concepcion his prisoners. The leaders of the mutiny were executed. It was a necessity.
In this time of tragedy and fear, Magellan turned his ship towards Queixada's and took the officers and crew of the Concepcion as his prisoners. The leaders of the mutiny were executed. It was a necessity.
Magellan caused also the sentence he had imposed on the inspector and his accomplice to be carried out here.
Magellan also had the punishment he imposed on the inspector and his accomplice carried out here.
Carthagena and Sanches were led from their prison to the shore.
Carthagena and Sanches were taken from their prison to the coast.
As the sails were being lifted to depart, they were marooned—left with some provisions, among which were some bottles of wine, on the desert shore.
As the sails were being raised to set off, they got stranded—left with a few supplies, including some bottles of wine, on the deserted shore.
There were hearts that pitied them as the ships sailed away. There was one who plotted to rescue them. It was Gormez.
There were people who felt sorry for them as the ships sailed away. There was one who planned to save them. It was Gormez.
They left them some biscuits with the bottles of wine.[94]
They left them some cookies with the bottles of wine.[94]
"It is the last bread they will ever eat," said their companions.
"It’s the last bread they’ll ever eat," said their friends.
"And the last wine that they will ever drink," said a loyal priest on board.
"And the last wine they will ever drink," said a loyal priest on board.
But there was one on board that shook his head.
But there was one on board who shook his head.
If he could have his will the two would eat bread and drink wine again in the convents of beautiful Seville.
If he had his way, the two would share bread and drink wine again in the lovely convents of Seville.
The execution of the disloyal Spaniards again awakened the jealousy of Gormez. He probably began to plan about this time to separate the Antonio from the expedition, and lead her back to Spain. His heart was with the inspector and friar far away on the desolate shore.
The execution of the disloyal Spaniards reignited Gormez's jealousy. He probably started to think about separating the Antonio from the expedition and bringing her back to Spain. His heart was with the inspector and friar far away on the barren shore.
The ships sailed away, and the marooned priests saw them disappear.
The ships set sail, and the stranded priests watched them vanish.
"They were cast aside for opposing a madman," reasoned Gormez. "Magellan is no fit leader of an expedition. If I had full command of the Antonio, I would rescue the inspector, if I were to find him alive."
"They were discarded for standing up to a madman," Gormez reasoned. "Magellan is not a suitable leader for an expedition. If I were in full command of the Antonio, I would save the inspector, if I found him alive."
But he could not take the Antonio back while Mesquita, Magellan's loyal cousin, was in command. Had he breathed a breath of disloyalty in the presence of this Portuguese, he might have himself been deposed from his position and marooned, as had been the inspector and the friar.
But he couldn't bring the Antonio back while Mesquita, Magellan's loyal cousin, was in charge. If he had shown any sign of disloyalty in front of this Portuguese, he could have been removed from his position and abandoned, just like the inspector and the friar had been.
A dark plot began to form in the pilot's mind. If he could incite the crew against Mesquita in some [95] hour of peril, he might cause him to be imprisoned on his own ship, and then he could succeed to the command, and take the Antonio back to Spain.
A dark scheme started to take shape in the pilot's mind. If he could turn the crew against Mesquita during some [95] moment of danger, he might get him locked up on his own ship, and then he could take over the command and bring the Antonio back to Spain.
And he would also endeavor to rescue the inspector and the friend of the inspector who had been marooned. If he could rescue them and take them back with him to Spain, they would be powerful witnesses for him against Magellan.
And he would also try to save the inspector and the inspector's friend who had been stranded. If he could rescue them and bring them back to Spain with him, they would be strong witnesses for him against Magellan.
Gormez now waited his opportunity. A jealous man seeks for a principle of life to ease his conscience and justify evil deeds. Gormez had two principles to sustain him in his disloyalty. The one was that he could lead a better expedition, and the other the merciful rescue of his two companions who had been marooned for the same opinions that he had from the first carried in his heart. So calling treachery, loyalty and sympathy, he awaited an hour favorable to his plan.
Gormez now waited for his chance. A jealous man looks for a reason to ease his conscience and justify his wrongdoings. Gormez had two reasons to support his betrayal. One was that he could lead a better expedition, and the other was the compassionate rescue of his two companions who had been abandoned for the same beliefs that he had always held in his heart. So, calling treachery loyalty and sympathy, he waited for a moment that would work for his plan.
If he could return to Spain he would offer his services to Portugal or to Spain to lead an expedition to the Spice Islands that should be conducted in some more promising way than by the winter seas.
If he could go back to Spain, he would offer his services to either Portugal or Spain to lead an expedition to the Spice Islands that should be carried out in a more promising way than through the winter seas.
As the ships sailed on into the clouds and cold, the sailors were filled with apprehension. But the farol still shone at night like a star in the changing atmosphere. They had expected that the extremity of South America would point West, but this was not the case. Whither were they tending? [96]
As the ships moved into the clouds and the cold, the sailors felt uneasy. But the lantern still glowed at night like a star in the shifting atmosphere. They had thought that the southern tip of South America would point west, but that wasn’t the case. Where were they heading? [96]
It was the middle of October. The water grew colder and the land became more desolate. Suddenly a bay appeared and the continent seemed to part. The sea poured its tides to the East amid towering mountains, and a strait appeared, which now bears the name of Magellan.
It was mid-October. The water got colder and the land became more barren. Suddenly, a bay appeared, and the continent seemed to split apart. The sea flowed eastward between towering mountains, and a strait showed up, which is now called Magellan.
The soul of the Admiral thrilled. It was the fulfillment of his visions. He called the opening to the swift channel Cape Virgins, as he discovered it on the day on which the Church commemorated the martyrdom of the "eleven thousand virgins."
The Admiral's soul was filled with excitement. It was the realization of his dreams. He named the entrance to the fast channel Cape Virgins, just as he found it on the day the Church honored the martyrdom of the "eleven thousand virgins."
His lone lantern entered the straits. The way was toward the East.
His single lantern moved into the straits. The direction was toward the East.
Magellan sent the ship Antonio, which was commanded by his cousin Alvaro de Mesquita, to explore the bay, of which ship Gormez still held the position of pilot. The mutineer's hour had come.
Magellan sent the ship Antonio, commanded by his cousin Alvaro de Mesquita, to explore the bay, where Gormez was still the pilot. The mutineer's time had come.
The pilot entered the bay, but presently a powerful tide carried the ship back, and beyond the sight of the flag and the lantern of Magellan.
The pilot entered the bay, but soon a strong tide pushed the ship back, out of sight of the flag and the lantern of Magellan.
The jealous Portuguese had seen enough to know that great perils were before the fleet or that a glory like to that of Columbus was now likely to fall to the lot of Magellan. He determined to be revenged upon the Admiral for supplanting him in accepting the favors of the King.
The jealous Portuguese had seen enough to realize that the fleet faced great dangers or that a glory similar to Columbus's was now likely to belong to Magellan. He decided to take revenge on the Admiral for taking his place in gaining the king's favor.
He called the crew secretly about him.
He secretly called the crew to gather around him.
"You are rushing on to ruin," he said. "I can take you back to Spain. Put Mesquita in irons, and [97] let us return. Mesquita advised Magellan to execute our comrades!"
"You are heading straight for disaster," he said. "I can take you back to Spain. Put Mesquita in chains, and [97] let's go back. Mesquita told Magellan to execute our friends!"
The crew, overcome by the perils of the situation, obeyed the pilot.
The crew, overwhelmed by the dangers of the situation, followed the pilot's instructions.
Mesquita was placed in irons, and the pilot bore the Antonio away from the wintry seas, and turned her prow toward Spain.
Mesquita was put in chains, and the pilot took the Antonio away from the cold seas and headed her towards Spain.
But untrue as the sailors were to Magellan, he was true to them. He delayed the expedition for their return, and sent out the Victoria in search of them. The Victoria's crew planted signal standards, under which were letters.
But although the sailors were disloyal to Magellan, he remained loyal to them. He postponed the expedition for their return and sent out the Victoria to look for them. The crew of the Victoria put up signal flags, underneath which were letters.
Now perhaps for the first time Magellan was master of the expedition. He supposed at first that the Antonio had become lost in the terrible tides, but he still suspected treachery.
Now, for maybe the first time, Magellan was in charge of the expedition. At first, he thought the Antonio had gotten lost in the terrible tides, but he still suspected betrayal.
As the fleet entered the straits, the hills at night blazed with fires. The explorers thought these fires were volcanoes. They were signal fires kindled by the natives. Magellan gave the place the name of "Tierra del Fuego"—the "Land of Fire," a name that it still bears.
As the fleet entered the straits, the hills at night lit up with fires. The explorers thought these fires were volcanoes. They were actually signal fires set by the locals. Magellan named the place "Tierra del Fuego"—the "Land of Fire," a name it still has today.
The water ran icy cold. Peaks of crystal towered above the straits, and the sublimities of mountain desolations everywhere appeared. So amid awful chasms of the sea, now white with snows, now dark with shadows, the little fleet glided on, the farol in the air at night, and all eyes strained with wonder to see what new disclosure this strait would bring. [98]
The water was freezing cold. Crystal peaks loomed above the straits, and the beauty of the barren mountains was everywhere visible. Amid the terrifying gaps of the sea, sometimes covered in white snow and other times shrouded in darkness, the small fleet moved forward, the lighthouse shining in the night sky, and everyone’s eyes widened with curiosity to see what new revelations this strait would reveal. [98]
What must have been the reflection of Magellan as the mysteries of the new world lifted before his eyes?
What must Magellan have felt as the mysteries of the new world unfolded before him?
Joy is the compensation of suffering, and if his happiness was as great as his trials had been, he must have indeed known thrilling moments. He had dared, and he had achieved.
Joy is the reward for suffering, and if his happiness was as intense as his struggles had been, he must have really experienced exhilarating moments. He had taken risks, and he had succeeded.
He wondered at the fate of the Antonio, as the days went by. He indeed thought her lost, but yet hoped that she might appear.
He wondered what happened to the Antonio as the days passed. He really thought she was lost, but he still hoped she might show up.
"She has deserted us," ventured a loyal officer.
"She has abandoned us," said a loyal officer.
"No," reasoned the Admiral. "Mesquita would never desert me."
"No," the Admiral said thoughtfully. "Mesquita would never abandon me."
He was right. There were many true hearts that made the voyage like Del Cano's, but no heart was truer to Magellan than Mesquita's; and true hearts know and love each other.
He was right. There were many genuine souls that made the journey like Del Cano's, but no soul was truer to Magellan than Mesquita's; and genuine souls recognize and care for one another.
The ships glided on slowly, without the Antonio. They had two new passengers in the giants whose lives must have been filled with wonder on ship-board.
The ships moved slowly, without the Antonio. They had two new passengers in the giants whose lives must have been full of wonder on board.
CHAPTER XIII.
"THE ADMIRAL WAS MAD!"
Grave as was the act of treachery that the jealousy of Gormez led him to commit, he was true to the two marooned priests who had opposed the daring schemes of Magellan.
Grave as was the act of treachery that the jealousy of Gormez led him to commit, he was true to the two marooned priests who had opposed the daring schemes of Magellan.
"We must not leave them to perish," he said.
"We can't just let them die," he said.
So with Mesquita in irons he steered his ship toward the lonely islands where the crew had passed the winter.
So with Mesquita in chains, he navigated his ship towards the isolated islands where the crew had spent the winter.
They found Carthagena and his brother monk still living, and never could two men have been more glad to escape from exile. To live among naked giants, whom they could not civilize, must have become a horror to them. But their lives had been spared, though their biscuits and wine, we fancy, were gone.
They found Carthagena and his brother monk still alive, and no two men could have been happier to escape from exile. Living among uncivilized giants must have been a nightmare for them. But their lives had been spared, even though their biscuits and wine were probably gone.
"The Admiral has gone mad," said the men who had come to rescue them. "He knows not the way to the Moluccas, nor to anywhere."
"The Admiral has lost his mind," said the men who had come to rescue them. "He doesn't know the way to the Moluccas, or anywhere else."
The marooned men asked them where they were now going.[100]
The stranded men asked them where they were heading next.[100]
"To Spain," was the answer. "We have come to rescue you. Our Captain has never forgotten you. He will need you as witnesses. You must testify that the Admiral is mad."
"To Spain," was the answer. "We've come to rescue you. Our Captain hasn't forgotten you. He will need you as witnesses. You have to testify that the Admiral is crazy."
They were ready to testify that.
They were ready to testify to that.
The ship sailed back to Spain.
The ship sailed back to Spain.
The tales that they carried back to beautiful Seville caused a great disappointment in Spain. They must have stricken the heart of the wife of Magellan.
The stories they brought back to beautiful Seville caused a huge disappointment in Spain. They must have broken the heart of Magellan's wife.
Gormez related there that the Admiral had become mad; that he had marooned the two priests whom they had brought back as witnesses of the truth of what he asserted; that Magellan had sailed into winter seas, and quite lost his reason, and knew not where he was going.
Gormez reported that the Admiral had gone mad; that he had stranded the two priests they had brought back as proof of his claims; that Magellan had sailed into winter waters and completely lost his sanity, not knowing where he was headed.
Then he told a terrible story of the execution of the mutinous Spaniards, friends of the King, at St. Julian. He said:
Then he shared a horrifying tale about the execution of the rebellious Spaniards, allies of the King, at St. Julian. He said:
"His cousin, Mesquita, our captain, advised these crimes, and so we put him in irons, and have brought him back to receive justice in Spain."
"His cousin, Mesquita, our captain, encouraged these crimes, so we locked him up and brought him back to face justice in Spain."
Mesquita protested his innocence and tried to gain credence for his case. But no one cared to listen to him. The court and the popular feeling were against him. He was consigned to a prison. It was useless for him to protest, and to say that Magellan had made a great discovery; that he had found straits which were leading to the South Sea, and which were [101] likely to prove that the ocean that Balboa had beheld was continuous.
Mesquita claimed he was innocent and attempted to make his case believable. But nobody wanted to hear him out. The court and public opinion were against him. He was locked up in prison. It was pointless for him to protest and insist that Magellan had made a significant discovery; that he had found straits leading to the South Sea, which were [101] likely to show that the ocean Balboa had seen was connected.
He was placed in a lonely dungeon, and there brooded over his wrongs and dreamed.
He was put in a lonely dungeon, where he brooded over his grievances and dreamed.
He had one hope; it was that Magellan would return triumphant, a second Columbus or Vasco da Gama. If that day were to come, he would be released, and the court would honor him, and he would be hailed as a hero.
He had one hope: that Magellan would come back victorious, like a second Columbus or Vasco da Gama. If that day ever arrived, he would be freed, the court would recognize him, and he would be celebrated as a hero.
"I have been made a prisoner by treachery," he said to a few men. "I believe that the day of my vindication will one day dawn."
"I've been trapped by betrayal," he told a group of men. "I believe that my day of justice will come."
Cardinal Ximenes died. Juana still watched by the tomb of her husband, and took no interest in the world. Charles V was entering upon his career as a conqueror who was to subdue the Roman world to his will.
Cardinal Ximenes passed away. Juana continued to keep vigil by her husband's tomb and showed no interest in the outside world. Charles V was starting his journey as a conqueror who would bring the Roman world under his control.
As for Magellan in Spain he was to be but little more remembered now. Spain believed the story of the jealous Gormez, and the mariners of Seville said:
As for Magellan in Spain, he would hardly be remembered anymore. Spain bought into the story of the jealous Gormez, and the sailors from Seville said:
"The Admiral was mad!"
"The Admiral was crazy!"
In the common view the mad Admiral had gone down in Antarctic seas. Like Faleiro, his friend, who had been sent to the mad house, it was thought that his brain had become unsettled, and that his bright visions had failed.
In popular belief, the crazy Admiral had sunk in the Antarctic seas. Just like his friend Faleiro, who was sent to the asylum, people thought his mind had become unhinged and that his brilliant visions had faded.
The two mutineers ate bread and drank wine again in the convent bowers of Seville. [102]
The two rebels ate bread and drank wine again in the convent gardens of Seville. [102]
Gormez had schemes of his own. He desired the authority of the throne to make an expedition to the Spice Islands, which he believed he could find by sailing West. Strangely enough, as we have said, this jealous, treacherous man was afterward made a pilot in an expedition that visited Florida, Cape Cod, and Massachusetts Bay. But he did not find the way to the Spice Islands on the voyage.
Gormez had his own plans. He wanted the power of the throne to launch an expedition to the Spice Islands, which he thought he could reach by sailing west. Interestingly, as we mentioned, this jealous and deceitful man was later made a pilot on an expedition that went to Florida, Cape Cod, and Massachusetts Bay. However, he didn't discover the route to the Spice Islands during that voyage.
Mesquita, still believing in the success of the expedition of Magellan, said to a few whom he could reach:
Mesquita, still confident in the success of Magellan's expedition, said to a few people he could reach:
"Magellan is not mad. He executed those who had planned to murder him. He had to put to death these men for the sake of the expedition. He will return again!"
"Magellan isn't crazy. He executed those who plotted to kill him. He had to kill these men for the sake of the expedition. He will be back!"
Few believed his story, and fewer his prophecy.
Few people believed his story, and even fewer believed his prophecy.
Still there were some who hoped that the prisoner's prophecy might prove true. Columbus was deemed mad, and quelled a mutiny, but he returned again. Vasco da Gama faced doubt and destruction, but he returned again. There were not wanting some who asked, "Will Magellan ever return again?" Such usually received the answer, "The Admiral was mad!"
Still, there were some who hoped that the prisoner's prediction might turn out to be true. Columbus was considered crazy and silenced a mutiny, but he came back again. Vasco da Gama confronted skepticism and ruin, but he came back again. There were some who asked, "Will Magellan ever come back?" Those who asked typically got the reply, "The Admiral was crazy!"
The poor wife of Magellan, who had hoped much from him for the sake of her child, as well as for Spain, heard these reports in an agony of grief. But she still hoped. She must have believed in her husband's destiny.
The unfortunate wife of Magellan, who had hoped for a lot from him for the sake of their child and for Spain, heard these reports with overwhelming sadness. Yet, she still held on to hope. She must have believed in her husband's fate.
CHAPTER XIV.
THE PACIFIC.—THE DEATH OF THE GIANTS.
The four ships glided along the wonderful straits which Magellan named the "Virgins," but which will always bear his own name. The scenery continued wild and fierce, and in some places overawing and sublime; they sailed amid domes of crystal and almost under the roofs of a broken world. They still moved slowly—the scenery growing more and more wonderful.
The four ships smoothly made their way through the beautiful straits that Magellan called the "Virgins," but will forever carry his name. The landscape remained wild and intense, and in some places, it was overwhelming and breathtaking; they sailed among crystal formations and almost beneath the peaks of a shattered world. They continued to move slowly, with the scenery becoming even more stunning.
The air grew bright again. The ships were in the sea. They had entered a sea broad and glorious, but which Magellan could have hardly dreamed to be nearly ten thousand miles long, and more than that wide! Its waters were placid—an ocean plain. Columbus had heard of this vast sea, and Balboa had seen it from the peak of Darien.
The sky brightened once more. The ships were sailing in the sea. They had come into a wide and magnificent ocean, one that Magellan could hardly have imagined to stretch almost ten thousand miles long and even wider! The waters were calm—like a flat ocean. Columbus had heard of this immense sea, and Balboa had spotted it from the top of Darien.
All the joy that Magellan had anticipated in his visions of years now burst upon him.
All the joy that Magellan had imagined in his dreams for years now flooded over him.
"The Pacific!"
"The Pacific Ocean!"
This was the name that came to him as he surveyed the new ocean world. He was the discoverer [104] of the South Pacific, which was continuous with the ocean discovered by Balboa. What did it contain? Whither might he sail over the new serenity of waters?
This was the name that came to him as he looked at the new ocean world. He was the discoverer [104] of the South Pacific, which was connected to the ocean discovered by Balboa. What did it have? Where could he sail over the calm waters?
His soul had stood against his own country; his name had been cast out by his countrymen. But in the splendors of the sunset sea he had found his faith to be reality. It is said that the sailors wept when they beheld the Pacific.
His soul had stood against his own country; his name had been rejected by his fellow countrymen. But in the beauty of the sunset over the sea, he discovered that his faith was real. It's said that the sailors cried when they saw the Pacific.
We may fancy the joy of Del Cano.
We can imagine the joy of Del Cano.
We may imagine how the heart of Pigafetta, the young Italian, which had always been true to the Admiral, must have overflowed with delight when the Pacific opened before his eyes! There is a strong heart beat in the happiness of one who has been true to a successful man in the hour of his need.
We can picture how Pigafetta, the young Italian, whose loyalty to the Admiral never wavered, must have felt an overwhelming joy when the Pacific came into view! There’s a deep sense of happiness in someone who has stood by a successful person in their moment of need.
He may have sung the song that cheered Columbus and his men—the mariners' hymn to the Virgin:
He might have sung the song that uplifted Columbus and his crew—the sailors' hymn to the Virgin:
"Gentle Star of Ocean!
Portal of the sky!
Ever Virgin Mother
Of the Lord most high!"
"Gentle Star of Ocean!
Gateway to the clouds!
Ever Virgin Mother
Of the Most High Lord!
"Wednesday, the 20th of November, 1520," says the original narrative, "we came forth out of the same strait, and entered the Pacific Sea."
"Wednesday, November 20, 1520," says the original narrative, "we emerged from the same strait and entered the Pacific Ocean."
The ships sailed on into the calm mystery of the ocean, the soul of Magellan glowing. But though the Admiral had risen superior to so many obstacles, there were others to be met. The sea was indeed [105] placid and full of promise, but starvation now stared him in the face, and after the spectre of Treason had departed that of Famine appeared.
The ships continued into the serene unknown of the ocean, Magellan's spirit shining bright. But even though the Admiral had overcome so many challenges, there were still more to face. The sea was truly [105] calm and full of potential, but starvation was now looming in front of him, and after the fear of Treason had passed, the fear of Famine took its place.
Day after day the sun arose on the same serenity of sea. One month passed, and still there spread before the ships the same infinite ocean. Another month passed, and another, and twenty days more.
Day after day, the sun rose over the same calm sea. A month went by, and still the same endless ocean stretched out before the ships. Another month passed, then another, and twenty more days.
How did the crews live on this long voyage of silence and calms?
How did the crews survive on this long journey of silence and calm?
The narrative says: "We only ate old biscuit reduced to powder, and full of grubs, and we drank water that had turned yellow and smelled."
The story says: "We only ate old biscuits ground to dust, full of worms, and we drank water that had turned yellow and smelled."
But a more perilous diet had to be followed.
But a more dangerous diet had to be followed.
They ate the "ox hides that were under the main yard." To eat these hides they had to soak them for some days in the sea, and then cook them on embers.
They ate the "ox hides that were under the main yard." To eat these hides, they had to soak them for several days in the sea and then cook them over embers.
They ate sawdust; then the vermin on the ships.
They ate sawdust, and then the pests on the ships.
A worse condition came. The gums of the men swelled from such food, so that many of them could not eat at all, and nineteen died. Beside those who died, twenty-five fell ill of "divers sicknesses."
A worse situation arose. The men's gums swelled from the poor food, so many of them couldn't eat at all, and nineteen died. In addition to those who died, twenty-five became ill with various sicknesses.
Kind-hearted Pigafetta, who was always true to the Portuguese Admiral, formed an intimacy with the poor young giant, presumably with the giant whose wife had been left behind. This giant was imprisoned on the flagship of Magellan.
Kind-hearted Pigafetta, who was always loyal to the Portuguese Admiral, became close with the poor young giant, presumably the one whose wife had been left behind. This giant was held captive on Magellan’s flagship.
One day the giant said to him, helplessly:
One day, the giant said to him, feeling helpless:
"Capac."[106]
"Capac."
Our Italian understood that this must be the Patagonian word for bread. So he wrote it down, and the giant saw that he was interested in the meaning of his native words.
Our Italian realized that this must be the Patagonian word for bread. So he wrote it down, and the giant noticed that he was interested in the meaning of his native words.
So the young giant began to teach the young Italian.
So the young giant started to teach the young Italian.
"Her-dem" meant a chief.
"Her-dem" referred to a leader.
"Holi" meant water.
"Holi" meant water.
"Ohone," a storm.
"Oh no," a storm.
"Setebos," the Unseen Power.
"Setebos," the Invisible Force.
They studied together for a time, and shared each other's good will.
They studied together for a while and supported each other.
One day the Italian drew a cross on paper. The young giant raised it to his lips and kissed it, as he had seen Pigafetta kiss the sign of the Cross.
One day, the Italian drew a cross on paper. The young giant held it up to his lips and kissed it, just like he had seen Pigafetta kiss the sign of the Cross.
But he said by signs: "Do not make the Cross again, else Setebos will enter into you and kill you."
But he gestured and said, "Don't make the Cross again, or Setebos will come into you and kill you."
The meaning of the cross was explained to him.
The meaning of the cross was explained to him.
The poor giant fell ill at last, amid all the misery.
The poor giant finally got sick, overwhelmed by all the suffering.
"Bring me the Cross," he said by signs.
"Bring me the Cross," he signaled.
He kissed it again.
He kissed it again.
He knew that he would soon die.
He knew that he would soon die.
"Make me a Christian," he said.
"Make me a Christian," he said.
They named him "Paul," and baptized him.
They named him "Paul" and baptized him.
One day found him dead, and they cast his great frame into the sea. He was probably the first convert to the faith among Patagonians, and his so-called [107] conversion was the heart's cry in helplessness.
One day he was found dead, and they threw his large body into the sea. He was likely the first person to convert to the faith among the Patagonians, and his so-called [107] conversion was a desperate plea from his heart.
The other giant may have lived to see the days of famine, when men shrank and death threatened all. Then he, too, famished and died, and found a grave in the sea. Another account, makes this giant die on the Antonio before that ship went back to St. Julian.
The other giant might have experienced the times of famine, when people weakened and death loomed over everyone. Eventually, he too starved and died, finding his final resting place in the sea. Another version says this giant died on the Antonio before that ship returned to St. Julian.
Two islands only appeared in the months of steady sailing. They were uninhabited except by birds. The sky in all this time brought no storm.
Two islands appeared only during the months of smooth sailing. They were empty except for birds. The sky during this time didn’t bring any storms.
In these days of ocean solitude, hunger, and death, Magellan was sure always of the faith of two true hearts—the susceptible Italian and Del Cano.
In these days of being alone at sea, dealing with hunger and death, Magellan was always confident in the loyalty of two genuine friends—the emotional Italian and Del Cano.
Magellan dreamed of the fate of Mesquita in these strange experiences, and Mesquita in his lonely prison thought continually of him. Would Magellan ever return? the latter must have asked daily.
Magellan thought about what would happen to Mesquita during these strange experiences, and Mesquita in his solitary cell constantly thought about him. Would Magellan ever come back? he must have asked himself every day.
If so, his prison doors might swing open. He had no other hope, but this hope was a star. Magellan's wife must have shared this hope with the prisoner.
If that's the case, his prison doors might finally open. He had no other hope, but this hope was a guiding light. Magellan's wife must have felt this hope alongside the prisoner.
CHAPTER XV.
WELCOME TO THE PHILIPPINES!
On Wednesday, March 6th, Magellan sighted islands. His lantern had crossed the Pacific Ocean. Here he hoped to find food. He approached the shores eagerly. So hungry were the crews that one of the sick men begged that if any of the natives were killed human flesh might be brought him.
On Wednesday, March 6th, Magellan spotted islands. His lantern had crossed the Pacific Ocean. Here he hoped to find food. He eagerly approached the shores. The crews were so hungry that one of the sick men begged for human flesh if any of the natives were killed.
But the natives here were not only wild men, they were robbers; they sought to kill the voyagers and to steal everything. Hence, Magellan called the islands the Ladrones (robbers).
But the locals here weren't just savages; they were thieves; they tried to kill the explorers and steal everything. That's why Magellan named the islands the Ladrones (thieves).
The robbers threw stones at the famishing mariners as the ships turned away in search of more hospitable shores. The women were dressed in bark.
The robbers threw rocks at the starving sailors as the ships moved on in search of friendlier shores. The women were dressed in bark.
The ships moved on into unknown seas.
The ships sailed into uncharted waters.
On Saturday, March 16, 1521, a notable sight appeared in the dawn of the morning. It was a high bluff, some three hundred leagues distant from the Thieves' Islands. The island was named Zamal, now called Samar.
On Saturday, March 16, 1521, a remarkable sight emerged at dawn. It was a high bluff, about three hundred leagues away from the Thieves' Islands. The island was called Zamal, which is now known as Samar.
Magellan saw another island near. It was inhabited [109] by a friendly people. He determined to land there for the sake of security, as he could there gather sea food and care for the sick. He planted his tents there, and provided the sick with fresh meat.
Magellan spotted another nearby island. It was home to a friendly community. He decided to land there for safety, as he could collect seafood and take care of the sick. He set up his tents there and provided the sick with fresh meat.
Where was he?
Where is he?
Here surely was a new archipelago which had found no place on a map. March 16, 1521, was to be a notable date of the world.
Here was definitely a new group of islands that didn’t appear on any map. March 16, 1521, was going to be an important date in history.
He had discovered the Philippine Islands, though they were not then known by that name. They were the door to China from the West—this he could hardly have known.
He had discovered the Philippine Islands, although they weren't called that at the time. They were the gateway to China from the West—something he could hardly have known.
The islands as now known consist of Luzon, fifty-one thousand three hundred square miles in extent; and Mendanao, more than twenty-five thousand miles in extent. The islands lying between Luzon and Mendanao are called the Bissayas, of which Samar has an area of thirteen thousand and twenty miles. Magellan visited Mendanao and then sailed for Zebu, a small island where the first Spanish settlement was made, before Manila, which was founded in 1581.
The islands as we know them today include Luzon, which covers fifty-one thousand three hundred square miles, and Mindanao, which spans more than twenty-five thousand square miles. The islands situated between Luzon and Mindanao are referred to as the Visayas, with Samar having an area of thirteen thousand and twenty square miles. Magellan visited Mindanao and then sailed to Cebu, a small island where the first Spanish settlement was established, before Manila, which was founded in 1581.
This archipelago was a new world of wonder. The small islands are now computed to number fourteen hundred. Magellan never knew the extent of his discovery.
This archipelago was a new world of wonder. The small islands are now estimated to number fourteen hundred. Magellan never realized the full extent of his discovery.
Here he was to find the happiest days of his life, after the serene but famishing voyage. [110]
Here he was to find the happiest days of his life, after the calm but exhausting journey. [110]
The people here were to receive him with open arms; to feast him; to raise his expectations and to bow down before the Cross. We must describe in detail—thanks to the Italian who was true to the heart of the Admiral—this golden age of the troubled life of Magellan.
The people here were ready to welcome him with open arms; to throw a feast for him; to elevate his hopes and to show reverence before the Cross. We need to detail this golden era of the tumultuous life of Magellan—thanks to the Italian who was loyal to the Admiral's cause.
After all the struggle for so many years against many overwhelming oppositions, Magellan now rose into the vantage ground of success, and fulfilled the vision which had illumined his soul in his darkest hours.
After all the struggles for so many years against overwhelming opposition, Magellan now reached a place of success and fulfilled the vision that had inspired him during his darkest times.
Every man has a right to his record, and whatever might happen now, his record no power could destroy; he had discovered the Pacific Ocean, and a new way around the world. Whatever might be his fate, the world must follow his lantern.
Every man has the right to his legacy, and no matter what happens now, nothing can erase his legacy; he discovered the Pacific Ocean and a new route around the world. Whatever his fate may be, the world must follow his lead.
On the 18th of March, 1521, after dinner on shore, the Admiral saw a boat coming out from a near island toward his ship. There were men in it.
On March 18, 1521, after having dinner on the shore, the Admiral saw a boat coming from a nearby island toward his ship. There were men in it.
"Let no one move or speak," said Magellan.
"Don't move or speak," Magellan said.
The crews awaited the coming of the strangers in the blazing sunlight of the tropic sea. The Indians landed, led by a chief.
The crews waited for the strangers to arrive in the blazing sunlight of the tropical sea. The Indigenous people landed, led by a chief.
They were friends. They signified by signs their joy at seeing them. Magellan feasted the Indians and gave them presents.
They were friends. They expressed their happiness at seeing each other with gestures. Magellan treated the Indians to a feast and gave them gifts.
When these people saw the good disposition of the Captain, they gave him palm wine and figs [111] "more than a foot long." On leaving they promised to return with fruits.
When these people saw how friendly the Captain was, they gave him palm wine and figs [111] "more than a foot long." When they left, they promised to come back with more fruits.
Pigafetta, our Italian Chevalier, vividly describes the scenes that followed between Magellan and the friendly people of the newly-discovered islands, which we call the Philippines, but which were not so named at that time.
Pigafetta, our Italian knight, vividly describes the events that took place between Magellan and the friendly people of the newly discovered islands, which we now call the Philippines, but which had not yet been named that at the time.
He tells us in a wonderfully interesting narrative a translation of which we closely follow:
He shares with us a fascinating story, a translation of which we closely follow:
"That people became very familiar and friendly, and explained many things in their language, and told the names of some islands which they beheld. The island where they dwelt was called Zuluam, and it was not large. As they were sufficiently agreeable and conversible the crews had great pleasure with them. The Captain seeing that they were of this good spirit, conducted them to the ship and showed them specimens of all his goods—that he most desired—cloves, cinnamon, pepper, ginger, nutmeg, mace, and gold.
"People became very friendly and shared a lot in their language, telling us the names of some islands they saw. The island where they lived was called Zuluam, and it wasn't large. Since they were quite pleasant and chatty, the crews enjoyed their company. The Captain, noticing their good nature, took them to the ship and showed them samples of all the goods he wanted—cloves, cinnamon, pepper, ginger, nutmeg, mace, and gold."
"He also had shots fired with his artillery, at which they were so much afraid that they wished to jump from the ship into the sea. They made signs that the things which the Captain had shown them grew there.
"He also fired shots with his artillery, which scared them so much that they wanted to jump from the ship into the sea. They indicated that the things the Captain had shown them were growing there."
"When they wished to go they took leave of the Captain and of the crew with very good manners and gracefulness, promising to come back.
"When they were ready to leave, they said goodbye to the Captain and the crew with great politeness and charm, promising to return."
"The island where the ships had moored was [112] named Humunu; but because the men found there two springs of very fresh water it was named the Watering Place of Good Signs. There was much white coral there, and large trees which bear fruit smaller than an almond, and which are like pines. There were also many palm trees both good and bad. In this place there were many circumjacent islands, on which account the archipelago was named St. Lazarus. This region and archipelago is in ten degrees north latitude, and a hundred and sixty-one degrees longitude from the line of demarcation.
"The island where the ships had docked was [112] called Humunu; but since the men discovered two springs of very fresh water there, it was named the Watering Place of Good Signs. There was a lot of white coral and large trees that produced fruit smaller than an almond, resembling pines. There were also many palm trees, both good and bad. In this area, there were numerous nearby islands, which is why the archipelago was named St. Lazarus. This region and archipelago are located ten degrees north latitude and one hundred sixty-one degrees longitude from the line of demarcation."
"Friday, the 22d of March, the above-mentioned people, who had promised to return, came about midday with two boats laden with the said fruit, cochi, sweet oranges, a vessel of palm wine, and a cock, to give us to understand that they had poultry in their country." The Italian thus describes the habits of the people:
"On Friday, March 22nd, the people mentioned earlier, who had promised to come back, showed up around midday with two boats full of the mentioned fruits, cochi, sweet oranges, a container of palm wine, and a chicken, to let us know that they had poultry in their country." The Italian describes the people's habits like this:
"The lord of these people was old, and had his face painted, and had gold rings suspended to his ears, which they name 'schione,' and the others had many bracelets and rings of gold on their arms, with a wrapper of linen round their head. We remained at this place eight days; the Captain went there every day to see his sick men, whom he had placed on this island to refresh them; and he gave them himself every day the water of this said fruit, the cocho, which comforted them much."
"The leader of these people was old, had his face painted, and wore gold rings hanging from his ears, which they called 'schione.' The others wore many gold bracelets and rings on their arms, and had linen wraps around their heads. We stayed at this place for eight days; the Captain visited every day to check on his sick men, whom he had put on this island to recuperate. He personally brought them the water from this fruit, the cocho, every day, which made them feel much better."
Pigafetta tells us that near this isle is another [113] where there is a kind of people "who wear holes in their ears so large that they can pass their arms through them"—a very remarkable statement—"and these people go naked, except that round their middles they wear cloth made of the bark of trees. But there are some of the more remarkable of them who wear cotton stuff, and at the end of it there is some work of silk done with a needle. These people are tawny, fat, and painted, and they anoint themselves with the oil of cocoanuts and sesame to preserve them from the sun and the wind. Their hair is very black and long, reaching to the waist, and they carry small daggers and knives, ornamented with gold."
Pigafetta tells us that near this island is another [113] where there are people "who have such large holes in their ears that they can put their arms through them"—a very striking statement—"and these people go naked, except that they wear cloth made from tree bark around their waists. But some of the more interesting ones wear cotton fabric, and at the end of it, there's some silk work done with a needle. These people have tan skin, are plump, and paint themselves, using coconut and sesame oil to protect themselves from the sun and wind. Their hair is very black and long, reaching down to their waists, and they carry small daggers and knives that are adorned with gold."
Pigafetta fell into the sea here, and he gives a vivid account of the personal accident:
Pigafetta fell into the sea here, and he shares a detailed account of the personal incident:
"The Monday of Passion week, the 25th of March, and feast of our Lady, in the afternoon, and being ready to depart from this place, I went to the side of our ship to fish, and putting my feet on a spar to go down to the storeroom, my feet slipped, because it had rained, and I fell into the sea, without any one seeing me; and being near drowning, by luck I found at my left hand the sheet of the large sail which was in the sea, I caught hold of it and began to cry out till some came to help and pick me up with the boat. I was assisted not by my merits, but by the mercy and grace of the Fountain of Pity. That same day we took the course between [114] west and southwest, and passed amid four small islands; that it to say, Cenalo, Huinanghar, Ibusson, and Abarien."
"The Monday of Passion week, March 25th, and the feast of our Lady, in the afternoon, as I was about to leave this place, I went to the side of our ship to fish. While I was putting my feet on a spar to get down to the storeroom, my feet slipped because it had rained, and I fell into the sea without anyone noticing. Near drowning, I got lucky and found the sheet of the large sail in the water to my left. I grabbed onto it and started shouting until someone came to help and picked me up with the boat. I was saved not by my own efforts, but by the mercy and grace of the Fountain of Pity. That same day, we headed west-southwest and passed between four small islands: Cenalo, Huinanghar, Ibusson, and Abarien."
The Italian describes in an interesting way the visit of the King of one of the islands to the ships. He says of this first visit of a Philippine King to the Europeans:
The Italian interestingly describes the visit of the King from one of the islands to the ships. He talks about this first visit of a Philippine King to the Europeans:
"Thursday, the 28th of March, having seen the night before fire upon an island, at the morning we came to anchor at this island, where we saw a small boat which they call boloto, with eight men inside, which approached the ship of the Captain General. Then a slave of the Captain's, who was from Sumatra, otherwise named Traprobana, spoke from afar to these people, who understood his talk, and came near to the side of the ship, but they withdrew immediately, and would not enter the ship from fear of us.
"Thursday, March 28th, after seeing a fire on an island the night before, we anchored at that island in the morning. We noticed a small boat called a boloto, with eight men inside, approaching the ship of the Captain General. Then a slave of the Captain, who was from Sumatra, also known as Traprobana, called out to these people from a distance. They understood him and came closer to the ship, but they quickly backed away and didn’t board because they were afraid of us."
"So the Captain, seeing that they would not trust to us, showed them a red cap and other things, which he had tied and placed on a little plank, and the people in the boat took them immediately and joyously, and then returned to advise their King. Two hours afterward, or thereabout, we saw come two long boats, which they call ballanghai, full of men.
"So the Captain, realizing they wouldn't trust us, showed them a red cap and some other items that he had tied and placed on a small plank. The people in the boat took them right away and happily, and then went back to inform their King. About two hours later, we saw two long boats, which they call ballanghai, filled with men."
"In the largest of them was their King sitting under an awning of mats; when they were near the ship of the Captain General, the said slave spoke [115] to the King, who understood him well, because in these countries the kings know more languages than the common people. Then the King ordered some of his people to go to the Captain's ship, while he would not move from his boat, which was near enough to us.
"In the largest of them was their King sitting under a mat awning; when they got close to the ship of the Captain General, the slave spoke to the King, who understood him well because in these countries, kings know more languages than regular people. Then the King instructed some of his people to go to the Captain's ship, while he stayed in his boat, which was close enough to us."
"This was done, and when his people returned to the boat, he went away at once. The Captain made a good entertainment to the men who came to his ship, and gave them all sorts of things, on which account the King wished to give the Captain a rather large bar of solid gold, and a chest full of ginger. However, the Captain thanked him very much, but would not accept the present. After that, when it was late, he went with the ships near to the houses and abode of the King."
"This was done, and when his crew returned to the boat, he left immediately. The Captain hosted a great gathering for the men who came aboard his ship, giving them all sorts of gifts. For this reason, the King wanted to give the Captain a large solid gold bar and a chest full of ginger. However, the Captain graciously thanked him but declined the gift. Later that evening, he approached the ships near the King's houses."
The Captain in refusing the offer of gold and ginger from his guest, showed indeed a true sense of hospitality. The incident pictures the life of Magellan. He obeyed his moral sense and his heart was true. He was a Portuguese gentleman of the old type, and presented an example worthy of imitation in any age.
The Captain, by turning down the offer of gold and ginger from his guest, truly demonstrated a sense of hospitality. This moment illustrates Magellan's life. He followed his moral compass, and his heart was genuine. He was a traditional Portuguese gentleman, setting an example worthy of being followed in any era.
CHAPTER XVI.
THE VISIT OF THE KING.—PIGAFETTA VISITS THE KING.
They were ready to meet the King now, when all was so friendly and promising. The good soul of Pigafetta felt that these islands of fruits and spiceries were indeed an earthly paradise. He alone had not been sick in all of the long monotonous voyage across the Pacific. His strength had never abated and his faith in the Admiral had never faltered.
They were now prepared to meet the King, with everything feeling so welcoming and full of potential. Pigafetta, with his good nature, believed that these islands filled with fruits and spices were truly a paradise on Earth. He was the only one who hadn’t fallen ill during the long, uneventful journey across the Pacific. His strength had never wavered, and his faith in the Admiral had remained strong.
Night after night he had watched the lantern swinging in the unknown air, and had said his prayers. He had had ever a cheering word to say to the Admiral on all occasions. His heart was true to the lantern, the stars, the Admiral, and the Divine Power which he believed was leading him.
Night after night, he watched the lantern swinging in the unknown air and said his prayers. He always had a kind word for the Admiral on every occasion. His heart was loyal to the lantern, the stars, the Admiral, and the Divine Power that he believed was guiding him.
He was now in the sea gardens of palms and spices. He thus continues his narrative (we follow in part the translation of the Hakluyt Society in the work of Lord Stanley Alderley).
He was now in the sea gardens filled with palms and spices. He continues his story (we partially follow the translation of the Hakluyt Society in the work of Lord Stanley Alderley).
He tells us that on "the next day, which was [117] Good Friday, the Captain sent on shore a slave, who was an interpreter, to the King to beg him to give him for money some provisions for his ships, sending him word that he had not come to his country as an enemy, but as a friend. The King on hearing this came with seven or eight men in a boat, and entered the ship, and embraced the Captain, and gave him three China dishes covered with leaves full of rice, and two dorades, which are rather large fish. The Captain gave this King a robe of red and yellow cloth, made in the Turkish fashion, and a very fine red cap, and to his people he gave knives and mirrors. After that refreshments were served up to them. The Captain told the King, through the interpreter, that he wished to be with him, as cassi cassi; that is to say, brothers. To which the King answered that he desired to be the same toward him. After that the Captain showed him cloths of different colors, linen, coral, and much other merchandise, and all the artillery, of which he had some pieces fired before him, at which the King was much astonished; after that the Captain had one of his soldiers armed with white armor, and placed him in the midst of three comrades, who struck him with swords and daggers.
He tells us that on "the next day, which was [117] Good Friday, the Captain sent a slave who acted as an interpreter to the King to ask him to sell some provisions for his ships. He communicated that he hadn’t come to the country as an enemy, but as a friend. When the King heard this, he came with seven or eight men in a boat, boarded the ship, embraced the Captain, and gave him three China dishes covered with leaves filled with rice, along with two dorades, which are fairly large fish. The Captain presented the King with a robe made of red and yellow cloth in the Turkish style and a very nice red cap, and he also gave his people knives and mirrors. After that, refreshments were served to them. The Captain expressed to the King, through the interpreter, that he wanted to be with him, as cassi cassi; meaning brothers. The King replied that he wanted the same. The Captain then showed him various colored cloths, linen, coral, and many other goods, and demonstrated his artillery, firing some pieces in front of him, which greatly amazed the King. Following that, the Captain had one of his soldiers armored in white armor and positioned him among three comrades who struck him with swords and daggers.
"The King thought this very strange, and the Captain told him, through the interpreter, that a man thus in white armor was worth many common men; he answered that it was true; he was further [118] informed that there were in each ship two hundred like that man.
The King found this quite odd, and the Captain explained to him, through the interpreter, that a man in white armor was worth many ordinary soldiers; he agreed that it was true. He was then told that there were two hundred of those men on each ship. [118]
"After that the Captain showed him a great number of swords, cuirasses, and helmets, and made two of the men play with their swords before the King; he then showed him the sea chart and the ship compass, and informed him how he had found a strait, and of the time which he had spent on the voyage; also of the time he had been without seeing any land, at which the King was astonished. At the end the Captain asked if he would be pleased that two of his people should go with him to the places where they lived to see some of the things of his country. This the King granted, and I went with another."
"After that, the Captain showed him a bunch of swords, armor, and helmets, and had two of the men demonstrate their sword skills in front of the King. He then presented the sea chart and the ship's compass, explaining how he had discovered a strait and sharing how much time he had spent on the voyage, as well as how long he had gone without seeing any land, which amazed the King. Finally, the Captain asked if he would be okay with two of his people traveling with him to see some things from his country. The King agreed, and I went along with another."
The Italian was again in his element, and he gives a graphic account of his visit to the natives:
The Italian was once again in his element, and he provides a vivid description of his visit with the locals:
"When I had landed, the King raised his hands to the sky, and turned to us two, and we did the same as he did; after that he took me by the hand, and one of his principal people took my companion, and led us under a place covered with canes, where there was a ballanghai; that is to say, a boat, eighty feet long or thereabouts, resembling a fusta. We sat with the King upon its stern, always conversing with him by signs, and his people stood up around us, with their swords, spears, and bucklers. Then the King ordered to be brought a dish of pig's flesh and wine. Their fashion of drinking is in this wise: they [119] first raise their hands to Heaven, then take the drinking vessel in their right hand, and extend the left hand closed toward the people. This the King did, and presented to me his fist, so that I thought that he wanted to strike me; I did the same thing toward him; so with this ceremony, and other signs of friendship, we banqueted, and afterward supped with him."
"When I landed, the King raised his hands to the sky, turned to us, and we did the same. After that, he took my hand, and one of his main officials took my companion’s hand, leading us to a covered area made of canes, where there was a ballanghai; that's a boat about eighty feet long, similar to a fusta. We sat with the King at the back of the boat, always communicating with him through gestures, while his people stood around us with swords, spears, and shields. Then the King ordered a dish of pork and wine to be brought. Their way of drinking goes like this: they first raise their hands to Heaven, then take the drinking vessel in their right hand and extend their closed left hand toward the people. The King did this and presented his fist to me, which made me think he wanted to hit me; I did the same back to him. With this ceremony and other signs of friendship, we feasted and later had dinner with him."
The Italian was a pious man, but he says:
The Italian was a devout man, but he says:
"I ate flesh on Good Friday, not being able to do otherwise, and before the hour of supper, I gave several things to the King, which I had brought. There I wrote down several things as they name them in their language, and when the King and the others saw me write, and I told them their manner of speech, they were all astonished.
"I ate meat on Good Friday because I couldn't help it, and before dinner, I gave the King several things I had brought. There, I wrote down various items as they call them in their language, and when the King and others saw me writing, and I explained their language to them, they were all amazed."
"When the hour for supper had come, they brought two large China dishes, one of which was full of rice, and the other of pig's flesh, with its broth and sauce. We supped with the same signs and ceremonies, and then went to the King's palace, which was made and built like a hay grange, covered with fig and palm leaves."
"When it was time for dinner, they brought two large Chinese dishes, one filled with rice and the other with pork, along with its broth and sauce. We had dinner with the same gestures and rituals, and then we made our way to the King's palace, which was constructed like a hay barn, topped with fig and palm leaves."
Here the two found delightful hospitality; the house was "built on great timbers high above the ground, and it was necessary to go up steps and ladders to it. Then the King made us sit on a cane mat, with our legs doubled as was the custom; after half an hour there was brought a dish of fish roast [120] in pieces, and ginger fresh gathered that moment and some wine. The eldest son of the King, who was a Prince, came where we were, and the King told him to sit down near us, which he did; then two dishes were brought, one of fish, with its sauce, and the other of rice, and this was done for us to eat with the Prince. My companion enjoyed the food and drank so much that he got drunk. They use for candles or torches the gum of a tree which is named anime, wrapped up in leaves of palms or fig trees. The King made a sign that he wished to go to rest, and left us with the Prince, with whom we slept on a cane mat, with some cushions and pillows of leaves. Next morning the King came and took me by the hand, and so we went to the place where we had supped, to breakfast, but the boat came to fetch us. The King, before we went away, was very gay, and kissed our hands, and we kissed his. There came with us a brother of his, the King of another island, accompanied by three men. The Captain General detained him to dine with us, and we gave him several things."
Here the two received warm hospitality; the house was "built on sturdy beams high above the ground, and it was necessary to climb steps and ladders to reach it. Then the King had us sit on a woven mat with our legs folded, as was customary; after half an hour, they brought in a dish of roasted fish, cut into pieces, along with freshly picked ginger and some wine. The eldest son of the King, a Prince, came over to where we were, and the King invited him to sit down near us, which he did; then two dishes were served, one with fish and its sauce, and the other with rice, so we could eat with the Prince. My companion enjoyed the food and drank so much that he got drunk. They use the resin of a tree known as anime for candles or torches, wrapped in palm or fig leaves. The King gestured that he wanted to rest and left us with the Prince, with whom we slept on a cane mat, along with some cushions and pillows made of leaves. The next morning, the King came and took me by the hand, and we went to the place where we had dined to have breakfast, but the boat arrived to take us away. The King was very cheerful before we left and kissed our hands, and we returned the gesture. A brother of his, the King of another island, came with us, accompanied by three men. The Captain General kept him to dine with us, and we gave him several gifts."
"The King abounded in gold, and was a grand figure. In the island belonging to the King who came to the ship there are mines of gold, which they find in pieces as big as a walnut or an egg, by seeking in the ground. All the vessels which he makes use of are made of it, and also some parts of his house, which was well fitted up according to the [121] custom of the country, and he was the handsomest man that we saw among these nations. He had very black hair coming down to his shoulders, with a silk cloth on his head, and two large gold rings hanging from his ears; he had a cloth of cotton worked with silk, which covered him from the waist to the knees; at his side he wore a dagger, with a long handle which was all of gold, his sheath was of carved wood. Besides he carried upon him scents of storax and benzoin. He was tawny and painted all over."
The King was rich in gold and a striking figure. On the island owned by the King who visited the ship, there are gold mines where they find chunks as large as walnuts or eggs by digging in the ground. All the items he uses are made of gold, and parts of his house are also adorned with it, which was nicely decorated according to the [121] local customs. He was the most handsome man we encountered among these nations. He had very black hair that fell to his shoulders, covered with a silk cloth on his head, and wore large gold rings hanging from his ears. He had a cotton cloth worked with silk that covered him from the waist to the knees. At his side, he carried a dagger with a long gold handle, and its sheath was made of carved wood. Additionally, he had scents of storax and benzoin on him. He had a tan complexion and was painted all over.
An island where nuggets of gold as big as eggs could be found must have offered a tempting place of residence.
An island where you could find gold nuggets as big as eggs must have been an incredibly tempting place to live.
But Magellan's first thought was for the good of the souls of this hospitable people.
But Magellan's first concern was for the well-being of the souls of these welcoming people.
CHAPTER XVII.
EASTER SUNDAY.—MAGELLAN PLANTS THE CROSS.
Now begins the dawn of Christianity in the Philippines. Magellan was a deeply religious man, and Pigafetta was a Christian Knight. Magellan saw the significance of his marvelous voyage, and his soul glowed with gratitude to Heaven.
Now begins the rise of Christianity in the Philippines. Magellan was a deeply devout man, and Pigafetta was a Christian Knight. Magellan recognized the importance of his incredible journey, and he felt a deep sense of gratitude to God.
Easter Sunday approached. Magellan had made preparations to plant a cross on a mountain overlooking the sea.
Easter Sunday was coming up. Magellan had gotten ready to plant a cross on a mountain that looked out over the sea.
Easter Sunday fell on the last day of March. "The Captain," to follow the Italian's narrative in part, "sent the Chaplain ashore early to say mass, and the interpreter went with him to tell the King that they were not coming on shore to dine with him, but only to hear the mass.
Easter Sunday was on the last day of March. "The Captain," to follow the Italian's story in part, "sent the Chaplain ashore early to hold mass, and the interpreter accompanied him to inform the King that they weren't coming ashore to have dinner with him, but just to attend the mass.
"When it was time for saying mass the Captain went ashore with fifty men, not with their arms, but only with their swords, and dressed as well as each one was able to dress, and before the boats reached the shore our ships fired six cannon shots as a sign of peace.[123]
"When it was time for mass, the Captain went ashore with fifty men, not with their weapons, but only with their swords, and dressed as nicely as each one could manage. Before the boats reached the shore, our ships fired six cannon shots as a sign of peace.[123]
"At our landing the two Kings of the islands were there, and received the Captain in a friendly manner, and placed him between them, and then we went to the place prepared for saying mass, which was not far from the shore."
"At our landing, the two Kings of the islands were there to greet the Captain warmly and seated him between them. Then we headed to the area set up for the mass, which was not far from the shore."
The ceremonies that followed were dramatic. "Before the mass began the Captain threw a quantity of musk-rose water on those two Kings," is the picture drawn by the Italian, "and when the offertory of the mass came, the two Kings went to kiss the Cross like us, but they offered nothing, and at the elevation of the body of our Lord they were kneeling like us, and adored our Lord with joined hands. The ships fired all their artillery at the elevation of the body of our Lord."
The ceremonies that followed were intense. "Before the mass started, the Captain splashed some musk-rose water on those two Kings," says the Italian account, "and when it was time for the offertory, the two Kings approached to kiss the Cross just like us, but they didn’t offer anything, and during the elevation of the body of our Lord, they were kneeling like us, worshiping our Lord with their hands clasped. The ships fired all their cannons at the elevation of the body of our Lord."
The scene that followed discloses the religious nature of Magellan and his joy in what was ennobling.
The scene that followed reveals Magellan's religious devotion and his happiness in what was uplifting.
He caused a great cross to be lifted, "with the nails and crown, to which the Kings made reverence." He told the Kings that he wished to place it in their country for their profit, "because if there came afterward any ships from Spain to those islands, on seeing this cross, they would know that we had been there, and therefore they would not cause them any displeasure to their persons nor their goods; and if they took any of their people, on showing them this sign, they would at once let them go." [125]
He had a large cross raised, "with the nails and crown, to which the Kings showed respect." He told the Kings he wanted to place it in their country for their benefit, "because if any ships from Spain came to those islands later, they would see this cross and know that we had been there, so they wouldn’t cause any trouble for them or their goods; and if they took any of their people, showing them this sign would make them release them immediately." [125]
Mount Mayon, on the Island of Luzun.
Mount Mayon, located on the Island of Luzon.
The Captain continued his address to the Kings in the same spirit. He told them that it was necessary that this cross "should be placed on the summit of the highest mountain in their country, so that seeing it every day and night they might adore it." He further told them that if they did thus, "neither thunder, lightning, nor the tempest could do them hurt." This he believed to be true. The Kings "thanked the Captain, and said they would do it willingly." The Captain asked them how they worshiped. They answered that "they did not perform any other adoration, but only joined their hands, looking up to Heaven, and that they called their God Aba. Hearing this, the Captain was very joyful; on seeing that, the first King raised his hands to the sky and said that he wished it were possible for him to be able to show the affection which he felt toward him."
The Captain continued his speech to the Kings with the same intent. He told them that it was important for the cross "to be placed on the top of the highest mountain in their country, so that by seeing it every day and night, they might worship it." He also mentioned that if they did this, "neither thunder, lightning, nor storms could harm them." He truly believed this. The Kings "thanked the Captain, saying they would do it gladly." The Captain then asked how they worshiped. They replied that "they did not perform any other kind of worship, but only joined their hands and looked up to Heaven, and that they referred to their God as Aba." Hearing this, the Captain was very pleased; when he saw this, the first King raised his hands to the sky and expressed a wish that he could show the love he felt toward him.
The elevation of the Cross followed.
The raising of the Cross followed.
"After dinner we all returned in our dress coats, and we went together with the two Kings to the middle of the highest mountain we could find, and there the Cross was planted."
"After dinner, we all came back in our dress coats and went together with the two Kings to the peak of the tallest mountain we could find, and there the Cross was set up."
Important information followed.
Important info follows.
"After the two Kings and the Captain rested themselves, and, while conversing, I asked where was the best port for obtaining victuals. They replied that there were three; that is to say, Ceylon, Zubu, and Calaghan; but that Zubu was the largest and of the most traffic. Then the Kings [126] offered to give him pilots to go to those ports, for which he thanked them, and deliberated to go there, for his ill-fortune would have it so. After the cross had been planted on the mountain, each one said the Paternoster and Ave Maria, and adored it, and the Kings did the like. Then he went down below to where their boats were. There the kings had brought some of the fruit called cocos and other things to make a collation and to refresh us."
"After the two Kings and the Captain took a break and were talking, I asked where the best port for getting food was. They said there were three: Ceylon, Zubu, and Calaghan; but Zubu was the largest and the busiest. Then the Kings [126] offered to provide him with pilots to go to those ports, for which he thanked them and decided to go there, as fate would have it. After the cross was planted on the mountain, everyone said the Lord's Prayer and Hail Mary and worshipped it, and the Kings did the same. Then he went down to where their boats were. There, the kings had brought some of the fruit called coconuts and other items to make a light meal and refresh us."
The fleet sailed away soon after Easter Monday, the Captain having secured native pilots from the Kings. One of the Kings volunteered to act himself as pilot, and this service was accepted.
The fleet set sail shortly after Easter Monday, with the Captain having arranged for local pilots from the Kings. One of the Kings offered to serve as a pilot himself, and this offer was accepted.
Pigafetta describes the use of betel:
Pigafetta describes the use of betel:
"This kind of people are gentle, and go naked, and are painted. They wear a piece of cloth made from a tree, like a linen cloth, round their body to cover their natural parts; they are great drinkers. The women are dressed in tree cloth from their waists downward; their hair is black, and reaches down to the ground; they wear certain gold rings in their ears. These people chew most of their time a fruit which they call areca (betel), which is something of the shape of a pear; they cut it in four quarters, and after they have chewed it for a long time they spit it out, from which afterward they have their mouths very red. They find themselves the better from the use of this fruit because it refreshes [127] them much, for this country is very hot, so that they could not live without it."
"This kind of people are gentle and go without clothing, and they paint their bodies. They wear a piece of fabric made from a tree, similar to linen, wrapped around their body to cover their private parts; they are heavy drinkers. The women wear tree fabric from their waists down; their hair is black and reaches the ground; they wear gold rings in their ears. These people spend most of their time chewing a fruit they call areca (betel), which looks somewhat like a pear; they cut it into four pieces, and after chewing it for a long time, they spit it out, which leaves their mouths very red. They feel better after using this fruit because it refreshes them a lot since this country is very hot, and they couldn't survive without it." [127]
The use of the areca, or betel nut, is still common in all the Philippine Islands.
The use of areca, or betel nut, is still common throughout the Philippines.
The fleet next went to Maestral, "passing through five islands—Ceylon, Bohol, Canighan, Baibai, and Satighan. In the Island of Satighan was a kind of bird called barbarstigly, which was as large as an eagle. Of these we killed only one," says our narrator, "because it was late. We ate it, and it had the taste of a fowl. There were also in this island doves, tortoises, parrots, and certain black birds as large as a fowl, with a long tail. They lay eggs as large as those of a goose. These they put a good length under the sand in the sun, where they were hatched by the great heat, which the heated sand gives out; and when these birds were hatched they pushed up the sand and came out. These eggs are good to eat.
The fleet then went to Maestral, passing through five islands—Ceylon, Bohol, Canighan, Baibai, and Satighan. On the Island of Satighan, there was a type of bird called barbarstigly, which was as big as an eagle. "We only killed one of these," says our narrator, "because it was late. We ate it, and it tasted like chicken. There were also doves, tortoises, parrots, and some black birds as large as chickens, with long tails. They lay eggs as big as goose eggs. They bury these eggs a good distance under the sand in the sun, where the intense heat from the sand hatches them; when the birds are ready, they push up the sand and come out. These eggs are tasty."
"From this island of Mazzubua to that of Satighan there are twenty leagues, and on leaving Satighan we went by the west; but the King of Mazzubua could not follow us; therefore we waited for him near three islands; that is to say, Polo, Ticobon, and Pozzon. When the King arrived he was much astonished at our navigation; the Captain General bade him come on board his ship with some of his principal people, at which they were much pleased. Thus we [128] went to Zubu, which is fifteen leagues off from Satighan."
"From the island of Mazzubua to Satighan, there are twenty leagues, and after leaving Satighan, we headed west; but the King of Mazzubua couldn’t follow us. So, we waited for him near three islands: Polo, Ticobon, and Pozzon. When the King arrived, he was very surprised by our navigation; the Captain General invited him and some of his key people aboard his ship, and they were very happy about it. Thus we [128] went to Zubu, which is fifteen leagues away from Satighan."
The story of the Italian here, which we so freely use, leaves in the mind a picture of the first voyage among the Philippines. The habits of the people in these same islands are not greatly changed, but we hardly find there now as tractable kings as were those to whom Magellan left the Cross.
The story of the Italian here, which we use so freely, creates a mental image of the first journey through the Philippines. The lifestyles of the people in these islands haven't changed much, but we hardly find kings as manageable as those to whom Magellan left the Cross.
CHAPTER XVIII.
CHRISTIANITY AND TRADE ESTABLISHED.—THE BAPTISM OF THE QUEEN.
On April 9th they entered the Port of Zubu, on approaching which they saw houses in the trees. The Captain hung out his flags in the clear sunny air. He caused his artillery to be fired, which greatly alarmed the natives. He then sent an interpreter to the King.
On April 9th, they arrived at the Port of Zubu, and as they got closer, they saw houses built in the trees. The Captain displayed his flags in the bright, sunny air. He ordered the cannon to be fired, which frightened the locals a lot. He then sent an interpreter to the King.
The interpreter found the people in terror at the thunder of the guns. He assured the King that the salute had been made in his honor. Then the interpreter said:
The interpreter noticed the people were terrified by the thunder of the guns. He reassured the King that the salute was done in his honor. Then the interpreter said:
"My master is the greatest King in all the world. We are sailing at his command to discover the Spice Islands. But we have heard of your fame, and the fame of your country, and have come to visit you."
"My master is the greatest King in the entire world. We are heading out at his command to find the Spice Islands. But we've heard of your reputation and the reputation of your country, and we've come to see you."
"You are welcome," said the King, "but you must pay me tribute."
"You’re welcome," said the King, "but you have to pay me tribute."
"My master," said the interpreter, "is the greatest of all Kings, and we can pay tribute to no one."[130]
"My master," said the interpreter, "is the greatest of all kings, and we owe tribute to no one."[130]
The King feasted them, and they entered into negotiations of peace with the King of Zubu.
The King hosted them for a feast, and they began peace talks with the King of Zubu.
At Zubu Magellan turned missionary with no common zeal.
At Zubu, Magellan became a missionary with little enthusiasm.
He told the native princes that his visit was for the sake of peace.
He told the local princes that he was visiting for the sake of peace.
We are told that the "Captain General sat in a chair of red velvet, and near him were the principal men of the ships sitting in leather chairs, and the others sat on the ground on mats.
We are told that the "Captain General sat in a red velvet chair, and near him were the main crew members of the ships sitting in leather chairs, while the others sat on the ground on mats.
"The Captain," says the narrative, "spoke at length on the subject of peace, and prayed God to confirm it in Heaven. These people replied that they had never heard such words as these which the Captain had spoken to them, and they took great pleasure in hearing them. The Captain, seeing then that those people listened willingly to what was said to them, and that they gave good answers, began to say a great many good things to induce them to become Christians.
"The Captain," the story says, "talked a lot about peace and asked God to make it a reality in Heaven. The people replied that they had never heard words like those the Captain had shared with them, and they found great joy in listening. The Captain, noticing that they were eagerly listening to him and responding positively, started to say many nice things to encourage them to become Christians."
"He told them how God had made Heaven and earth and all other things in the world, and that he had commanded that every one should render honor and obedience to his father and mother, and that whoever did otherwise was condemned to eternal fire."
"He told them how God created Heaven and earth and everything else in the world, and that he commanded everyone to honor and obey their father and mother, and that anyone who didn’t would be condemned to eternal fire."
His teaching bore immediate fruit.
His teaching had immediate results.
"The people heard these things willingly, and besought the Captain to leave them two men to teach [131] and show them the Christian faith, and they would entertain them well with great honor. To this the Captain answered that for the moment he could not leave any of his people, but that if they wished to be Christians that his priest would baptize them, and that another time he would bring priests and teachers to teach them the faith."
"The people listened eagerly and pleaded with the Captain to leave them two men to teach and guide them in the Christian faith, promising they would host them with great respect. The Captain replied that, for now, he couldn't leave any of his men, but if they wanted to become Christians, his priest would baptize them. He assured them that he would return with more priests and teachers to help them learn the faith."
His manner of teaching reveals his heart:
His way of teaching shows who he truly is:
"The people told him that they wished to consult their King in regard to becoming Christians." The friends of the Captain "wept for the joy which they felt at the good-will of these people, and the Captain told them not to become Christians 'from fear of us, or to please us, but that if they wished to become Christian they must do it willingly, and for the love of God, for even though they should not become Christian, no displeasure would be done them, but those who became Christian would be more loved and better treated than the others.' Then they all cried out with one voice that they did not wish to become Christians from fear, nor from complaisance, but of their free will."
"The people told him that they wanted to talk to their King about becoming Christians." The Captain's friends "cried tears of joy at the goodwill of these people, and the Captain advised them not to become Christians 'out of fear of us, or to make us happy, but if they want to become Christians, it should be out of their own choice and love for God. Even if they don’t become Christians, they won't face any punishment, but those who do become Christians will be loved more and treated better than others.' Then they all shouted together that they didn't want to become Christians out of fear or to please anyone, but because it was their own choice."
Here the true character of the man again appears—few Christian explorers ever made so noble a record. His sincerity won the hearts of the natives:
Here the true character of the man shows again—few Christian explorers ever made such a noble record. His sincerity won the hearts of the locals:
"At last they said they did not know what more to answer to so many good and beautiful words which he spoke to them, but that they placed themselves [132] in his hands, and that he should do with them as with his own servants."
"Finally, they said they didn't know how to respond to so many kind and beautiful words he said to them, but that they entrusted themselves [132] to him, and that he could treat them as he would his own servants."
The next scene is ideal:
The next scene is perfect:
"Then the Captain, with tears in his eyes, embraced them, and, taking the hand of the Prince and that of the King, said to him that by the faith he had in God, and to his master the Emperor, and by the habit of St. James which he wore, he promised them to cause them to have perpetual peace with the King of Spain, at which the Prince and the others promised him the same."
"Then the Captain, with tears in his eyes, hugged them, and, taking the hand of the Prince and that of the King, said to him that by the faith he had in God, and to his master the Emperor, and by the habit of St. James that he wore, he promised them to ensure they would have lasting peace with the King of Spain, to which the Prince and the others agreed."
It is a pleasure to follow such a narrative as Pigafetta here writes in illustration of the character of a true Christian Knight. Compare this narrative with the history of Pizarro, Cortes, and De Soto. Magellan was a Las Casas, a Marquette, a La Salle.
It’s enjoyable to read a story like the one Pigafetta shares to illustrate what a true Christian Knight is like. Compare this story with the histories of Pizarro, Cortes, and De Soto. Magellan was like a Las Casas, a Marquette, a La Salle.
The next incident told by Pigafetta has as fine a touch as a portrayal of character. It relates to a message which Magellan sent to the King, with a present.
The next event described by Pigafetta captures character beautifully. It involves a message that Magellan sent to the King, along with a gift.
"When we came to the town we found the King of Zubu at his palace, sitting on the ground on a mat made of palm, with many people about him.
"When we arrived in the town, we found the King of Zubu at his palace, sitting on the ground on a palm mat, surrounded by many people."
"He had a very heavy chain around his neck, and two gold rings hung in his ears with precious stones.
"He had a thick chain around his neck, and two gold rings with precious stones dangled from his ears."
"He was eating tortoise eggs in two china dishes, and he had four vessels full of palm wine, which he drank with a cane pipe. We made our [133] obeisance, and presented to him what the Captain had sent him, and told him, through the interpreter that the present was not as a return for his present which he had sent to the Captain, but for the affection which he bore him. This done, his people told him all the good words and explanations of peace and religion which he had spoken to them."
"He was eating tortoise eggs from two china dishes and had four containers full of palm wine, which he drank using a cane pipe. We made our [133] bow to him and presented what the Captain had sent, telling him through the interpreter that the gift was not in return for his gift to the Captain, but out of the affection he held for him. After that, his people shared all the good things and explanations about peace and religion that he had spoken to them."
We now behold Magellan in a new attitude, as a missionary teacher, a John the Baptist in the wilderness. Pigafetta thus describes the scene:
We now see Magellan in a new role, as a missionary teacher, a modern-day John the Baptist in the wilderness. Pigafetta describes the scene this way:
"On Sunday morning, the fourteenth day of April, we went on shore, forty men, of whom two were armed, who marched before us, following the standard of our King Emperor. When we landed the ships discharged all their artillery, and from fear of it the people ran away in all directions.
"On Sunday morning, April 14th, we went ashore with forty men, two of whom were armed, leading the way in front of us, following the standard of our King Emperor. When we landed, the ships fired all their artillery, and the locals ran off in fear in every direction."
"Magellan and the King embraced one another, and then joyously we went near the scaffolding, where the Captain General and the King sat on two chairs, one covered with red, the other with violet velvet. The principal men sat on cushions, and others on mats, after the fashion of the country.
"Magellan and the King hugged each other, and then we happily approached the scaffolding, where the Captain General and the King sat on two chairs, one draped in red and the other in violet velvet. The important leaders sat on cushions, while others sat on mats, following the local customs."
"Then the Captain began to speak to the King through the interpreter to incite him to the faith of Jesus Christ, and told him that if he wished to be a good Christian, as he had said the day before, that he must burn all the idols of his country, and, instead of them, place a cross, and that every one should worship it every day on their knees, and their [134] hands joined to Heaven; and he showed him how he ought every day to make the sign of the Cross.
"Then the Captain started talking to the King through the interpreter to encourage him to embrace the faith of Jesus Christ. He told the King that if he truly wanted to be a good Christian, like he claimed the day before, he needed to burn all the idols from his country and replace them with a cross. Everyone should kneel and worship it daily with their hands joined to Heaven. He also demonstrated how he should make the sign of the Cross every day."
"To that the King and all his people answered that they would obey the commands of the Captain and do all that he told them. The Captain took the King by the hand, and they walked about on the scaffolding, and when he was baptized he said that he would name him Don Charles, as the Emperor his sovereign was named; and he named the Prince Don Fernand, after the brother of the Emperor, and the King of Mazzava, Jehan; to the Moor he gave the name of Christopher, and to the others each a name of his fancy. Thus, before mass, there were fifty men baptized."
"To this, the King and all his people responded that they would follow the Captain's orders and do everything he instructed them to do. The Captain took the King by the hand, and they walked around on the scaffolding. After he was baptized, he announced that he would name him Don Charles, after the Emperor, his sovereign; he named the Prince Don Fernand, after the Emperor's brother, and the King of Mazzava, Jehan; he gave the Moor the name Christopher, and each of the others a name of his choosing. So, before mass, fifty men were baptized."
The baptism of the Queen followed.
The Queen's baptism was next.
"Our Chaplain and some of us went on shore to baptize the Queen. She came with forty ladies, and we conducted them onto the scaffolding; then made her sit down on a cushion, and her women around her, until the priest was ready. During that time they showed her an image of our Lady, of wood, holding her little child, which was very well made, and a cross. When she saw it, she had a greater desire to be a Christian, and, asking for baptism, she was baptized and named Jehanne, like the mother of the Emperor. The wife of the Prince, daughter of this Queen, had the name of Catherine, the Queen of Mazzava Isabella, and to the others each their name.
"Our Chaplain and a few of us went ashore to baptize the Queen. She arrived with forty ladies, and we led them to the scaffolding; then we made her sit on a cushion, with her attendants around her, until the priest was ready. During that time, they showed her a wooden image of our Lady holding her little child, which was very well made, along with a cross. When she saw it, she felt an even stronger desire to become a Christian, and upon asking for baptism, she was baptized and given the name Jehanne, like the mother of the Emperor. The wife of the Prince, who is the daughter of this Queen, was named Catherine, the Queen of Mazzava Isabella, and each of the others received their own names."
"That day we baptised eight hundred persons of [135] men, women, and children. The Queen was young and handsome, covered with a black and white sheet; she had the mouth and nails very red, and wore on her head a large hat made of leaves of palm, with a crown over it made of the same leaves, like that of the Pope. After that she begged us to give her the little wooden boy to put in the place of the idols. This we did, and she went away. In the evening the King and Queen, with several of their people, came to the sea beach, where the Captain had some of the large artillery fired, in which they took great pleasure. The Captain and the King called one another brother."
"That day we baptized eight hundred people—men, women, and children. The Queen was young and beautiful, draped in a black and white cloth; her lips and nails were vividly red, and she wore a large hat made of palm leaves, topped with a crown made of the same leaves, similar to the Pope's. After that, she asked us to give her the little wooden boy to replace the idols. We agreed, and she left. In the evening, the King and Queen, along with several of their people, came to the beach, where the Captain had some of the large cannons fired, which they greatly enjoyed. The Captain and the King referred to each other as brothers."
The "little boy" spoken of was an image of the infant Christ. The figure was preserved until the year 1598, when the Spaniards sent missionaries to the place who gave it a place in a shrine and named a city for it.
The "little boy" referred to was a representation of the infant Christ. The figure was kept safe until 1598, when the Spaniards sent missionaries to the area who placed it in a shrine and named a city after it.
The naming of the Queen at her baptism for poor Juana, or "Crazy Jane," the incapable mother of Charles V, who was watching beside her dead husband in Granada, and who had signed the commission of Magellan by proxy, completes a tale of missionary work in a somewhat ideal way. If these people did not maintain their faith, the work reveals the intention of Magellan, and shows the nobility of character of the Christian Knight.
The naming of the Queen at her baptism for poor Juana, or "Crazy Jane," the unable mother of Charles V, who was by her deceased husband in Granada and who had signed Magellan's commission by proxy, wraps up a story of missionary work in a somewhat ideal way. If these people didn't hold on to their faith, the work highlights Magellan's intentions and showcases the noble character of the Christian Knight.
CHAPTER XIX.
HALCYON DAYS.
These were indeed days of joy. The glory of them grew. All the inhabitants of the island came to be baptized. Magellan went on shore daily to hear mass.
These were really joyful days. Their glory increased. All the people living on the island came to be baptized. Magellan went ashore every day to attend mass.
It was Pigafetta who gave to the Queen the image of the infant Christ, which became historical.
It was Pigafetta who presented the Queen with the image of the baby Christ, which became significant in history.
On one of the occasions that Magellan went on shore to hear mass he met the Queen, who appeared in a veil of silk and gold. He sprinkled over her some rose water and musk, and noticed that she cherished the image of the infant Christ.
On one of the times that Magellan went ashore to attend mass, he met the Queen, who was dressed in a veil made of silk and gold. He sprinkled her with some rose water and musk, and observed that she held the image of the infant Christ dear.
"You do well," said he. "Put it in the place where your idols were; it will keep in your mind the Son of God."
"You’re doing great," he said. "Put it where your idols were; it will remind you of the Son of God."
"I will cherish it forever," said the veiled Queen.
"I'll cherish it forever," said the veiled Queen.
She seems to have kept her word.
She seems to have stuck to her promise.
The joy of these scenes reached their height, when the King of Seba swore fealty to the King of Spain.
The joy of these moments peaked when the King of Seba pledged loyalty to the King of Spain.
The scene of the conclusion of this ceremony was [137] knightly indeed, and again reveals the heart of Magellan.
The scene at the end of this ceremony was [137] truly chivalrous, and once again shows Magellan's true nature.
He, seeing a good spirit, of the King of Seba, resolved to swear fealty of eternal friendship to him. Only a Christian Knight would have dreamed of such a thing.
He, recognizing a good spirit in the King of Seba, decided to pledge his eternal friendship to him. Only a Christian Knight would have thought of such a thing.
"I swear," he said, "by the image of our Lady, the Virgin, by the love of my Emperor, and by the insignia, on my heart, that I will ever be faithful to you, O King of Seba!"
"I swear," he said, "by the picture of Our Lady, the Virgin, by the love for my Emperor, and by the symbol on my heart, that I will always be loyal to you, O King of Seba!"
Here the true character of the statesman as well as teacher appeared. History records few acts more noble. Magellan sought the good of mankind.
Here, the true character of the statesman and teacher emerged. History documents few actions more noble. Magellan pursued the well-being of humanity.
There was one officer on the ships whose soul, like that of Pigafetta's, must have been in all these benevolent efforts.
There was one officer on the ships whose soul, like Pigafetta's, must have been in all these good efforts.
The expedition was tarrying long, seeking the glory of the Cross rather than the gold and spices. There were impatient hearts in Seville.
The expedition was taking a long time, pursuing the glory of the Cross instead of gold and spices. There were restless hearts in Seville.
Mesquita in his still prison, with the world against him, dreamed of Magellan, Del Cano, and the Italian historian. The half world separated them now.
Mesquita, locked away in prison with the world against him, dreamed of Magellan, Del Cano, and the Italian historian. There was now half the world between them.
In his dreams Mesquita saw the fleet coming back again, and he heard the shouting of the people and the ringing of the bells. The star of hope in his heart did not fail.
In his dreams, Mesquita saw the fleet returning, and he heard the cheers of the people and the ringing of the bells. The spark of hope in his heart did not fade.
"Padre," he said, "the day of my vindication will come."[138]
"Father," he said, "the day when I will be cleared will come."[138]
But the seasons came and went, and the light changed color in the window of his cell, and the birds sang their notes in the trees in spring and left their empty nests to silence in the retreating summer. The great Cathedral grew, and the achievement of Charles had begun to excite the world.
But the seasons came and went, and the light changed color in the window of his cell. The birds sang their songs in the trees during spring and left their empty nests in silence as summer faded away. The great Cathedral grew, and Charles's accomplishments started to draw attention from the world.
We now come to the tragedy of this wonderful expedition; to the tempest that rose out of the calm. The transition from these ideal scenes to what is to follow is sudden indeed.
We now arrive at the tragedy of this amazing expedition; to the storm that emerged from the tranquility. The shift from these perfect moments to what happens next is indeed abrupt.
CHAPTER XX.
THE DEATH OF MAGELLAN.
Magellan, as we have shown, had sought not wealth, nor glory, but the good of the world in his life. He was ever ready to put his own interest aside in the service of that which was best for others. He had sought welfare and not wealth, service and not self, and his life was about to end in the unselfish spirit in which it had lived.
Magellan, as we've shown, wasn’t chasing wealth or glory, but the greater good of the world in his life. He was always willing to set aside his own interests for the benefit of others. He pursued welfare, not wealth; service, not self-interest; and his life was about to conclude in the same selfless spirit in which it had been lived.
On Friday, April 26, 1520, Zula, one of the great chiefs of the Island of Matan, sent to Magellan one of his sons and two goats as a present. He had promised his service to the King of Spain, but this surrender of royalty had been opposed by another chief named Silapalapa. This chief had declared with native spirit that Matan would never submit to the Spanish King.
On Friday, April 26, 1520, Zula, one of the prominent chiefs of Matan Island, sent one of his sons and two goats as a gift to Magellan. He had pledged his allegiance to the King of Spain, but this act of loyalty was challenged by another chief named Silapalapa. Silapalapa boldly declared that Matan would never submit to the Spanish King.
"But I can overthrow Silapalapa," ran the Matan chief's message, "if I can have your help. Send me a boatload of men. Let them come to-morrow night."
"But I can take down Silapalapa," said the Matan chief, "if you help me. Send me a boat full of men. Let them arrive tomorrow night."
Magellan received the message and the presents [140] in a friendly feeling, and resolved to follow the chief's lead.
Magellan got the message and the gifts [140] with a warm attitude and decided to go along with the chief's suggestion.
"I will not send another on this expedition so full of peril," he thought. "I will lead it myself."
"I won't send anyone else on this dangerous mission," he thought. "I'll lead it myself."
So he set out from Zubu to Matan at midnight, with sixty men, in corselets and helmets. He took with him the Christian King, and the chief men of his new adherents.
So he left Zubu for Matan at midnight, with sixty men wearing armor and helmets. He brought along the Christian King and the main leaders of his new supporters.
The boats moved silently over the tropic waters under the moon and stars. Magellan had become a happy man. He could not doubt that he was on his way to new victories. Pigafetta, the Italian, always true to the Admiral, was with him.
The boats glided quietly over the tropical waters beneath the moon and stars. Magellan had become a content man. He had no doubt that he was headed for new victories. Pigafetta, the Italian, always loyal to the Admiral, was with him.
The expedition arrived at Matan just before the dawn of the morning.
The expedition arrived at Matan just before dawn.
The mellow nature of Magellan came back to him on this short night journey. He had no wish to slaughter men.
The calm nature of Magellan returned to him during this brief night journey. He didn't want to kill anyone.
So he spoke to a Moorish merchant.
So he talked to a Moorish merchant.
"Go to the natives," he said, "and tell them if they will recognize a Christian King as their sovereign I will become their friend. If not, that they must feel our lances."
"Go to the locals," he said, "and tell them that if they will accept a Christian King as their ruler, I will be their ally. If not, they will have to face our spears."
The Moorish ambassador was landed, and met the chiefs.
The Moorish ambassador arrived and met with the leaders.
"Go tell your master," they said, "that if he has lances, so have we, and our lances are hardened by fire."
"Go tell your leader," they said, "that if he has spears, we have them too, and our spears are tempered by fire."
At the red dawn of the morning, the Admiral [141] gave the order to disembark, and forty-nine men leaped into the water. They faced a fierce army, some fifteen hundred in number.
At the bright red dawn, the Admiral [141] gave the order to get off the ship, and forty-nine men jumped into the water. They confronted a strong army, around fifteen hundred strong.
Magellan divided his followers into two bands. The musketeers and cross bowmen began the attack. But the firing was not effective. The black army moved down upon them like a cloud, throwing javelins and spears hardened with fire. Some of them singled out Magellan. They threw at him lances pointed with iron.
Magellan split his followers into two groups. The musketeers and crossbowmen launched the attack. However, their gunfire was ineffective. The black army advanced toward them like a storm, hurling javelins and fire-hardened spears. A few of them targeted Magellan. They threw iron-tipped lances at him.
Magellan, seeing that the odds were against him in such a contest, sought to break their lines by firing their houses. Some thirty houses burst into flame.
Magellan, realizing that the odds were not in his favor in this situation, tried to disrupt their formation by setting their houses on fire. About thirty houses went up in flames.
The sight of the fire maddened the natives and rendered them furious. They discovered that the legs of the invaders were exposed, and that they could be wounded there with poisoned arrows.
The sight of the fire drove the natives wild with rage. They realized that the invaders' legs were unprotected and that they could injure them there with poisoned arrows.
A poisoned arrow was aimed at Magellan. It pierced him in the leg. He felt the wound, and knew its import.
A poisoned arrow was shot at Magellan. It struck him in the leg. He felt the injury and understood its significance.
He gave orders to retreat. A panic ensued, and his men took to flight.
He ordered a retreat. Panic broke out, and his men ran away.
The air was filled with arrows, spears, stones, and mud.
The air was filled with arrows, spears, stones, and mud.
The Spaniards tried to escape to the boat. The islanders followed them and directed their fury to Magellan. They struck him twice on his helmet.
The Spaniards tried to get away to the boat. The islanders went after them and focused their anger on Magellan. They hit him twice on his helmet.
Magellan's thought now was not for himself, but for the safety of his men. [142]
Magellan was now thinking not about himself, but about the safety of his crew. [142]
He stood at his own post fighting that they might make safe their retreat.
He stood at his own post, fighting to ensure they could safely retreat.
He thus broke the assault for nearly an hour, until he was almost left alone.
He managed to hold off the attack for almost an hour, until he was nearly left by himself.
An Indian suddenly rushed down toward him having a cane lance. He thrust this into his face. Magellan wounded the Indian, and attempted to draw his sword. But he had received a javelin wound in his arm, and his strength failed.
An Indian suddenly rushed down toward him with a spear. He thrust it in Magellan's face. Magellan wounded the Indian and tried to draw his sword. But he had been hit by a javelin in his arm, and his strength gave out.
Seeing him falter, the Indian rushed upon him and brought him down to the earth with a rude sword.
Seeing him hesitate, the Indian charged at him and knocked him down to the ground with a rough sword.
The Indians now fell upon him and ran him through with lances.
The Indians attacked him and pierced him with spears.
He tried to rise up, to see if his men were safe. He did not call for assistance, but to the last sought to secure the safety of his men. In fact, he never seemed to so much as think of himself in the whole contest. It was thus that his life went out, and his heart ceased to beat. He was left dead on the sand, on April 27, 1521. The natives refused to surrender his body. Eight of his own men and four Indians, who had become Christians, perished with him.
He tried to get up to check if his men were okay. He didn’t call for help, but he did everything he could to ensure their safety. In fact, he never seemed to think about himself at all during the battle. This is how he lost his life, and his heart stopped beating. He was left dead on the sand, on April 27, 1521. The locals refused to give up his body. Eight of his men and four Indians, who had converted to Christianity, died with him.
The death of Magellan.
The death of Magellan.
There was one man who was true to the Admiral to the end. He was wounded with him, but survived. He it was that saw that the Admiral had forgotten himself at the hour of the final conflict. It was Pigafetta, the Italian, whose narrative we are following.[143]
There was one man who stayed loyal to the Admiral until the very end. He was injured alongside him but lived on. He was the one who noticed that the Admiral had lost focus during the final battle. That man was Pigafetta, the Italian, whose account we are following.[143]
This hero of the pen says of him to whom he gave his heart:
This writer describes the person he gave his heart to:
"One of his principal virtues was constancy in the most adverse fortune."
"One of his main strengths was his steadiness in the toughest situations."
"It was God who made me the messenger of the new heavens and new earth, and told me where to find them," said Columbus. "Maps, charts, and mathematical knowledge had nothing to do with the case."
"It was God who made me the messenger of the new heavens and new earth, and told me where to find them," said Columbus. "Maps, charts, and mathematical knowledge had nothing to do with it."
As sublime an inspiration is seen in the words of Pigafetta in regard to Magellan:
As incredible as it is, Pigafetta's words about Magellan are truly inspiring:
"No one gave to him the example how to encompass the globe." His sight was the inner eye, the pure vision of a consecrated purpose in life.
"No one showed him how to travel the world." His vision was the inner eye, the clear sight of a devoted purpose in life.
No hero of the sea has ever been more noble! His purpose in life was everything; he had the faith of a Christian Knight; he was as nothing to himself, but to others all, and he died giving his own body for a shield to his men. His name will always be associated with what is glorious in the history of the Philippines.
No hero of the sea has ever been more noble! His purpose in life was everything; he had the faith of a Christian Knight; he considered himself as nothing, but to others, he was everything, and he died using his own body as a shield for his men. His name will always be linked to what is glorious in the history of the Philippines.
Magellan was dead, but a good purpose lives in others. Magellan dead, Del Cano yet lives, and the Italian historian has other scenes to record.
Magellan was dead, but a good purpose lives on in others. With Magellan gone, Del Cano is still alive, and the Italian historian has other events to document.
The farol of Magellan will go on; it will never cease to shine, and the cast-out name of the Christian Knight will become a fixed star amid the lights that have inspired the world.
The lighthouse of Magellan will continue on; it will never stop shining, and the forgotten name of the Christian Knight will become a permanent star among the lights that have inspired the world.
CHAPTER XXI.
THE SPICE ISLANDS.—WONDERFUL BIRDS.—CLOVES, CINNAMON, NUTMEGS, GINGER.—THE SHIPS OVERLOADED.
The massacre at Matan caused the Spaniards to lose credit in the eyes of the natives. The King of Seba turned against them, thus throwing a shadow on the glory of Magellan's missionary work. The Spaniards were, however, much to blame for the change that took place in the King's heart.
The massacre at Matan caused the Spaniards to lose credibility with the natives. The King of Seba turned against them, casting a shadow over the glory of Magellan's missionary work. However, the Spaniards were largely responsible for the shift in the King's feelings.
Their ships were becoming unseaworthy.
Their ships were becoming unfit.
They were reduced to two ships, the Victoria and the Trinidad, and these shaped their course for the Moluccas, or Spice Islands, by the way of Borneo. Del Cano began to represent the spirit of Magellan among the crews.
They were down to two ships, the Victoria and the Trinidad, and they set their course for the Moluccas, or Spice Islands, via Borneo. Del Cano started to embody Magellan's spirit among the crew.
They came to the Bornean city, Brunei, "a collection of houses built on piles over the water, where were twenty-five thousand fires or families." On the shore was the palace of a voluptuous Sultan, its walls hung with brocades of silk. Here was also one of the most curious markets in all the world, [145] carried on at high tide, when there gathered a great army of canoes.
They arrived in the Bornean city of Brunei, "a collection of houses built on stilts over the water, home to twenty-five thousand families." On the shore stood the palace of a lavish Sultan, its walls draped with silk brocades. This place also featured one of the most fascinating markets in the world, [145] taking place at high tide, when a large number of canoes would gather.
On November 8, 1521, the two ships anchored off Tidor on the Spice Islands, saluting the King of the place with a broadside.
On November 8, 1521, the two ships dropped anchor near Tidor in the Spice Islands, greeting the King of the area with a cannon salute.
They concluded a treaty of peace with the King, and began to load the two ships with spice, and especially with cloves, a kind of spice at that time regarded as a great luxury in Spain.
They made a peace treaty with the King and started loading the two ships with spices, especially cloves, which were considered a luxury in Spain at that time.
If Pigafetta had desired above all things to see the wonders of the ocean world, he must again have been gratified here at some of the presents sent to the ships by the natives. Columbus had brought to Spain gorgeous parrots or macaws. But the King of Batchian sent to him a bird whose plumage surpassed anything that he had ever seen.
If Pigafetta had wanted more than anything to witness the amazing sights of the ocean world, he would have been thrilled again by some of the gifts sent to the ships by the locals. Columbus had brought stunning parrots or macaws back to Spain. But the King of Batchian sent him a bird whose feathers were more magnificent than anything he had ever seen.
"It is the bird of Paradise," said the agent of the royal almoner.
"It’s the bird of paradise," said the royal almoner's agent.
The Italian did not doubt it. He wished to learn the history of this superb inhabitant of the air.
The Italian had no doubt about it. He wanted to learn the history of this magnificent creature of the sky.
He did in a way that excited his wonder beyond measure.
He did it in a way that amazed him beyond belief.
The bird, after the Mohammedan account, was born in Paradise. It came down from Heaven where dwelt departed souls, who had died true to the Moslem faith.
The bird, according to the Muslim story, was born in Paradise. It came down from Heaven where the souls of those who had died faithful to the Muslim faith resided.
These birds were found dead, and they had no feet. If Pigafetta inquired the cause of this, he doubtless was answered: [146]
These birds were found dead, and they had no feet. If Pigafetta asked about the reason for this, he probably received an answer: [146]
"They do not need feet; they never alight on the ground."
"They don't need feet; they never touch the ground."
But as greatly as the Chevalier must have wondered, he was not induced to accept the Moslem faith.
But no matter how much the Chevalier must have been curious, he didn't feel compelled to embrace the Muslim faith.
They overcrowded the ships while receiving the favors of the Sultan of Tidor.
They packed the ships while enjoying the favors of the Sultan of Tidor.
An account of their voyage about the Spice Islands, "most delightful to read," as we are told in the title, was written by one Maximilianus Transylvanus, from which we gather the following incidents (Hakluyt Society) of great pearls and strange men:
An account of their journey to the Spice Islands, described as "most delightful to read" in the title, was written by Maximilianus Transylvanus, from which we learn about the following remarkable events involving great pearls and unusual people:
"They came to the shores of the Island of Solo, where they heard that there were pearls as big as dove's eggs, and sometimes as hen's eggs, but which can only be fished up from the very deepest sea. Our men brought no large pearl, because the season of the year did not allow of the fishery. But they testify that they had taken an oyster in that region, the flesh of which weighed forty-seven pounds. For which reason I could easily believe that pearls of that great size are found there; for it is clearly proved that pearls are the product of shellfish. And to omit nothing, our men constantly affirm that the islanders of Porne told him that the King wore in his crown two pearls of the size of a goose's egg.
"They arrived at the shores of the Island of Solo, where they heard there were pearls as big as dove's eggs, and sometimes as big as hen's eggs, but they could only be fished from the very deepest part of the sea. Our crew didn’t bring back any large pearls because the season wasn’t right for fishing. However, they did report finding an oyster in that area with flesh that weighed forty-seven pounds. For that reason, I can easily believe that pearls of such size exist there; it’s clear that pearls come from shellfish. To cover everything, our men consistently say that the islanders of Porne told them the King wore two pearls in his crown that were the size of goose's eggs."
"Hence they went to the Island of Gilo, where they saw men with ears so long and pendulous that [147] they reached to their shoulders. When our men were mightily astonished at this, they learnt from the natives that there was another island not far off where the men had ears not only pendulous, but so long and broad that one of them would cover the whole head if they wanted it (cum exusu esset). But our men, who sought not monsters but spices, neglecting this nonsense, went straight to the Moluccas, and they discovered them eight months after their Admiral, Magellan, had fallen in Matan. The islands are five in number, and are called Tarante, Muthil, Thidore, Mare, and Matthien; some on this side some on the other, and some upon the equinoctial line.
So they went to the Island of Gilo, where they saw men with ears so long and droopy that [147] they reached their shoulders. When our men were really surprised by this, they found out from the locals that there was another island nearby where the men had ears that were not just droopy, but so long and wide that one of them could cover their entire head if they wanted to (cum exusu esset). But our men, who were after spices rather than oddities, ignored this nonsense and headed straight to the Moluccas, discovering them eight months after their Admiral, Magellan, had perished in Matan. The islands consist of five in total, called Tarante, Muthil, Thidore, Mare, and Matthien; some on this side, some on the other, and some right along the equator.
"One produces cloves, another nutmegs, and another cinnamon. All are near to each other, but small and rather narrow."
"One produces cloves, another nutmeg, and another cinnamon. They are all close to each other, but small and quite narrow."
The world to-day thinks little of spices, for commerce has made common the luxuries of the Indian Ocean. Cloves, nutmegs, allspice, cinnamon, ginger are found in every home in all civilized lands, and even children make few inquiries about them.
The world today thinks very little of spices, since trade has made the once-luxurious products of the Indian Ocean commonplace. Cloves, nutmeg, allspice, cinnamon, and ginger are found in every home in all developed countries, and even kids rarely ask about them.
This was not so in the early days of the Viceroys of India. Spices which were gathered and sold by Arabian merchants, were held in Europe as a gift of Arabia, and esteemed to be the greatest, or among the greatest of luxuries. A ship laden with spices was hailed in the ports of the Iberian peninsula as next to a ship freighted with gold, as the Golden Hynde [148] was welcomed in the days of Sir Francis Drake. It used to be said that the odors of the spice ships from the East Indies could be breathed through the breezes that wafted them toward the land.
This wasn’t the case in the early days of the Viceroys of India. Spices gathered and sold by Arabian merchants were seen in Europe as a gift from Arabia and were considered one of the greatest luxuries. A ship loaded with spices was greeted in the ports of the Iberian peninsula almost like a ship carrying gold, just as the Golden Hynde [148] was celebrated in the time of Sir Francis Drake. People used to say that the aromas from the spice ships coming from the East Indies could be smelled in the breezes that carried them toward the shore.
The principal Spice Islands were the Moluccas, or the islands of the East India Archipelago between Celebes on the west and New Guinea on the east, Timor on the south and the open Pacific Sea on the north. They are distributed over a wide ocean area. Of these the Moluccas form the principal group. Here are the paradises of the seas.
The main Spice Islands were the Moluccas, or the islands located in the East India Archipelago between Celebes to the west and New Guinea to the east, Timor to the south, and the open Pacific Ocean to the north. They are spread out over a vast ocean area. Among these, the Moluccas make up the principal group. This is where you'll find the paradises of the seas.
It was to these islands where could be procured the products of "Araby the Blessed" that Magellan had hoped to find a new way. There were brighter shores than Spain, and to these he sought the shortest routes over which ships could travel.
It was to these islands where you could get the products of "Araby the Blessed" that Magellan had hoped to find a new route. There were more vibrant shores than Spain, and to these he sought the shortest paths for ships to travel.
The Peruvian adventurers wished to find gold; the voyagers to the Antilles, magical waters and new productions of the earth; but Magellan's dream was of the spiceries of the Indian seas. They all found what they sought, except Ponce de Leon, who hoped to find the Fountain of Eternal Youth.
The Peruvian adventurers wanted to find gold; the travelers to the Antilles sought magical waters and new crops; but Magellan's dream was to discover the spices of the Indian seas. They all found what they were looking for, except for Ponce de Leon, who was in search of the Fountain of Eternal Youth.
Transylvanus speaks of another wonderful bird that only alighted at death, and whose feathers were believed to possess magic powers.
Transylvanus talks about another amazing bird that only landed when it died, and its feathers were thought to have magical powers.
"The kings of Marmin began to believe that souls were immortal a few years ago, induced by no other argument than that they saw that a certain most beautiful small bird never rested upon the ground [149] nor upon anything that grew upon it; but they sometimes saw it fall dead upon the ground from the sky. And as the Mohammedans, who traveled to those parts for commercial purposes, told them that this bird was born in Paradise, and that Paradise was the abode of the souls of those who had died, these kings (reguli) embraced the sect of Mohammed, because it promised wonderful things concerning this abode of souls. But they call the bird Mamuco Diata, and they hold it in such reverence and religious esteem that they believe that by it their kings are safe in war, even though they, according to custom, are placed in the forefront of battle."
"The kings of Marmin started to believe that souls are immortal a few years ago, based solely on the observation that a certain beautiful small bird never landed on the ground or anything that grows from it; yet they sometimes saw it fall dead from the sky. And since the Mohammedans, who traveled to that area for trade, told them that this bird was born in Paradise, and that Paradise is where the souls of the deceased reside, these kings (reguli) adopted the Islamic faith because it promised amazing things about this place of souls. They call the bird Mamuco Diata, and they hold it in such high regard and religious significance that they believe it ensures their kings' safety in battle, even though, as is customary, they are placed at the front lines."
He continues his narrative:
He keeps telling his story:
"But, our men having carefully inspected the position of the Moluccas and of each separate island, and also having inquired about the habits of the kings, went to Thedori, because they learnt, that in that island the supply of cloves was far above that of the others, and that its King also surpassed the other kings in wisdom and humanity. So, having prepared their gifts they land, and salute the King, and they offer the presents as if they had been sent by Cæsar. He, having received the presents kindly, looks up to Heaven, and says:
"But our men carefully checked out the location of the Moluccas and each individual island, and also inquired about the customs of the kings. They decided to go to Thedori because they heard that this island had a much larger supply of cloves than the others, and its king was wiser and more compassionate than the other kings. So, after preparing their gifts, they landed, greeted the King, and presented the gifts as if they were sent by Caesar. He graciously accepted the gifts, looked up to Heaven, and said:
"'I have known now for two years from the course of the stars, that you were coming to seek these lands, sent by the most mighty King of Kings. Wherefore your coming is the more pleasant and [150] grateful to me, as I had been forewarned of it by the signification of the stars.
"I've known for two years from the stars that you were coming to explore these lands, sent by the greatest King of Kings. Therefore, your arrival is even more delightful and appreciated by me, as I had been warned about it by the signs in the stars.[150]"
"'And, as I know that nothing ever happens to any man which has not been fixed long before by the decree of fate and the stars, I will not be the one to attempt to withstand either the fates or the signification of the stars, but willingly and of good cheer, will henceforth lay aside the royal pomp and will consider myself as managing the administration of this island only in the name of your King. Wherefore draw your ships into port, and order the rest of your comrades to land; so that now at last, after such a long tossing upon the seas, and so many dangers, you may enjoy the pleasures of the land and refresh your bodies. And think not but that you have arrived at your King's kingdom.'
"'And, since I know that nothing happens to anyone without being determined long before by fate and the stars, I won’t be the one to resist either the fates or the meanings of the stars. Instead, I will willingly and cheerfully set aside the royal splendor and see myself as simply managing the affairs of this island in your King’s name. So, bring your ships into port, and tell the rest of your crew to disembark; so that now, after such a long time at sea and so many dangers, you can enjoy the comforts of the land and rejuvenate yourselves. And know that you have arrived in your King’s realm.'
"Having said this, the King, laying aside his crown, embraced them one by one, and ordered whatever food that land afforded to be brought. Our men being overjoyed at this, returned to their comrades, and told them what had happened. They, pleased above measure with the friendly behavior and kindness of the King, take possession of the island. And when their health was completely restored, in a few days, by the King's munificence, they sent envoys to the other kings, to examine the wealth of the islands, and to conciliate the other kings."
"After saying this, the King set his crown aside, hugged them one by one, and ordered all the food that the land could provide to be brought out. Our men were thrilled about this and went back to their comrades to share what had happened. They were incredibly grateful for the King's friendly behavior and kindness, so they took possession of the island. Once their health was fully restored in just a few days, thanks to the King's generosity, they sent envoys to the other kings to explore the wealth of the islands and to win over the other kings."
His description of the clove trees is very pleasing: [151]
His description of the clove trees is really nice: [151]
"Tirante was the nearest, and also the smallest, of the islands; for it has a circumference of a little more than six Italian miles. Matthien is next to it, and it, too, is small. These three produce a great quantity of cloves, but more every fourth year than the other three. These trees only grow on steep rocks, and that so thickly as frequently to form a grove. This tree is very like a laurel (or bay tree) in leaf, closeness of growth, and height; and the gariophile, which they call clove from its likeness to a nail (clavus), grows on the tip of each separate twig. First a bud, and then a flower, just like the orange flower is produced.
"Tirante was the closest and also the smallest of the islands, with a circumference of just over six Italian miles. Matthien is next to it and is small as well. These three islands produce a large amount of cloves, with more yield every fourth year compared to the other three. Clove trees only grow on steep rocks, often so densely that they create a grove. This tree looks a lot like a laurel (or bay tree) in terms of its leaves, growth density, and height; and the gariophile, which is called clove because it resembles a nail (clavus), grows at the tip of each individual twig. It first produces a bud, then a flower, similar to the orange flower."
"The pointed part of the clove is fixed at the extreme end of the branch, and then growing slightly longer, it forms a spike. It is at first red, but soon gets black by the heat of the sun. The natives keep the plantations of these trees separate, as we do our vines. They bury the cloves in pits till they are taken away by the traders."
"The pointed end of the clove is attached to the very tip of the branch, and as it grows a bit longer, it creates a spike. It starts off red but quickly turns black from the sun's heat. The locals keep these tree plantations separate, similar to how we manage our vineyards. They bury the cloves in pits until traders come to take them."
He also describes the cinnamon tree:
He also describes the cinnamon tree:
"Muthil, the fourth island, is not larger than the rest, and it produces cinnamon. The tree is full of shoots, and in other respects barren; it delights in dryness, and is very like the tree which bears pomegranates. The bark of this splits under the influence of the sun's heat, and is stripped off the wood; and, after drying a little in the sun, it is cinnamon."
"Muthil, the fourth island, isn't bigger than the others, and it produces cinnamon. The tree is dense with shoots but is otherwise unproductive; it thrives in dry conditions and resembles the pomegranate tree. The bark splits from the heat of the sun and gets peeled off the wood; after drying a bit in the sun, it becomes cinnamon."
"Near to this is another island, called Bada, larger and more ample than the Moluccas. In this grows the nutmeg, the tree of which is tall and spreading, and is rather like the walnut tree, and its nut, too, grows like the walnut; for it is protected by a double husk, at first like a furry calix, and under this a thin membrane, which embraces the nutlike network. This is called the Muscat flower with us, but by the Spaniards mace, and is a noble and wholesome spice. The other covering is a woody shell, like that of a hazelnut, and in that, as we have already said, is the nutmeg."
"Close to this is another island, called Bada, which is larger and more extensive than the Moluccas. Here, nutmeg grows on a tall, spreading tree that resembles a walnut tree. Its nut also looks like a walnut; it’s surrounded by a double husk, initially like a furry calyx, and beneath that is a thin membrane that encases a network resembling a nut. We refer to this as the Muscat flower, but the Spaniards call it mace, and it’s a valuable and healthy spice. The outer shell is woody, similar to that of a hazelnut, and within it, as we’ve mentioned, is the nutmeg."
And ginger:
And ginger:
"Ginger grows here and there in each of the islands of the archipelago. It sometimes grows by sowing, and sometimes spontaneously; but that which is sown is the more valuable. Its grass is like that of the saffron, and its root is almost the same too, and that is ginger."
"Ginger grows in various places across the islands of the archipelago. It can be cultivated from seeds or it may grow on its own; however, the cultivated variety is more valuable. Its leaves are similar to saffron's, and its root is almost identical as well, which is what we know as ginger."
While sailing among these bowery ocean gardens, and gathering their odorous products, the poetic Maximilianus was presented with one of the immortal birds that protected a hero in battle, "the bird of God."
While sailing through these lush ocean gardens and collecting their fragrant offerings, the poetic Maximilianus was given one of the legendary birds that defended a hero in battle, "the bird of God."
He thus speaks of the rare present:
He talks about the rare gift:
"Our men were kindly treated by the chiefs in turn, and they, too, submitted freely to the rule of Cæsar, like the King of Thidori. But the Spaniards, who had but two ships, resolved to bring some of [153] each (spice) home, but to load the ships with cloves, because the crop of that was the most abundant that year, and our ships could contain a greater quantity of this kind of spice. Having, therefore, loaded the ships with cloves, and having received letters and presents for Cæsar from the Kings, they make ready for their departure. The letters were full of submission and respect. The gifts were Indian swords, and things of that sort. But, best of all, the Mamuco Diata; that is, the bird of God, by which they believe themselves to be safe and invincible in battle. Of which five were sent, and one I obtained from the Captain (congran prieghi), which I send to your reverence, not that your reverence may think yourself safe from treachery and the sword by means of it, as they profess to do, but that you may be pleased with its rareness and beauty. I send also some cinnamon and nutmeg and cloves, to show that our spices are not only not worse, but more valuable than those which the Venetians and Portuguese bring, because they are fresher."
"Our guys were treated well by the chiefs in turn, and they also willingly accepted Cæsar's rule, just like the King of Thidori. However, the Spaniards, who only had two ships, decided to bring some of each spice home, but primarily to fill the ships with cloves since that year's crop was the most plentiful, and our ships could carry a larger amount of this spice. After loading the ships with cloves and receiving letters and gifts for Cæsar from the Kings, they prepared to set sail. The letters expressed complete submission and respect. The gifts included Indian swords and other similar items. But the highlight was the Mamuco Diata, known as the bird of God, which they believe makes them safe and unbeatable in battle. They sent five, and I got one from the Captain (congran prieghi), which I'm sending to you, not because you should think it will protect you from treachery and violence as they claim, but because I hope you appreciate its rarity and beauty. I'm also sending some cinnamon, nutmeg, and cloves to show that our spices are not only on par but actually more valuable than those brought by the Venetians and Portuguese, since they're fresher."
He also relates the disasters which fell to one of the overloaded ships:
He also tells about the disasters that happened to one of the overloaded ships:
"When our men had set sail from Thedori, one of the ships, and that the larger one, having sprung a leak, began to make water, so that it became necessary to put back to Thedori. When the Spaniards saw that this mischief could not be remedied without great labor and much time, they agreed that the [154] other ship should sail to the Cape of Cattigara, and afterward through the deep as far as possible from the coast of India, lest it should be seen by the Portuguese, and until they saw the promontory of Africa which projects beyond the tropic of Capricorn, and to which the Portuguese have given the name of Good Hope; and from that point the passage to Spain would be easy.
"When our men set sail from Thedori, one of the ships, the larger one, began to take on water because of a leak, making it necessary to return to Thedori. The Spaniards realized that this problem couldn't be fixed without a lot of effort and time, so they decided that the [154] other ship should head to the Cape of Cattigara, and then travel as far as possible through the deep waters away from the coast of India, to avoid being spotted by the Portuguese, until they reached the point of Africa that sticks out past the tropic of Capricorn, which the Portuguese call Good Hope; from there, the journey to Spain would be straightforward."
"But as soon as the other ship was refitted it should direct its course through the archipelago, and that vast ocean toward the shores of the continent which we mentioned before, till it found that coast which was in the neighborhood of Darien, and where the southern sea was separated from the western, in which are the Spanish Islands, by a very narrow piece of land. So the ship sailed again from Thedori, and, having gone twelve degrees on the other side of the equinoctial line, they did not find the Cape of Cattigara, which Ptolemy supposed to extend even beyond the equinoctial line; and when they had traversed an immense space of sea, they came to the Cape of Good Hope and afterward to the Islands of the Hesperides.
"But as soon as the other ship was repaired, it would set its course through the archipelago and across that vast ocean toward the continent's shores that we mentioned before, until it reached the coast near Darien, where the southern sea was separated from the western one, which contains the Spanish Islands, by a very narrow strip of land. So the ship sailed again from Thedori and, after traveling twelve degrees on the other side of the equatorial line, they did not find the Cape of Cattigara, which Ptolemy thought extended even beyond the equator; and after crossing a huge expanse of sea, they arrived at the Cape of Good Hope and then went on to the Islands of the Hesperides."
"And, as this ship let in water, being much knocked about by this long voyage, the sailors, many of whom had died by hardships by land and by sea, could not clear the ship of water. Wherefore they landed upon one of the islands, which is named after Saint James, to buy slaves. [155]
"And as this ship took on water, being severely battered by this long journey, the sailors—many of whom had died from hardships on land and at sea—couldn't get the water out of the ship. So, they landed on one of the islands named after Saint James to buy slaves. [155]
"But as our men had no money, they offered, sailor fashion, cloves for the slaves. This matter having come to the ears of the Portuguese who were in command of the island, thirteen of our men were thrown into prison. The rest were eighteen in number.
"But since our men had no money, they offered, sailor-style, cloves for the slaves. When this reached the ears of the Portuguese in charge of the island, thirteen of our men were thrown into prison. The remainder amounted to eighteen."
"Frightened by the strangeness of this behavior, they started straight for Spain, leaving their shipmates behind them. And so, in the sixteenth month after leaving Thedori, they arrived safe and sound on the 6th of September, at the port near Hispalis (Seville). Worthier, indeed, are our sailors of eternal fame than the Argonauts who sailed with Jason to Colchis. And much more worthy was their ship of being placed among the stars than that old Argo; for that only sailed from Greece through Pontus, but ours from Hispalis to the South; and after that, through the whole West and the Southern hemisphere, penetrating into the East, and again returned to the West."
"Frightened by how strange this behavior was, they headed straight for Spain, leaving their shipmates behind. So, in the sixteenth month after leaving Thedori, they arrived safe and sound on September 6th at the port near Hispalis (Seville). Our sailors truly deserve more fame than the Argonauts who sailed with Jason to Colchis. And their ship is much more deserving of a place among the stars than that old Argo; that one only sailed from Greece through Pontus, but ours sailed from Hispalis to the South, and then throughout the whole West and the Southern hemisphere, pushing into the East, and then back to the West."
His subscription is interesting:
His subscription is intriguing:
"I commend myself most humbly to your reverence. Given at Vallisoleti, on the 23d of October, 1522.
"I humbly submit myself to your respect. Given in Valladolid, on the 23rd of October, 1522."
"Your most reverend and illustrious lordship's
"Most humble and constant servant,
"Maximilianus Transylvanus."
[156]
"Your most respected and esteemed lordship's
"Most humble and loyal servant,
"Maximilianus Transylvanus."
[156]
When the spice ship began to fill with water, the officers sent for native divers. But these, although very skillful, could not find the place or the cause of the leak.
When the spice ship started taking on water, the officers called for local divers. But even though they were very skilled, they couldn't locate the source or cause of the leak.
Let us change our view to a different scene, across the wide tropical world.
Let’s shift our perspective to a different scene, across the vast tropical world.
CHAPTER XXII.
MESQUITA IN PRISON.
While the little ship Victoria, which had sought for Mesquita in vain, was sailing around the world, and was returning laden with spice, Mesquita himself remained shut out from the sun by the shadows of prison walls. His lite became more and more silent and neglected.
While the small ship Victoria, which had searched for Mesquita in vain, was sailing around the world and heading back loaded with spices, Mesquita himself remained cut off from the sun by the shadows of prison walls. His life grew increasingly silent and neglected.
We know not by what authority he was held in a dungeon for advising the supposed crimes of his cousin Magellan. It could not have been that of Juana, who was still watching over the tomb from which she expected her husband to rise, nor by good Cardinal Ximenes, and possibly not by Charles V himself, but perhaps by one of his ministers. It may have been by the direction of Charles, for his imprisonment implies doubt; otherwise with such an array of testimony against him, we might expect he would have been executed.
We don't know what authority imprisoned him in a dungeon for supposedly advising his cousin Magellan's crimes. It likely wasn't Juana's, who was still watching over the tomb from which she hoped her husband would rise, nor good Cardinal Ximenes, and probably not even Charles V himself, but maybe one of his ministers. It could have been at Charles's direction, since his imprisonment suggests uncertainty; otherwise, with so much evidence against him, we might expect he would have been executed.
Two years had passed over beautiful Seville, and the India House there must have began to doubt the story of Gormez as not one of the other ships returned. [158] These ships might have been cast away in the wintry seas that Gormez and his crew described, or the flag of Spain that the daring Portuguese had set toward the Spice Islands of the East by the way of the South might be seen again some day, rising over the Guadalquivir.
Two years had gone by in beautiful Seville, and the India House there must have started to question Gormez's story since none of the other ships returned. [158] These ships might have been lost in the winter seas that Gormez and his crew talked about, or the Spain flag that the bold Portuguese had used on their journey to the Spice Islands in the East via the South could eventually be seen again, flying over the Guadalquivir.
Mesquita believed in his cousin Magellan; not only in him as a true man, but as one who had a divine calling to fulfill; as one whom destiny had allotted to lead the decisive events of mankind. He still felt that he would prove another Columbus or Vasco da Gama.
Mesquita believed in his cousin Magellan; not just in him as a genuine person, but as someone with a divine purpose to fulfill; as one destined to lead the pivotal events of humanity. He still felt that he would turn out to be another Columbus or Vasco da Gama.
The two priests whom Magellan had marooned had honestly thought Magellan mad. But Mesquita had his own confessor, and we can easily fancy how the prisoner must have opened his heart to him.
The two priests that Magellan had deserted genuinely believed he was insane. But Mesquita had his own confessor, and we can easily imagine how the prisoner must have confided in him.
"Padre, I am misunderstood," we can hear him say. "Time tells the truth about all men. Time vindicates all.
"Father, I'm misunderstood," we can hear him say. "Time reveals the truth about everyone. Time justifies all."
"Padre, some messenger from Magellan will come back again. Time weighs all events, and life is self revealing. The heralds will blow their trumpets then, and the bells will ring.
"Father, a messenger from Magellan will come back again. Time reveals all things, and life shows itself. The heralds will sound their trumpets then, and the bells will ring."
"Padre, they do well to prolong my life. Some day my prison doors will open wide, and I shall ride through the streets of Seville, and those who doubt me now will hail me as a heart that, was always true to a Knight whose heart will be found true to the Emperor!"[159]
"Father, they do well to extend my life. One day my prison doors will open wide, and I will ride through the streets of Seville, and those who doubt me now will recognize me as a heart that was always loyal to a Knight whose heart will be found loyal to the Emperor!"[159]
The lamp of his faith burned clear and odorous oil. He had a quiet conscience. But how must the conspirators have felt during these uncertain months? The ships did not return. That seemed to favor one view of the madness of Magellan, and yet it did not leave them at ease. There were some who reasoned: If Magellan were indeed mad on his own ship, why might not one or more of the other ships have returned? If the other ships had been loyal to the lantern of Magellan, and had kept together, might the fleet not return again? Should it return what a stigma would be cast on the characters of the cowardly mutineers! In such a case Mesquita would become a hero, and the latter would have to flee from their own names.
The lamp of his faith burned brightly with fragrant oil. He felt at peace with himself. But how must the conspirators have felt during these uncertain months? The ships didn’t come back. That seemed to support one theory about Magellan’s madness, but it didn’t ease their minds. Some argued, if Magellan was really crazy on his own ship, why didn’t one or more of the other ships return? If the other ships had remained loyal to Magellan's guiding light and stayed together, couldn’t the fleet come back too? If it did return, what a stain it would leave on the reputations of the cowardly mutineers! In that situation, Mesquita would become a hero, and the others would have to run from their own names.
Charles V was in his promise of glory now. In 1519, as we have before stated, he had been elected Emperor of Germany; and in 1520 he had been crowned at Aix la Chapelle, amid great rejoicings, and the Pope had bestowed upon him the title of Cæsar or Emperor of the Roman world. He was called "Cæsar" in the chronicles of the times.
Charles V was at the peak of his glory now. In 1519, as we previously mentioned, he had been elected Emperor of Germany; and in 1520 he was crowned at Aix la Chapelle, amid great celebrations, and the Pope had given him the title of Caesar or Emperor of the Roman world. He was referred to as "Caesar" in the chronicles of the time.
Poor Juana took no interest in any of these pomps of her son, as they shook the world. Her ears were deaf to them, her heart was dead to them all. The mother of "Cæsar" was almost the only person in Spain who hailed not the glory of Cæsar.
Poor Juana showed no interest in any of her son's achievements, even as they made waves around the world. She couldn't hear them, and her heart was unresponsive to it all. The mother of "Cæsar" was almost the only person in Spain who didn't celebrate Cæsar's glory.
Amid all the splendors of his court the dream of Magellan must still have haunted the mind of the [160] new Cæsar. He had accepted the story brought by the returned ship; but Magellan the madman might come back again. Madmen had returned before.
Amid all the grandeur of his court, the vision of Magellan must have still haunted the mind of the [160] new Caesar. He had accepted the tale brought by the ship that returned; but the madman Magellan could come back again. Madmen had returned before.
The period was a wonderful one. Printing, the art of which had been but recently developed after the discovery of Gutenberg, was revealing its great possibilities. These were the times of Francis in France, and of Henry VIII in England. The Reformation was overturning Germany. The whole world seemed to be changing.
The era was amazing. Printing, a craft that had only recently emerged after Gutenberg's discovery, was showcasing its vast potential. These were the days of Francis in France and Henry VIII in England. The Reformation was shaking up Germany. The entire world felt like it was transforming.
If the ships of Magellan were to find a new way to the East, and were to sail around the world, what surprising events might follow!
If Magellan's ships discovered a new route to the East and sailed around the world, what amazing events could occur!
So, night after night, Mesquita could but hope and ask:
So, night after night, Mesquita could only hope and ask:
"Where is the lantern of Magellan now?"
"Where's Magellan's lantern now?"
Seville was full of maritime prosperity. The tuneful bells in her many churches had frequent occasions to ring out for national festivals. The sailors loved these services, and especially those that celebrated the triumphs of the Virgin whose dominion had become, as was supposed, the sea, and who was hailed as the "Star of the Deep."
Seville was thriving with maritime prosperity. The melodic bells in its numerous churches often rang out for national festivals. The sailors loved these services, especially those that celebrated the triumphs of the Virgin, who was believed to have dominion over the sea and was revered as the "Star of the Deep."
The happy crowds on their way to the rejoicing churches must have passed the prison walls where Mesquita was detained. Life indeed must have been mysterious to him. The world in which he deserved so much honor and happiness was shut out from him—even the sun and stars.
The cheerful crowds heading to the celebrating churches must have walked by the prison walls where Mesquita was held. Life must have felt truly mysterious to him. The world that he deserved so much honor and joy from was completely closed off to him—even the sun and stars.
CHAPTER XXIII.
STRANGE STORIES.—THE WISE OLD WOMEN.—THE WALKING LEAVES.—THE HAUNTED SANDALWOOD TREES.—THE EMPEROR OF CHINA.—THE LITTLE BOY AND THE GIANT BIRD.
Pigafetta was no Munchausen, but he had a love of marvelous stories, and there never was a voyage that offered to a European a greater number of curious events and superstitions. Some of the incidents that excited our Chevalier's wonder were natural events which have been since explained. The superstitious legends of the people were, however, for the most part but the growth of folklore through the imagination.
Pigafetta wasn’t a tall tale teller like Munchausen, but he loved amazing stories, and there had never been a voyage that presented a European with as many strange events and superstitions. Some of the incidents that amazed our Chevalier were natural occurrences that have been explained since then. However, the superstitious legends of the people were mostly just products of folklore and imagination.
One of these accounts relates to the wise old women who prepared the sacrifices of the wild boar as offerings to the sun. It shows how small may be the real meaning of pompous and pretentious ceremonies. The rites took place in the Philippines.
One of these stories is about the wise old women who prepared the sacrifices of the wild boar as offerings to the sun. It illustrates how insignificant the true meaning of grand and showy ceremonies can be. The rituals happened in the Philippines.
Says Pigafetta in his narrative prepared for the Grand Master of the Knight of Rhodes:
Says Pigafetta in his account prepared for the Grand Master of the Knights of Rhodes:
"Since I have spoken of the idols, it may please your illustrious Highness to have an account of the [162] ceremony with which, in this island, they bless the pig. They begin by sounding some great drums (tamburi); they then bring three large dishes; two are filled with cakes of rice and cooked millet rolled up in leaves, with roast fish; in the third are Cambay cloths and two strips of palm cloth. A cloth of Cambay is spread out on the ground; then two old women come, each of whom has in her hand a reed trumpet. They step upon the cloth and make an obeisance to the sun; they then clothe themselves with the above-mentioned cloths. The first of these puts on her head a handkerchief which she ties on her forehead so as to make two horns, and taking another handkerchief in her hand, dances and sounds her trumpet and invokes the sun.
"Now that I’ve talked about the idols, it might please your esteemed Highness to hear about the [162] ceremony in this island where they bless the pig. They start by beating some big drums; then they bring out three large dishes. Two of them are filled with rice cakes and cooked millet wrapped in leaves, along with roasted fish; the third contains Cambay cloths and two strips of palm cloth. A piece of Cambay cloth is spread on the ground, and then two elderly women come, each holding a reed trumpet. They step onto the cloth and bow to the sun, then wrap themselves in the cloths mentioned earlier. The first woman ties a handkerchief on her forehead to create two horns, and with another handkerchief in hand, she dances, plays her trumpet, and calls upon the sun."
"The second old woman takes one of the strips of palm cloth and dances, and also sounds her trumpet; thus they dance and sound their trumpets for a short space of time, saying several things to the sun. The first old woman then drops the handkerchief she has in her hand and takes the other strip of cloth, and both together sounding their trumpets, dance for a long time round the pig which is bound on the ground. The first one always speaks in a low tone to the sun, and the second answers her. So the sun and the two old women had a luminous partnership.
"The second elderly woman takes one of the strips of palm cloth and dances, also playing her trumpet; they dance and play their trumpets for a little while, saying various things to the sun. The first elderly woman then drops the handkerchief she has in her hand and picks up the other strip of cloth, and together, while sounding their trumpets, they dance for a long time around the pig that is tied to the ground. The first one always speaks softly to the sun, and the second responds to her. So the sun and the two elderly women shared a bright connection."
"The second old woman then presents a cup of wine to the first, who, while they both continue their [163] address to the sun, brings the cup four or five times near the mouth as though going to drink, and meanwhile sprinkles the wine on the heart of the pig. She then gives up the cup, and receives a lance which she brandishes, while still dancing and reciting, and four or five times directs the lance at the pig's heart; at last, with a sudden and well-aimed blow, she pierces it through and through. She withdraws the lance from the wound, which is then closed and dressed with herbs.
"The second old woman then offers a cup of wine to the first, who, while they both continue their [163] address to the sun, brings the cup near her mouth four or five times as if she's about to drink, and in the meantime sprinkles the wine on the pig's heart. She then hands over the cup and takes a lance, which she waves around while still dancing and reciting, and four or five times aims the lance at the pig's heart; finally, with a quick and precise thrust, she pierces it completely. She pulls the lance out of the wound, which is then closed and covered with herbs."
"During the ceremony a torch is always burning, and the old woman who pierced the pig takes and puts it out with her mouth; the other old woman dips the end of her trumpet in the pig's blood, and with it marks with blood the forehead of her husband and of her companion, and then of the rest of the people. But they did not come and do this to us.
"During the ceremony, a torch is always lit, and the old woman who pierced the pig puts it out with her mouth. The other old woman dips the end of her trumpet in the pig's blood and uses it to mark the foreheads of her husband and her companion, and then the rest of the people. But they didn’t come and do this to us."
"That done the old women took off their robes and ate what was in the two dishes, inviting only women to join them. After that they get the hair off the pig with fire. Only old women are able to consecrate the boar, and this animal is never eaten unless it is killed in this manner."
"Once that was done, the old women took off their robes and ate from the two dishes, only inviting other women to join them. Afterward, they used fire to get the hair off the pig. Only the old women can make the boar sacred, and this animal is never eaten unless it is killed in this way."
Pigafetta saw wonderful things in Borneo, among them a wild boar whose head was two and a half spans long, and oysters as large as turtles. He says that the flesh of one of these oysters weighed forty-five pounds.[164]
Pigafetta saw incredible things in Borneo, including a wild boar with a head that measured two and a half spans long, and oysters that were as big as turtles. He mentions that the meat from one of these oysters weighed forty-five pounds.[164]
But the thing there which probably must have most greatly excited his curiosity was the walking leaves. There were certain trees on the islands that had very animated leaves. When one of these leaves fell from the tree, it did not lie where it fell, to rot or to be shuffled by the winds, but it lifted itself up and walked away.
But what probably piqued his curiosity the most were the walking leaves. There were some trees on the islands with incredibly lively leaves. When one of these leaves dropped from the tree, it didn’t just stay there to rot or get blown around by the wind; it picked itself up and walked away.
Here was a sight indeed to make the young Italian fly to his memoranda book, which he did.
Here was a sight that definitely made the young Italian grab his notebook, which he did.
Other travelers later saw the same curious thing, but they examined the miracle more closely than the credulous Chevalier. They found that the leaves were moved by an insect that lived inside of them, like the Mexican bean, which is used as a toy, and will jump about a table.
Other travelers later noticed the same strange thing, but they looked at the miracle more closely than the gullible Chevalier. They discovered that the leaves were being moved by an insect living inside them, similar to the Mexican bean, which is used as a toy and jumps around on a table.
The islands of the Indian Ocean abound in sandalwood. Of the sandal trees Pigafetta heard other curious legends. One of them tells us that when the people of the Timor went out to cut sandalwood, the devil appeared to them, and demanded them to bargain with him for the wood. This they did, for those who cut the wood are otherwise likely to fall sick; a poisonous miasma is exhaled from the wounded wood.
The islands of the Indian Ocean are full of sandalwood. Pigafetta heard some interesting legends about the sandal trees. One story says that when the people of Timor went out to cut sandalwood, the devil appeared to them and asked them to make a deal for the wood. They agreed because those who cut the wood might otherwise get sick; a toxic miasma is released from the damaged wood.
Pigafetta heard also marvelous tales of the Emperor of China, who seemed to live amid human walls. There may be some truths in these incidents; if so, what a remarkable condition must have been that of the Chinese court four hundred years ago! [165]
Pigafetta also heard amazing stories about the Emperor of China, who seemed to live among his own people. There might be some truth to these stories; if so, what an extraordinary situation the Chinese court must have been in four hundred years ago! [165]
He says:
He says:
"The kingdom of Cocchi lies next; its sovereign is named Raja Seri Bummipala. After that follows Great China, the king of which is the greatest sovereign of the world, and is called Santoa Raja. He has seventy crowned kings under his dependence; and some of these kings have ten or fifteen lesser kings dependent on them. The port of this kingdom is named Guantan, and among the many cities of this Empire, two are the most important, namely, Nankin and Comlaha, where the King usually resides.
"The kingdom of Cocchi is next, ruled by a king named Raja Seri Bummipala. After that comes Great China, whose king is the most powerful ruler in the world, known as Santoa Raja. He has seventy crowned kings under his authority, and some of these kings have ten or fifteen lesser kings who are dependent on them. The port of this kingdom is called Guantan, and among the many cities in this Empire, two stand out as the most important: Nankin and Comlaha, where the King usually stays."
"He has four of his principal ministers close to his palace, at the four sides looking to the four cardinal winds; that is, one to the west, one to the east, to the south, and to the north. Each of these gives audience to those that come from his quarter. All the kings and lords of India major and superior obey this King, and in token of their vassalage, each is obliged to have in the middle of the principal palace of his city the marble figure of a certain animal named Chinga, an animal more valuable than the lion; the figure of this animal is also engraved on the King's seal, and all who wish to enter his port must carry the same emblem in wax or ivory.
"He has four of his main ministers stationed near his palace, facing the four cardinal directions: one to the west, one to the east, one to the south, and one to the north. Each of them receives visitors coming from their respective directions. All the kings and lords of major and superior India obey this King, and as a sign of their loyalty, each is required to display a marble statue of a creature called Chinga in the center of the main palace of their city. This creature is considered more valuable than a lion; its image is also engraved on the King's seal, and anyone wishing to enter his territory must carry the same emblem in wax or ivory."
"If any lord is disobedient to him, he is flayed, and his skin, dried in the sun, salted, and stuffed, is placed in an eminent part of the public place, with the head inclined and the hands on the head in the [166] attitude of doing zongu; that is obeisance to the King.
"If any lord disobeys him, he is flayed, and his skin, dried in the sun, salted, and stuffed, is displayed in a prominent area of the public space, with the head tilted and the hands on the head in the [166] position of showing respect to the King."
"He is never visible to anybody; and if he wishes to see his people he is carried about the palace on a peacock most skillfully manufactured and very richly adorned, with six ladies dressed exactly like himself, so that he can not be distinguished from them. He afterward passes into a richly adorned figure of a serpent called Naga, which has a large glass in the breast, through which he and the ladies are seen, but it is not possible to distinguish which is the King. He marries his sisters in order that his blood should not mix with that of others.
"He is never seen by anyone; and if he wants to see his people, he is carried around the palace on a beautifully crafted and elaborately decorated peacock, accompanied by six ladies who are dressed just like him, making it hard to tell him apart from them. He later transforms into a richly adorned figure of a serpent called Naga, which has a large glass in its chest, allowing him and the ladies to be seen, but it’s impossible to tell who the King is. He marries his sisters so his bloodline won’t mix with others."
"His palace has seven walls around it, and in each circle there are daily ten thousand men on guard, who are changed every twelve hours at the sound of a bell. Each wall has its gate, with a guard at each gate. At the first stands a man with a great scourge in his hand, named Satuhoran with satubagan; at the second, a dog called Satuhain; at the third, a man with an iron mace, called Satuhoran with pocumbecin; at the fourth, a man with a bow in his hand, called Saturhoran with anatpanan; at the fifth, a man with a lance, called Satuhoran with tumach; at the sixth, a lion, called Saturhorimau; at the seventh, two white elephants, called Gagiapute.
"His palace is surrounded by seven walls, and in each circle, there are ten thousand guards on duty every day, who switch every twelve hours at the sound of a bell. Each wall has its own gate, with a guard at each one. At the first gate, there’s a man holding a great whip, named Satuhoran with satubagan; at the second, there’s a dog called Satuhain; at the third, there’s a man with an iron mace, named Satuhoran with pocumbecin; at the fourth, there’s a man with a bow, named Saturhoran with anatpanan; at the fifth, there’s a man with a lance, named Satuhoran with tumach; at the sixth, there’s a lion, named Saturhorimau; and at the seventh, there are two white elephants, named Gagiapute."
"The palace contains seventy-nine halls, in which dwell only the ladies destined to serve the King; [167] there are always torches burning there. It is not possible to go round the palace in less than a day. In the upper part of it are four halls where the ministers go to speak to the King; one is ornamented with metal, both the pavement and the walls; another is all of silver, another all of gold, and the other is set with pearls and precious stones. The gold and other valuable things which are brought as tribute to the King are placed in these rooms; and when they are there deposited, they say, 'Let this be for the honor and glory of our Santoa Raja.' All these things and many others relating to this King, were narrated to us by a Moor, who said that he had seen them."
"The palace has seventy-nine halls, where only the ladies assigned to serve the King live; [167] there are always torches burning. It takes at least a day to walk around the palace. In the upper part, there are four halls where the ministers meet with the King; one is decorated with metal on the floors and walls; another is entirely silver, another entirely gold, and the last one is adorned with pearls and precious stones. The gold and other valuables brought as tribute to the King are kept in these rooms; and when they are stored there, they say, 'Let this be for the honor and glory of our Santoa Raja.' All of these things and many more about this King were told to us by a Moor, who claimed to have seen them."
A palace of seven walls, seventy-nine halls, and ten thousand men on guard! A hall of silver, another of gold, and one of precious stones! It took a day to encompass it. We may well wonder how much of truth there was in this brief Oriental story!
A palace with seven walls, seventy-nine halls, and ten thousand guards! A hall made of silver, another of gold, and one filled with precious stones! It took a whole day to walk through it. One might wonder how much of this brief Oriental tale is actually true!
When the adventurers came to Java they heard some tales that were marvelous, and that quite equaled those which Queen Scheherezade of the Arabian Nights told of Sinbad the Sailor.
When the adventurers arrived in Java, they heard some incredible stories that were just as amazing as the ones Queen Scheherezade from the Arabian Nights told about Sinbad the Sailor.
One of these fabulous stories, told them by a pilot, had an Oriental charm and coloring. It was of a giant bird, like the roc of the Arabian Nights.
One of these amazing stories, shared with them by a pilot, had an Eastern allure and atmosphere. It was about a giant bird, similar to the roc from the Arabian Nights.
According to this fanciful legend which we give with some freedom, there was a land called Java Major on the north of the Gulf of China, where grew [168] an enormous tree, seemingly as big as a mountain—one of the greatest trees in all the world. In this tree, which might have shaded a hill, lived a colony of birds, with wings like clouds, so broad and powerful that they could lift an elephant or a buffalo into the air and bear him away to the mountainous tree. The fruit of this tree was larger than the largest melons.
According to this imaginative story that we share with some flexibility, there was a place called Java Major to the north of the Gulf of China, where an enormous tree grew, [168] as massive as a mountain—one of the biggest trees in the world. In this tree, which could have shaded a hill, lived a colony of birds, with wings like clouds, so wide and strong that they could lift an elephant or a buffalo into the air and carry it away to the towering tree. The fruit of this tree was larger than the biggest melons.
There were Moors on the ship where this story of the great tree and the great bird was told. One of them said:
There were Moors on the ship where this story of the great tree and the great bird was shared. One of them said:
"I have seen the great bird with my own eyes!"
"I have seen the incredible bird with my own eyes!"
Another Moor said:
Another Moor said:
"One of the birds was once captured, and sent as a present to the King of Siam!"
"One of the birds was captured and sent as a gift to the King of Siam!"
An account of the capture of such a bird would have been very interesting!
An account of capturing such a bird would have been really interesting!
There were great whirlpools around the mountainous tree. So that no ship could approach within three or four leagues of it.
There were huge whirlpools around the mountain tree, preventing any ship from coming within three or four leagues of it.
But once, according to the legend, some adventurous sailors sailed near the great tree. They had a little boy on board their boat, and he must have surveyed the giant of the forest with wonder.
But once, according to the legend, some adventurous sailors sailed near the great tree. They had a little boy on board their boat, and he must have looked at the giant of the forest in awe.
They sailed too near, for presently their boat began to go round and round, and they found themselves in the power of the whirlpool.
They got too close, and soon their boat started spinning around, leaving them trapped in the whirlpool's pull.
Round and round went the junk until it struck [169] against a rock, and all on board perished, except the little boy, who was supple.
Round and round went the debris until it hit [169] a rock, and everyone on board died, except for the little boy, who was agile.
This child caught a plank and held on to it. He was carried hither and thither among the eddies and breakers, but he found himself drawing nearer and nearer the great tree. At last he was cast on shore at the foot of the tree.
This kid grabbed a plank and held on tight. He was tossed around the current and waves, but he noticed he was getting closer and closer to the big tree. Eventually, he was thrown ashore at the base of the tree.
"Here must be my home," said he, for he thought he never could get away again. No boat could come to him, and he could not fly.
"Here must be my home," he said, thinking he could never escape again. No boat could reach him, and he couldn't fly.
The tree had great masses of bark, so that he could climb up into it. He mounted up to its high limbs. He could not starve, for the fruit of such a tree must have been sufficient to have supplied a colony.
The tree had thick layers of bark, making it easy for him to climb up into it. He climbed up to its high branches. He couldn't go hungry, because the fruit from such a tree must have been enough to feed a whole community.
So cast away on the tree, he here expected to live and to die.
So stranded in the tree, he expected to live and die there.
Toward sunset great wings like clouds darkened the shining air. The birds were coming home to-night in the tree. Their nests were there as big as houses.
Toward sunset, big wings like clouds darkened the bright sky. The birds were returning home tonight to the tree. Their nests were there, as large as houses.
They settled down, causing a great wind, and put their great heads under their wings and went to sleep.
They settled in, creating a strong breeze, and tucked their large heads under their wings and fell asleep.
The boy was bright, and a plan of getting away from the tree came to him. He reasoned that if he could not fly the bird could, and what would be the weight of a little boy to a bird who could carry away an elephant? [170]
The boy was smart, and an idea for escaping the tree popped into his head. He figured that if he couldn't fly, the bird could, and really, how much would a small boy weigh to a bird that could lift an elephant? [170]
So he marked the largest and most powerful bird with his eye, and crept up to it and got under his wing, and into his great feathers.
So he spotted the biggest and strongest bird, quietly approached it, and tucked himself under its wing and into its thick feathers.
The bird was asleep and did not wake!
The bird was asleep and didn't wake up!
Morning came, and with the first red dawn, as we may fancy, the bird threw up his head and begun to stir. He lifted himself up and shook himself, but he did not shake off the boy, who was safely nestled among the little forest of its feathers.
Morning came, and with the first red dawn, as we might imagine, the bird lifted its head and started to move. It rose up and shook itself, but it didn’t shake off the boy, who was comfortably nestled among the soft feathers.
The sun was brightening the islands, and the bird mounted up and flew away in search of food, carrying the little boy under his wing.
The sun was shining on the islands, and the bird took off and flew away in search of food, carrying the little boy under its wing.
After traversing the sunrise air for a long time, the bird flew over a land of buffaloes.
After flying through the morning air for a long time, the bird soared over a land filled with buffaloes.
He here descended to capture a buffalo, to bear him away to the mountainous tree for food. As he alighted on the back of the buffalo with a wild scream of delight, the little boy dropped out from under his wing, and so found his way to his own island.
He came down to catch a buffalo, to take him back to the mountainous tree for food. As he landed on the buffalo's back with a loud scream of joy, the little boy slipped out from under his wing and found his way to his own island.
It was the little boy that told this large story, quite like Sinbad's.
It was the little boy who told this big story, just like Sinbad's.
There were found mysterious fruits floating on the sea, which were supposed to have fallen from the tree.
There were mysterious fruits floating in the sea, which were believed to have fallen from the tree.
"I have seen the bird myself," said a third Moorish pilot, and with the testimony of the little boy, and the three pilots and the floating fruit, this story [171] ought to be as trustworthy as the one of Sinbad the Sailor.
"I've seen the bird myself," said a third Moorish pilot, and with the little boy's account, along with the three pilots and the floating fruit, this story [171] should be just as reliable as the tale of Sinbad the Sailor.
The voyage back to the Cape of Good Hope and thence to the Cape Verde Islands was one for strange reflections. Del Cano now was the leader of the returning mariners. The expedition had gone out from the port of Seville amid shouting quays and towers, with some two hundred and seventy men. Only one ship was returning and she was bringing home hardly as many men as composed her own crew.
The journey back to the Cape of Good Hope and then to the Cape Verde Islands was full of unusual thoughts. Del Cano was now in charge of the returning sailors. The expedition had set out from the port of Seville amidst cheering crowds and towers, with around two hundred and seventy men. Only one ship was coming back, and it was bringing home barely as many men as were in its own crew.
We can imagine Del Cano on deck, with the lantern of Magellan still swinging above him, talking with his officers on a tropical night off the African coast.
We can picture Del Cano on deck, with Magellan's lantern still hanging above him, chatting with his officers on a warm night off the African coast.
"Magellan has found an unknown grave," we may hear him say.
"Magellan has discovered an unknown grave," we might hear him say.
"But humanity will mourn for him, and honor him, and the grave matters not," answers a padre.
"But humanity will grieve for him and honor him, and the grave doesn't matter," replies a priest.
"We shall never see Mesquita again," continues Del Cano.
"We will never see Mesquita again," Del Cano continues.
"We can not be sure," replies the padre. "We can know nothing that we do not see."
"We can't be sure," replies the priest. "We can know nothing that we don't see."
"We surely shall never meet Carthagena again. I can see in my memory those last biscuits and bottles of wine. He needs none of them now."
"We definitely won't meet Carthagena again. I can picture in my mind those last biscuits and bottles of wine. He doesn't need any of them now."
"He may have them all," answers the padre.
"He might have all of them," replies the priest.
"We are yet rich in spices. We shall surprise the world when we drop anchor at Seville." [172]
"We are still rich in spices. We will surprise the world when we arrive in Seville." [172]
"And Seville may have surprises for us," says the hopeful padre.
"And Seville might have surprises for us," says the optimistic padre.
They drifted on under favoring airs. The soul of Del Cano was lost to common events in the wonderful revelations of the sea. Should he reach Seville, he would be the living hero of the most marvelous voyage ever made by any mariner.
They glided along with the gentle winds. Del Cano's spirit was absorbed in the extraordinary sights of the sea. If he made it to Seville, he would be the celebrated hero of the most amazing journey ever undertaken by any sailor.
Such were the scenes and tales that crowded upon the mind of Pigafetta, who wished "to see the wonders of the world." The story of the Emperor of China's palace is associated with objects so marvelous that the meaning of their names is lost to-day.
Such were the scenes and stories that filled the mind of Pigafetta, who wanted "to see the wonders of the world." The tale of the Emperor of China's palace is linked to things so amazing that the meaning of their names is lost today.
CHAPTER XXIV.
THE LOST DAY.
When they reached the Cape Verde Islands, the sailors found that a very strange thing had happened.
When they got to the Cape Verde Islands, the sailors discovered that something really strange had occurred.
They had lost a day—or, the islanders had gained a day!
They had lost a day—or, the islanders had gained a day!
They met the ships from Seville there, and doubtless disputed with the traders in regard to what day of the week it was.
They met the ships from Seville there, and surely argued with the traders about what day of the week it was.
"This is the 6th of September," they said; "a day that we shall ever have occasion to celebrate."
"This is September 6th," they said; "a day that we will always have a reason to celebrate."
"It is the 7th of September," said their joyous friends.
"It’s September 7th," said their happy friends.
The sailors consulted with each other. All agreed that it was the 6th of September. Nowhere had they failed to make a daily memorandum. The people of Seville must have lost a day.
The sailors talked among themselves. Everyone agreed it was the 6th of September. They hadn't missed making a daily note anywhere. The people of Seville must have lost a day.
The solar year consists of three hundred and sixty-five days and six hours, and if one sails West three years one will gain a day, and if one sails East, one will lose a day.[174]
The solar year has three hundred sixty-five days and six hours, and if you sail West for three years, you’ll gain a day, while if you sail East, you’ll lose a day.[174]
If the reader will note the following dates of this wonderful voyage, he will solve the mystery of the "lost day:"
If the reader takes a look at the following dates of this amazing journey, they will uncover the mystery of the "lost day:"
CHRONOLOGY OF THE FIRST VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD.
Magellan arrives at Seville | October 20, 1518. |
Magellan's fleet sails from Seville, Monday[E] | August 10, 1519. |
Magellan sails from San Lucar de Barrameda, Tuesday |
September 20, 1519. |
Magellan arrives at Teneriffe | September 26, 1519. |
Magellan sails from Teneriffe, Monday | October 3, 1519. |
Magellan arrives at Rio Janeiro | December 13, 1519. |
Magellan sails from Rio | December 26, 1519. |
Magellan sails from Rio de la Plata | February 2, 1520. |
Magellan arrives at Port St. Julian | March 31, 1520. |
Eclipse of sun | April 17, 1520. |
Loss of Santiago. | |
Magellan sails from Port St. Julian | August 24, 1520. |
Magellan sails from river of Santa Cruz | October 18, 1520. |
Magellan makes Cape of the Virgins, entrance of straits |
October 21, 1520. |
Desertion of San Antonio | November, 1520. |
Magellan issues from straits into the Pacific, Wednesday |
November 28, 1520. |
Magellan fetches San Pablo Island | January 24, 1521. |
Magellan fetches Tiburones Island | February 4, 1521. |
Magellan reaches the Ladrone Islands, Wednesday | March 6, 1521. |
Magellan reaches Samar Island of the Philippines, Saturday |
March 16, 1521. |
Magellan reaches Mazzava Island, Thursday | March 28, 1521. |
Magellan arrives at Zebu Island | April 7, 1521. |
Death of Magellan at Matan, Saturday | April 27, 1521. |
Arrival of San Antonio at Seville | May 6, 1521. |
Arrival of Victoria and Trinity at Tidore, Friday |
November 8, 1521. |
Victoria sails from Tidore | December 21, 1521. |
Victoria discovers Amsterdam Island, Tuesday | March 18, 1552. |
Victoria doubles the Cape of Good Hope | May 18, 1552. |
Victoria arrives at San Lucar, Wednesday[F] | September 6, 1552. |
They sought provisions of the Portuguese colony at Cape Verde.
They looked for supplies from the Portuguese colony at Cape Verde.
The Portuguese persecution of the expedition, which Magellan had made for Spain, did not cease even here. The Victoria sent out boats for rice. One of the sailors could not restrain his joy, and told the Portuguese who he was and whence he came.
The Portuguese persecution of the expedition that Magellan had undertaken for Spain didn’t stop even here. The Victoria sent out boats for rice. One of the sailors couldn’t contain his excitement and revealed to the Portuguese who he was and where he came from.
The jealousy of the Portuguese was aroused again.
The jealousy of the Portuguese was stirred up again.
"The expedition carries glory to Spain," said they. "Did not the King tear the arms from Magellan's door?"
"The expedition brings fame to Spain," they said. "Did the King not rip the insignia from Magellan's door?"
One of the boats sent out for rice did not return. The Victoria knew why they were detained, and sailed away while she could, to bear the glorious news of the discovery to Seville.
One of the boats sent out for rice didn’t come back. The Victoria knew why they were delayed and set sail while she still could, to deliver the exciting news of the discovery to Seville.
CHAPTER XXV.
IN THE CHURCH OF OUR LADY OF VICTORY.—PIGAFETTA.
The Victoria cast anchor in the Port of Seville on September 8, 1522. Joy filled the city on that day, and heralds went forth to proclaim the news.
The Victoria dropped anchor in the Port of Seville on September 8, 1522. The city was filled with joy that day, and messengers went out to spread the news.
What news it was!
What exciting news!
That Magellan had found a new way to the Pacific.
That Magellan had discovered a new route to the Pacific.
That he had discovered the Pacific to be a mighty ocean.
That he had found the Pacific to be a vast ocean.
That he had sailed over it and found a new ocean world.
That he had sailed across it and discovered a new ocean world.
That he was dead.
He was dead.
That he had made immortal discoveries, and that one of his ships had sailed around the world.
That he had made groundbreaking discoveries, and that one of his ships had circumnavigated the globe.
The hero of the day was Del Cano, the commander of the Victoria.
The hero of the day was Del Cano, the captain of the Victoria.
There was a most beautiful church in Seville, called Our Lady of Victory. To that the returning mariners were summoned to give thanks for their [177] discovery on the day after their arrival, September 9, 1522.
There was a stunning church in Seville called Our Lady of Victory. The returning sailors were asked to come there to give thanks for their discovery the day after they arrived, on September 9, 1522. [177]
Bells rang out on the shining air. The remnant of the happy crews entered the church amid the joyous music to hear the songs of thanksgiving for victory:
Bells chimed in the bright air. The remaining happy crews walked into the church amid the joyful music to hear the songs of gratitude for their victory:
"We praise thee, O God!
We believe thee to be
The Father everlasting!"
"We praise you, O God!
We believe you to be
The everlasting Father!"
They had returned in the Victoria, and the service had to them a special significance in the church of that name.
They had returned in the Victoria, and the service held a special significance for them in the church of that name.
Mesquita must have heard the acclaiming city.
Mesquita must have heard the cheering city.
To the prisoner who had waited in hope, the trumpets of the heralds must have been sweet after his release! Juana, the demented Queen, was yet watching by the tomb in view of her window, hoping at each dawn of the morning that she would find that the dust had awakened to life again. Charles was mapping Europe; his fire of ambition was glowing, and the news of the new fields of the ocean that these discoveries had brought to him filled him with pride and exultation.
To the prisoner who had waited in hope, the trumpets of the heralds must have sounded sweet after his release! Juana, the delusional Queen, was still watching by the tomb from her window, hoping with each dawn that she would find that the dust had come back to life. Charles was mapping Europe; his ambitions were burning bright, and the news of the new territories in the ocean that these discoveries had brought him filled him with pride and joy.
He resolved on giving Del Cano and his mariners a splendid reception, after the manner that Isabella had received Columbus.
He decided to give Del Cano and his crew a grand welcome, just like Isabella had welcomed Columbus.
Del Cano was now the living representative of Magellan. In publicly receiving him with heralds, music, and festival he would do honor to Magellan, [178] whose name was now immortal. So Charles spread his tables of silver and gold to those who had lived on the open sea on scraps of leather, and magnanimously welcomed as knights of the sea those who had followed the sun around the world.
Del Cano was now the living symbol of Magellan. By publicly welcoming him with fanfare, music, and celebration, he would honor Magellan, [178] whose name would live forever. So Charles laid out his silver and gold tables for those who had survived on the open sea on bits of leather, and generously welcomed as knights of the sea those who had circumnavigated the globe.
Spain opened the prison doors of Mesquita.
Spain opened the prison doors of Mesquita.
How must Del Cano have welcomed Mesquita as he came forth from his prison, vindicated on these festal days!
How do you think Del Cano welcomed Mesquita as he came out of his prison, cleared of all charges on these festive days!
Mesquita was a hero now, and a hero among heroes, for he had been a martyr to the cause. The people's hearts overflowed toward him.
Mesquita was a hero now, and a hero among heroes, for he had sacrificed everything for the cause. The people's hearts poured out for him.
So the islands of the new ocean world came to be the possessions of Spain, and from Philip, who succeeded Charles, were called the Philippines. They were to be governed, robbed, taxed, and, in part, reduced to slavery for the enrichment of Spain for nearly four hundred years. Then Spain was to vanish from their history in the smoke of Admiral Dewey's guns, and over them was to float the flag of the republic of the West.
So the islands of the new ocean world became the possessions of Spain, and were named the Philippines after Philip, who succeeded Charles. They were to be governed, exploited, taxed, and partially enslaved for the profit of Spain for almost four hundred years. Then Spain would disappear from their history in the smoke of Admiral Dewey's guns, and over them would fly the flag of the republic of the West.
It is a strange allotment of events that these islands should introduce the republic of the West into the Asiatic world. A half century ago the subject of Europe in Asia excited the attention of mankind, but no one ever dreamed that a like topic of America in Asia would ever become one of the political problems of the world. [179]
It’s odd that these islands would bring the republic of the West into the Asian world. Fifty years ago, the topic of Europe in Asia caught everyone’s attention, but no one ever imagined that a similar topic of America in Asia would become one of the world's political issues. [179]
Pigafetta presenting the history of
the voyage to the
King of Spain.
Pigafetta sharing the story of the journey with the King of Spain.
The future of these islands must be one of civilization, education, and development, and we may hope that these will be brought about under the divine law of American institutions, that "all governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed." Justice alone is the true sword of power, perpetuity, and peace. To lead the natives of these islands to desire to receive all that is best in civilized life, is one of the great missions of the republic of the West; and that republic, governed by the conscience of the people, will be true to the cause of human rights.
The future of these islands should be focused on civilization, education, and development. We can hope that this will happen under the guiding principles of American institutions, which state that "all governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed." Justice is the real power behind enduring strength and peace. One of the key missions of the republic of the West is to encourage the people of these islands to embrace the best aspects of civilized life. This republic, led by the will of the people, will remain committed to the cause of human rights.
Pigafetta? We must let him tell the story of his life on his return. "Leaving Seville I repaired to Valladolid, where I presented his sacred Majesty, Don Carlos, neither gold nor silver, but other things far more precious in the eyes of so great a sovereign. For I brought to him, among other things, a book written in my own hand, giving an account of all the things which had happened day by day on the voyage.
Pigafetta? We should let him share his story when he gets back. "After leaving Seville, I went to Valladolid, where I presented to his sacred Majesty, Don Carlos, not gold or silver, but other things that are much more valuable in the eyes of such a great king. Among other items, I brought him a book written in my own hand, documenting everything that happened day by day during the voyage.
"Then I went to Portugal, where I related to King John the things that I had seen.
Then I went to Portugal, where I told King John about the things I had seen.
"Returning by the way of Spain, I came to France, where I presented treasures that I had brought home to the regent mother of the most Christian King Don Francis.
"On my way back through Spain, I arrived in France, where I gave the treasures I had brought home to the regent mother of the most Christian King Don Francis."
"Then I turned my face toward Italy, where I gave myself to the service of the illustrious Philip [180] de Villiers l'Isle Adams, the Grand Master of Rhodes."
"Then I turned my face toward Italy, where I dedicated myself to the service of the esteemed Philip [180] de Villiers l'Isle Adams, the Grand Master of Rhodes."
The scene of the presentation of the parchment story of Magellan to Charles V is most interesting. That manuscript was like the return of Magellan himself; it told what the hero of the sea had been and what he had done. It was in itself a work of genius, and the world has never ceased to read it in the spirit of sympathy in which it was written.
The scene where the parchment story of Magellan is presented to Charles V is really captivating. That manuscript was like Magellan himself coming back; it shared what the sea hero had achieved and who he was. It was a genius work, and people have always read it with the same empathy it was written with.
We may fancy the scene: the young King surrounded by his court, in his happiest days; the Italian Knight amid the splendors of the audience room, placing in the hands of the new Cæsar the roll of the narrative of the voyage around the world! Such a story no pen had ever traced before. That must have been one of the proudest moments in the life of Charles as he took from the Knight the map of the round world.
We can imagine the scene: the young King surrounded by his court during his happiest days; the Italian Knight in the grand audience room, handing the new Cæsar the account of his journey around the world! No one had ever written a story like that before. It must have been one of the proudest moments in Charles's life as he took the map of the world from the Knight.
To the last Pigafetta was true to the Admiral; and one of the best things that can be said of any man is, "He is true hearted."
To the end, Pigafetta remained loyal to the Admiral; and one of the best things you can say about anyone is, "He has a true heart."
A wooden statue of Del Cano was found at Cavite on the surrender of that port to Commodore Dewey. It was sent to Washington. It should be replaced by some worthy work of art.
A wooden statue of Del Cano was discovered at Cavite when that port surrendered to Commodore Dewey. It was sent to Washington. It should be replaced by a fitting piece of art.
The island of Guam, of the Ladrones, which broke the long voyage of Magellan over the Pacific, and which is some fifteen hundred miles from Luzon, was [181] captured by Captain Glass, of the United States cruiser Charleston, July 21, 1898. It is a connecting link between the West and the Orient. A memorial of Magellan, Del Cano, and Pigafetta might be suitably placed there.
The island of Guam, part of the Mariana Islands, which interrupted Magellan's lengthy journey across the Pacific, and which is about fifteen hundred miles from Luzon, was [181] captured by Captain Glass, of the U.S. cruiser Charleston, on July 21, 1898. It serves as a bridge between the West and the East. A memorial for Magellan, Del Cano, and Pigafetta would be fittingly placed there.
The author of the Songs of the Sierras has described the spirit of Columbus in a poem which has been highly commended. The interpretation applies as well to Magellan. We quote two verses: genius must overcome obstacles, and all obstacles, to be made divine.
The author of the Songs of the Sierras has captured the spirit of Columbus in a poem that has received a lot of praise. This interpretation also fits Magellan. We quote two lines: genius must conquer obstacles, and all obstacles, to become divine.
THE PORT.
THE HARBOUR.
Behind him lay the gray Azores,
Behind, the gates of Hercules.
Before him not the ghosts of shores,
Before him only shoreless seas.
The good mate said: "Now must we pray,
For, lo! the very stars are gone.
Brave Admiral, speak—what shall I say?"
"Why say—Sail on, sail on, sail on!"
They sailed, they sailed. Then spoke the mate:
"This mad sea shows her teeth to-night;
She curls her lip and lies in wait
With lifted teeth as if to bite.
Brave Admiral, say but one good word,
What shall we do when hope is gone?"
The words leaped as a leaping sword—
"Sail on, sail on, sail on and on!"
Behind him were the gray Azores,
Behind the gates of Hercules.
In front of him wasn’t the specter of shores,
All he could see ahead were endless seas.
The good mate said: "Now we must pray,
Look! The stars have completely disappeared.
Brave Admiral, what should I say?"
"Just say—Sail on, sail on, sail on!"
They sailed, they sailed. Then the mate spoke:
"This wild sea is fierce tonight;
She curls her lip and lies in wait
With teeth bared as if ready to bite.
Brave Admiral, just say one good word,
What should we do when hope is gone?
The words flew out like a drawn sword—
"Sail on, sail on, sail on forever!"
SUPPLEMENTAL.
THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.—LAGASPI.—THE STRUGGLE OF THE NATIVES WITH SPAIN.—STORY OF THE PATRIOT RIZAL.—AGUINALDO.
The Philippine Islands, which promise to become a republic of the seas, and the first republic in Asiatic waters, were for generations held by Spain. These one thousand and more sea gardens, some eleven thousand miles from New York, number about as few islands of importance as there are American States. The government of the more populous islands has been so restrictive that, before the boom of Dewey's guns in the China Sea, little was known about them to the world.
The Philippine Islands are set to become a republic at sea and the first republic in Asia, but they were controlled by Spain for generations. These over a thousand islands, located about eleven thousand miles from New York, have roughly the same number of significant islands as there are American states. The government of the more populated islands has been so strict that, before Dewey's guns fired in the China Sea, very little was known about them by the outside world.
The archipelago consists of some six hundred islands that might find marking on an ordinary map of the world.
The archipelago is made up of around six hundred islands that could be found on a typical world map.
Twenty-five of these have gained a commercial standing, from which are collected products for foreign trade. The chief of these is Luzon, and the principal ports of the larger islands are Iloilo, on the island of Panay; Zebu and Zamboango.
Twenty-five of these have established a commercial presence, from which products are gathered for international trade. The main one is Luzon, and the key ports of the larger islands are Iloilo, on the island of Panay; Cebu, and Zamboanga.
Luzon and the northern islands are inhabited by [183] a partly civilized race, called the Tagals, who are supposed to be descended from immigrants from the Malay peninsula. They have had the reputation of a mild-mannered people, as they have long received, directly or indirectly, European influences. There are two thousand one hundred schools in Luzon and some six millions of the natives of the islands are claimed as Catholics.
Luzon and the northern islands are home to a partly civilized group known as the Tagals, who are believed to be descendants of immigrants from the Malay Peninsula. They have a reputation for being mild-mannered, as they have been influenced by Europeans for a long time, both directly and indirectly. There are 2,100 schools in Luzon, and around six million natives of the islands are said to be Catholics.
A sultanate was formed on the Sulu archipelago nearly eight hundred years ago, and the Mohammedan populations are called Moros or Moors. The Visayas people are a lower race. Colonies of Chinese are to be found in many of the larger islands, and these constitute the centers of thrift and industry.
A sultanate was established in the Sulu archipelago almost eight hundred years ago, and the Muslim populations are known as Moros or Moors. The Visayas people are considered a lower race. There are Chinese communities in many of the larger islands, and these serve as centers of commerce and industry.
The official language of the islands is Spanish, but the natives speak in twenty or more dialects. The islands are supposed to contain about ten million people, but there are no correct censuses by which to compute the number. Even the islands themselves seem not to have been correctly counted.
The official language of the islands is Spanish, but the locals speak in twenty or more dialects. The islands are estimated to have about ten million people, but there are no accurate censuses to determine that number. Even the islands themselves seem to not have been properly counted.
The history of the islands since their discovery has been one of the most silent in the world. They have been governed by Spain in such a manner as to enrich the Crown of Spain. When the Pope apportioned the newly discovered world among the Kings of the Church, the Western Hemisphere was given to Spain, and by an error of division Spain received the Moluccas or Spice Islands. Magellan declared the King of Spain suzerain of the islands, and after [184] many years Spain sent an expedition from one of her colonies to Zebu to begin the occupation of the Spicery. The leader of this expedition, Miguel de Legaspi, caused his men to marry native women, hoping thereby more easily to subdue a wild and untrained race.
The history of the islands since their discovery has been one of the quietest in the world. They have been ruled by Spain in a way that benefited the Spanish Crown. When the Pope divided the newly discovered world among the Kings of the Church, the Western Hemisphere was assigned to Spain, and by a mistake in the division, Spain also ended up with the Moluccas or Spice Islands. Magellan declared the King of Spain as the overlord of the islands, and after [184] many years, Spain sent an expedition from one of its colonies to Zebu to start the occupation of the Spicery. The leader of this expedition, Miguel de Legaspi, had his men marry local women, hoping this would make it easier to conquer a wild and untrained population.
In 1571 this colonizer brought Manila under his influence, and induced the native King to accept the suzerainty of the Spanish King. He proclaimed Manila the seat of Government, and made it an episcopal city.
In 1571, this colonizer brought Manila under his control and convinced the native King to accept the rule of the Spanish King. He declared Manila the center of Government and established it as an episcopal city.
Legaspi came to learn a very strange thing. It was that the Chinese had made themselves masters of navigation by monsoons. They came down from their coasts to Manila Bay on northwest monsoons, and when the monsoons changed they were carried back again. This power was akin to steam. Their boats were junks, but they filled the marts of Manila with silks and other Oriental luxuries.
Legaspi discovered something quite unusual. The Chinese had become experts in navigating using the monsoons. They traveled from their shores to Manila Bay on the northwest monsoons, and when the winds shifted, they were carried back home. This skill was similar to steam power. Their boats were junks, yet they filled the markets of Manila with silks and other luxurious goods from the East.
Legaspi encouraged this trade. He was the founder of trade in the ports of the China Sea. He caused a market place to be built for the Chinese traders in Manila, in the form of a circus, and afterward opened a quarter for them within the walls. The Chinese still hold a large part of the retail trade of the port. Before the late Spanish war, they numbered about sixty thousand, and one hundred thousand in the port and provinces.
Legaspi promoted this trade. He was the pioneer of trade in the ports of the China Sea. He arranged for a marketplace to be built for the Chinese traders in Manila, designed like a circus, and later opened an area for them within the city walls. The Chinese still control a significant portion of the retail trade at the port. Before the recent Spanish war, their numbers were around sixty thousand, and one hundred thousand in the port and surrounding provinces.
The monks came and sought to convert the [185] people; their efforts were partly successful, but sometimes ended in tragedies.
The monks came and tried to convert the [185] people; their efforts were somewhat successful, but sometimes resulted in tragedies.
The trade between Spain and the Philippines was for a long time carried on by the way of Mexico. The intercourse between the Crown and her dependencies here was infrequent. The Mohammedans waged frequent wars against the Catholic missionaries, whom they sought to exterminate.
The trade between Spain and the Philippines was for a long time conducted through Mexico. The communication between the Crown and its territories here was rare. The Muslims often fought against the Catholic missionaries, whom they aimed to eliminate.
The friars became the real rulers of the civilized parts of the islands. The will of the Spanish priest was absolute. He was independent of State authority. The rule of the Church was so severe that it brought religion into disfavor, and when the power of Aguinaldo arose, that chief insisted upon the expulsion of certain monastic orders, as detrimental to liberty, and demanded the restoration of the estates of the Church to the people.
The friars became the true leaders of the educated areas of the islands. The Spanish priest had complete authority. He was free from government control. The Church’s rule was so strict that it turned people against religion, and when Aguinaldo’s power grew, he called for the removal of specific monastic orders, considering them a threat to freedom, and demanded that the Church's lands be returned to the people.
Such is, in brief, the simple history of the islands discovered by Magellan before the archipelago was ceded by the treaty of Paris to the United States.
Such is, in brief, the straightforward history of the islands discovered by Magellan before the archipelago was handed over to the United States by the Treaty of Paris.
MANILA.
Beautiful Manila, shining over the China Sea—so seductive to the white man when seen from a distance, so withering to all his energies when the same white man becomes a resident there!
Beautiful Manila, shining over the China Sea—so alluring to the white man when viewed from a distance, yet so draining to all his energy when that same white man becomes a resident there!
A two days' voyage from Hong Kong brings the traveler to Luzon to the river Pasig, where the grim old fortresses of Manila, earthquake rent, [186] like a haze of green vegetation, break the view. Palms lift their green cool shadows in the burning air.
A two-day trip from Hong Kong takes the traveler to Luzon, to the Pasig River, where the old, worn fortresses of Manila, battered by earthquakes, [186] rise like a haze of green foliage, blocking the view. Palms cast their cool shadows in the sweltering heat.
Manila is a walled city. The entrance is by drawbridges, which are raised at night.
Manila is a fortified city. The entrance is through drawbridges, which are lifted at night.
The mediæval atmosphere does not disappear when one finds one's self within the walls. Exhaustion and decay are everywhere. The large open bay lies in the splendors of the sunlight when the day is calm, and the visitor would never dream of its turbulent condition when it is lashed by the typhoon.
The medieval vibe doesn’t fade away once you step inside. Fatigue and deterioration are everywhere. The spacious open bay basks in the sunlight on calm days, and visitors would never guess its chaotic state when a typhoon hits.
Admiral Dewey.
Admiral Dewey.
Across the bay stands Cavite, the naval station, the scene of Dewey's victory over the Spanish fleet.
Across the bay is Cavite, the naval station, the site of Dewey's victory over the Spanish fleet.
The city has some two hundred and seventy thousand inhabitants. The merchants, as we have said, are largely Chinese, and their quarters are picturesque with gay bazaars.
The city has about two hundred seventy thousand residents. As we mentioned, most of the merchants are Chinese, and their neighborhoods are vibrant with colorful markets.
In the shadow land of trees and open dry marshes outside of the city are beautiful estates, and along the roadsides people go waving their fans slowly and listlessly. Here are the parks, the bull ring, and the lovely botanical gardens.
In the shaded areas of trees and open dry marshes outside the city, there are beautiful estates, and along the roadsides, people wave their fans slowly and without energy. Here are the parks, the bullring, and the gorgeous botanical gardens.
Commercial Manila is a city of coolies, who bare [187] their backs to the sun, though little work can be done here in the noonday heat.
Commercial Manila is a city of laborers, who expose [187] their backs to the sun, although not much can be done here in the midday heat.
Some years ago a terrible cold came to Manila. It was on a late December night, near morning. The thermometer went down to 74°. Think of that, and of the poor coolies, and of the negritos, or the little black dwarfs, and of those who lived in the thousands of huts of bamboo or reeds! True, 74° would indicate a hot day in our American June or July, but in Manila it was a cold morning, and the people came shivering into the streets, to tell each other of their sufferings.
Some years ago, a terrible cold hit Manila. It was a late December night, almost morning. The thermometer dropped to 74°. Just imagine that, along with the poor laborers, the negritos, or the little black dwarfs, and those living in the thousands of bamboo or reed huts! Sure, 74° would seem like a hot day in America during June or July, but in Manila, it felt like a cold morning, and people stepped out shivering to share their hardships.
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
The best description of Manila before the war that we have seen was written by Crozet, and is contained in an English translated book entitled Crozet's Voyage to Tasmania, New Zealand, the Ladrone Islands, and the Philippines. From this beautifully illustrated work we present a view of the city and the surrounding island as it appeared seven years or more ago:
The best description of Manila before the war that we have seen was written by Crozet and is found in a translated book called Crozet's Voyage to Tasmania, New Zealand, the Ladrone Islands, and the Philippines. From this beautifully illustrated work, we present a view of the city and the surrounding island as it looked seven years or more ago:
"The city of Manila is one of the most beautiful that Europeans have built in the East Indies; its houses are all of stone, with tile roofs and they are big, comfortable and well ventilated. The streets of Manila are broad and perfectly straight; there are five principal streets, which divide the city lengthwise, and about ten which divide it broadways. The form of the city is that of an oblong, surrounded by walls and ditches, and defended on [188] the side of the river by a badly planned citadel, which is about to be pulled down and rebuilt. The city walls are flanked by a bastion at every one of the four angles. There are at Manila eight principal churches, with an open place in front of every one; they are all beautiful, large and very richly decorated. The Cathedral is a building which would grace any of our European cities, and has just been rebuilt by an Italian Theatin,[G] who is an able architect. The two rows of columns which support the vaults of the nave and of the aisles are of magnificent marble; so also are the columns of the portal, the altars, the steps, and the pavement. These marbles are obtained from local quarries, are of great variety, and are of the greatest beauty. The space in front of the Cathedral is very large, and is the finest in the city.
"The city of Manila is one of the most beautiful places that Europeans have built in the East Indies; its houses are all made of stone with tiled roofs, and they are spacious, comfortable, and well-ventilated. The streets of Manila are wide and perfectly straight; there are five main streets that run the length of the city and about ten that run across it. The shape of the city is oblong, surrounded by walls and ditches, and defended on the river side by a poorly designed citadel that is about to be torn down and rebuilt. The city walls have a bastion at each of the four corners. Manila has eight main churches, each with a square in front of it; they all are beautiful, large, and richly decorated. The Cathedral is a building that would enhance any of our European cities and has just been rebuilt by an Italian Theatin, who is a skilled architect. The two rows of columns that support the vaults of the nave and aisles are made of stunning marble; the columns of the entrance, the altars, the steps, and the flooring are as well. These marbles are sourced from local quarries, boast a great variety, and are exceptionally beautiful. The area in front of the Cathedral is very large and is the most impressive in the city."
"On one side the palace of the Governor is flanked by the Cathedral, on the other by the Town Hall. The Town Hall is very beautiful. At the extremity of the place in front of the Cathedral a large barracks is being constructed, which is to be capable of lodging eight thousand troops.
"On one side, the Governor's palace is flanked by the Cathedral, and on the other side, by the Town Hall. The Town Hall is really beautiful. At the far end of the square in front of the Cathedral, a large barracks is being built, which will be able to accommodate eight thousand troops."
"Private houses, as well as public buildings, are all one story high. Spaniards never live on the ground floor, on account of the dampness, but they occupy the first floor instead. The heat of the climate [189]has induced them to build very large apartments, with verandas running right round the outside, so as to keep out of the sun; the windows form part of the verandas, and the daylight only enters the rooms by means of the doors which open out on to these verandas. The ground floor serves as a storehouse, and to prevent the rising of moisture from the soil its surface is raised a foot, by means of a bed of charcoal; then sand or gravel is placed on top of this bed, which is finally paved with stone or brick laid with mortar.
"Private homes and public buildings are all one story high. Spaniards never live on the ground floor because of the dampness; they occupy the first floor instead. The heat of the climate has led them to build very large apartments with verandas all around the outside to stay out of the sun. The windows are part of the verandas, so daylight only enters the rooms through the doors that open onto these verandas. The ground floor is used as a storage area, and to prevent moisture from rising up from the ground, its surface is raised a foot with a layer of charcoal; then sand or gravel is placed on top of this layer, which is finally paved with stone or brick set in mortar. [189]"
"As the country is very subject to earthquakes, the houses, although built of stone, are strengthened with large posts of wood or iron fixed perpendicularly in the ground, rising to the top of the wall-plates, and built within the walls, so that they can not be seen, and then crossed on every floor by master girders, strongly bound together and bolted by wooden keys, which so consolidate the whole building.
"As the country is very prone to earthquakes, the houses, even though made of stone, are reinforced with large wooden or iron posts fixed vertically in the ground, extending up to the top of the wall plates, and built within the walls so they aren’t visible. Each floor is also supported by main girders, which are securely connected and bolted together with wooden keys, ensuring the entire building is stable."
"Manila is built on the mouth of a beautiful river, which flows from a lake, called by the Spaniards Lagonne-de-bay, and which is situated five leagues inland. Forty streams flow into this lake, which is twenty leagues in circumference, and around which there are as many villages as streams. The Manila River is the only one which flows out of the lake. It is covered with boats, bringing to the city every sort of provision from the forty agricultural tribes established on the lake shores. [190]
"Manila is located at the mouth of a beautiful river that flows from a lake, which the Spaniards call Lagonne-de-bay, situated five leagues inland. Forty streams feed into this lake, which has a circumference of twenty leagues, and there are as many villages around it as there are streams. The Manila River is the only one that flows out of the lake. It is filled with boats bringing all kinds of supplies to the city from the forty agricultural tribes living along the lake's shores. [190]"
"The suburbs are bigger and more thickly populated than the city itself; they are separated from it by a river, across which a beautiful bridge has been thrown. The Minondo suburb is more especially inhabited by half-breeds, Chinese, and Indians, who are for the most part goldsmiths and silversmiths, and all of them work people.
"The suburbs are larger and more densely populated than the city itself; they are divided from it by a river, over which a stunning bridge has been built. The Minondo suburb is primarily home to mixed-race individuals, Chinese, and Indians, who are mostly goldsmiths and silversmiths, all of whom are working-class people."
"The Saint Croix suburb is inhabited by Spanish merchants, by foreigners of all nations, and by Chinese half-breeds. This quarter is the most agreeable one in the country, because the houses, which are quite as fine as those of the city, are built on the river bank, and thereby they enjoy all the conveniences and pleasantness due to such a position.
"The Saint Croix neighborhood is home to Spanish merchants, people from all over the world, and Chinese mixed-race individuals. This area is the nicest in the country, as the houses, which are just as nice as those in the city, are located by the riverbank, allowing them to enjoy all the benefits and charm that come with such a location."
"In spite of such advantages, the city is badly situated, being placed between two intercommunicating volcanoes, and of which the interiors, being always active, are evidently preparing its ruin. The two volcanoes are those of the Lagonne-ed-Taal and of Monte Albay. When one burns, the other smokes. I shall speak later on of the former of these volcanoes, which, to me at least, appeared a most singular one.
"In spite of these advantages, the city is poorly located, caught between two connecting volcanoes, both of which are always active and clearly on the verge of destruction. The two volcanoes are Lagonne-ed-Taal and Monte Albay. When one erupts, the other smolders. I’ll talk more about the first volcano later, which, at least to me, seemed quite unique."
Native houses in Manila
Traditional homes in Manila
"Until the shocks of the volcanoes shall decide its fate, Manila remains the capital of the Spanish establishments in the Philippines. Here reside the Governor, who is called the Captain General and President of the Royal Audience. Don Simon de Auda filled this office when I arrived at Manila. [191] This Governor had previously been a member of the Royal Audience, and when the English, at the end of the last war, took Manila, he escaped from the city before the surrender, placed himself at the head of the Indians of the province of Pampague, and, without regard to the capitulation of the city, he is said to have succeeded in confining the English within their conquest, starving equally the conquerors and the conquered. Noticing that the Chinese established outside the city walls were furnishing provisions to English and Spaniards alike, he butchered them, putting more than ten thousand to the sword. It seemed to me, however, that the Spaniards in general considered the efforts of this councillor to be more harmful than advantageous to the welfare of the Spanish colony. The English, harassed by the Indians under Don Simon de Auda, had on their part armed and raised other provinces of Luzon, so as to oppose Indian to Indian, and this sort of civil war did more harm to the colony than even the capture of Manila by the English.
"Until the volcanoes decide its fate, Manila remains the capital of the Spanish territories in the Philippines. The Governor, known as the Captain General and President of the Royal Audience, lives here. Don Simon de Auda held this position when I arrived in Manila. [191] This Governor had previously been a member of the Royal Audience, and when the English took Manila at the end of the last war, he escaped the city before the surrender, took charge of the Indians in Pampague, and, disregarding the city's capitulation, is said to have managed to confine the English within their territory, starving both the conquerors and the conquered. Noticing that the Chinese outside the city walls were supplying provisions to both the English and Spaniards, he slaughtered them, killing more than ten thousand. However, it seemed to me that the Spaniards generally viewed this councillor's actions as more harmful than helpful to the Spanish colony's welfare. On their part, the English, pressured by the Indians under Don Simon de Auda, had armed and incited other provinces of Luzon to pit Indian against Indian, and this kind of civil conflict caused more damage to the colony than even the English capture of Manila."
"However this may be, Don Simon de Auda returned to Spain after the peace, was rewarded for his zeal by being made Privy Councillor of Castile, and was sent back to Manila as Governor General of the Philippines. Since his arrival in his province he has started a number of important projects, but difficult to be carried out at one and the same time. He has started considerable fortifications in various [192] parts of the city, very large barracks, dykes at the mouth of the river, a powder-mill, smelting furnaces and forges to work the iron mines, and a number of other useful works, which might have succeeded better had they been started in due succession.
However this may be, Don Simon de Auda returned to Spain after the peace, was rewarded for his dedication by being appointed Privy Councillor of Castile, and was sent back to Manila as Governor General of the Philippines. Since arriving in his province, he has initiated several important projects that are challenging to implement all at once. He has begun significant fortifications in various [192] parts of the city, constructed large barracks, built dykes at the river's mouth, established a powder mill, smelting furnaces, and forges to process the iron mines, along with several other useful initiatives, which might have been more successful if they had been launched in a proper sequence.
"The Philippine Archipelago contains fourteen principal islands, the Government of which is divided into twenty-seven provinces, which are governed by alcaldes under the orders of the Governor Captain General. All these islands are thickly populated, being about three million. These islands extend from the tenth to the twenty-third degree north latitude, and vary in breadth from about forty leagues at the north end of Luzon up to two hundred leagues from the south of the southeast point of Mindanao to the southwest point of Paragoa.
The Philippine Archipelago has fourteen main islands, which are divided into twenty-seven provinces governed by alcaldes under the direction of the Governor Captain General. All these islands have a dense population of about three million people. They stretch from the tenth to the twenty-third degree north latitude and vary in width from about forty leagues at the northern end of Luzon to two hundred leagues from the southeast point of Mindanao to the southwest point of Paragoa.
"They are all fertile and rich in natural products. But although the Spaniards have been established here for more than two hundred years, they have not yet succeeded in making themselves masters of the islands. They have no foothold on Paragoa, which is almost eighty leagues long, nor on the adjacent small islands; they only possess a few acres on the big island of Mindanao, which is two hundred leagues in circumference, nor are they yet fully acquainted with the interior of the island of Luzon, where they have their chief settlement, namely, the city of Manila. Luzon is the largest of these islands, [193] being a hundred and forty leagues long from Cape Bojador to Bulusan Point, which is the most northerly point, and about forty leagues broad. In the northern part of Luzon, near the province of Ilocos, there are some aborigines with whom the Spaniards have never been able to establish communication. It is believed that these people are the descendants of Chinese, who, having been shipwrecked on these shores, have established themselves in the mountains of this part of the island. It is said that some Indians know the routes by which access is gained to this people, and that they have been well received by them; but it is in the interest of these Indians to withhold the knowledge from the Spaniards, on account of their great trade profits with those people, who lack many things and have only provisions and gold."
"They are all fertile and rich in natural resources. However, even though the Spaniards have been here for over two hundred years, they still haven’t managed to fully control the islands. They have no presence on Paragoa, which is nearly eighty leagues long, nor on the nearby smaller islands; they only own a few acres on the large island of Mindanao, which is two hundred leagues around, and they aren’t yet fully familiar with the interior of the island of Luzon, where they have their main settlement, the city of Manila. Luzon is the largest of these islands, [193] stretching a hundred and forty leagues from Cape Bojador to Bulusan Point, its northernmost point, and about forty leagues wide. In the northern part of Luzon, near the province of Ilocos, there are some indigenous people with whom the Spaniards have never been able to communicate. It’s believed that these people are descendants of Chinese shipwrecked on these shores, who settled in the mountains of this area of the island. Some Indians supposedly know the routes to access these people and have been welcomed by them; however, these Indians have a vested interest in keeping this knowledge from the Spaniards because their trade with those people is highly profitable, as the indigenous lack many goods and only have provisions and gold."
THE STORY OF THE PATRIOT RIZAL.
Dr. José Rizal, a virtuous Catholic reformer, was the Samuel Adams of the awakening of moral feeling against the tyranny of Spain. He sought to reform the Government and to correct corruption in the Church.
Dr. José Rizal, a principled Catholic reformer, was the Samuel Adams of the rising moral awareness against the oppression of Spain. He aimed to reform the government and tackle corruption in the Church.
He belonged to the province of Cavite. He was a small man, of a clear, sensitive conscience, and great intellectual penetration and force. It became the one purpose of his life to free his countrymen. "He organized the Revolution," says a monument to Samuel Adams, and Dr. Rizal sought to organize a [194] revolution in a like manner as the "last of the Puritans" in New England, by the collecting of facts for correspondence with patriots at Manila and Hong Kong.
He was from Cavite. He was a small man with a clear, sensitive conscience and great intellectual insight and strength. His main goal in life was to free his fellow countrymen. "He organized the Revolution," says a monument to Samuel Adams, and Dr. Rizal aimed to organize a [194] revolution in a similar way as the "last of the Puritans" in New England, by gathering information for correspondence with patriots in Manila and Hong Kong.
In his school life he beheld the universal corruption going on around him. His heart was moved to pity the people.
In school, he saw the widespread corruption happening around him. It made him feel pity for the people.
He wrote a letter in which he urged reform by the expulsion of corrupt officers of the Government and of certain immoral priests. This awakened the Government and made him secret enemies. He was accused by the Government of treason and by the decadent priests of the Church of blasphemy. He held to his convictions against all opposition, knowing that right was right and truth was truth.
He wrote a letter urging reform by removing corrupt government officials and certain immoral priests. This alerted the government and created secret enemies for him. He was accused by the government of treason and by the corrupt priests of the church of blasphemy. He stood firm in his beliefs against all opposition, knowing that what was right was right and what was true was true.
He sought to unite the worthy representatives of the State and Church in an effort to bring about a change which should honor morals and give justice to the people. Among men of conscience his influence secretly grew. He hoped to gain such force as to make an appeal to the court at Madrid.
He aimed to bring together the respected members of the State and Church to create a change that would uphold morals and ensure justice for the people. Among those with a sense of duty, his influence quietly increased. He hoped to gather enough support to appeal to the court in Madrid.
He organized a moral revolution.
He led a moral revolution.
Conscience is power, but its progress is slow.
Conscience is powerful, but it advances slowly.
In 1890 Dr. Rizal published a pamphlet that stirred the island world. He pictured the sufferings of the natives under the Spanish rule. He appealed to the enlightened Church, conscience and humanity.
In 1890, Dr. Rizal published a pamphlet that sparked a movement across the islands. He highlighted the struggles of the locals under Spanish rule and called on the enlightened Church, as well as people's conscience and compassion.
The patriot's friends saw that the reform movement was about to be crushed, and said to Rizal: [195]
The patriot's friends saw that the reform movement was about to be crushed and said to Rizal: [195]
"Escape to Hong Kong!"
"Get away to Hong Kong!"
There was a patriotic club in Hong Kong that sought the emancipation of the natives of Luzon and the Philippines from the extortions of Spain. It would be well for him now to go there.
There was a patriotic club in Hong Kong that aimed to free the people of Luzon and the Philippines from Spain's exploitation. It would be a good idea for him to go there now.
"How shall I leave the city?" was the one question that suddenly haunted his mind.
"How am I going to leave the city?" was the one question that suddenly plagued his thoughts.
He must go by sea. He could not go on board a ship without being detected and detained.
He has to travel by sea. He can't board a ship without getting caught and held up.
"Get into a perforated box," said a fellow patriot, "and I will ship you with the merchandise."
"Get into a perforated box," said a fellow patriot, "and I will ship you with the goods."
Dr. Rizal secreted himself in the perforated box, and was shipped from Luzon to Hong Kong.
Dr. Rizal hid himself in the compartment of a box and was sent from Luzon to Hong Kong.
He was received with great enthusiasm by the Philippine patriots in Hong Kong.
He was welcomed with a lot of excitement by the Philippine patriots in Hong Kong.
But he was more dangerous to the officials of Luzon in Hong Kong than at Cavite. It became a problem with the latter how to get him once more in their power.
But he was more of a threat to the officials of Luzon in Hong Kong than he was at Cavite. The latter faced the challenge of figuring out how to regain control over him.
The Governor General Weyler caused a dispatch to be sent to him which stated that he "was too valuable a man for the State to lose his services," that his past conduct would be overlooked, and that he could safely return to his own island.
The Governor General Weyler had a message sent to him saying that he "was too valuable a man for the State to lose," that his past actions would be forgiven, and that he could safely go back to his island.
Honest himself, he could not believe that the dispatch was insincere.
Honest as he was, he couldn't believe that the message was insincere.
He went back to Manila. His foes were bent on his destruction.
He went back to Manila. His enemies were determined to take him down.
He was one day absent from his rooms attending [196] probably to his medical duties, when some soldiers led by a spy entered his apartments and searched his trunks and pretended to find there seditious books.
He missed a day in his quarters to attend to his medical duties, when a group of soldiers led by a spy came into his rooms, searched his trunks, and falsely claimed to find seditious books.
Dr. Rizal was arrested. His enemies formed the court to try him for treason.
Dr. Rizal was arrested. His enemies set up a court to put him on trial for treason.
The books were put out as evidence against him.
The books were presented as evidence against him.
"I imported no books," said he.
"I didn't bring any books," he said.
"But the books are here."
"But the books are here."
"The customhouse officers found no books in my trunks," said Dr. Rizal.
"The customs officers found no books in my luggage," said Dr. Rizal.
"But here are the books that witness against you."
"But here are the books that testify against you."
"There were no books in my room when I left it," said he.
"There were no books in my room when I left it," he said.
"But we found them there."
"But we found them here."
"Let me call the customhouse officers."
"Let me call the customs officers."
The court refused the request.
The court denied the request.
"Let me summon the owner of my room."
"Let me call the owner of my room."
The court refused the request.
The court denied the request.
"The witness against me is a convict, a spy, and a perjurer."
"The witness against me is a criminal, a traitor, and a liar."
The court found him guilty.
The court found him guilty.
He was sent into exile. The injustice of the trial was a flame of liberty; the British consul protested against it, and riots broke out in Cavite against the officials that countenanced such a mockery of justice. [197]
He was sent into exile. The unfairness of the trial ignited a spark for freedom; the British consul raised objections, and riots erupted in Cavite against the officials who tolerated such a farce of justice. [197]
He went again to Hong Kong. Weyler had left Luzon, and had been succeeded by Despajol.
He went back to Hong Kong. Weyler had left Luzon and had been replaced by Despajol.
His case aroused the Patriot Club. The patriots resolved to go to Spain and lay their cause before the throne. They were mobbed in Spain and sent to Manila for trial.
His case got the Patriot Club fired up. The patriots decided to travel to Spain and present their cause to the throne. They were overwhelmed in Spain and sent to Manila for trial.
The trial was a farce; Dr. Rizal was again condemned.
The trial was a joke; Dr. Rizal was condemned once more.
On December 6, 1896, he was led out of the Manila prison into the courtyard. A file of soldiers awaited the coming. A sharp volley of shots broke the stillness of the air; and that heart, so true to liberty, was broken and lay bleeding on the earth. So perished one of the noblest patriots of the islands of the China Sea.
On December 6, 1896, he was taken out of the Manila prison into the courtyard. A line of soldiers was waiting. A loud volley of gunfire shattered the silence; and that heart, so devoted to freedom, was shattered and lay bleeding on the ground. Thus ended the life of one of the greatest patriots of the islands in the China Sea.
AGUINALDO.
Aguinaldo, called "the greatest of the Malays," in that he rose against Spanish tyranny, is one of the interesting characters of the closing century. His true character can hardly be determined at the present time. Future events must reveal it. He is of mixed blood, and is said to more resemble a European than a Malay.
Aguinaldo, known as "the greatest of the Malays," for standing up against Spanish oppression, is one of the fascinating figures of the last century. It's tough to define his true character right now. Only time will show what it really is. He has mixed heritage and is said to resemble a European more than a Malay.
He was born in the province of Cavite, and is supposed to have European blood in his veins. He was brought up as a house boy in the apartments of a Jesuit priest—a house boy being an errand boy; a boy handy for all common work. [198]
He was born in Cavite and is believed to have European ancestry. He grew up as a houseboy in the residence of a Jesuit priest—a houseboy being someone who runs errands and helps with everyday tasks. [198]
It has been the policy of Spain for centuries to keep her subjects on the Pacific islands in partial ignorance; but this bright boy had an impulse to learn, to acquire knowledge, to grasp the truth of life. He had a remarkable memory, and he became such an apt scholar as to excite wonder. When he was fourteen years old he entered the medical school at Manila. He lost the favor of the Church by joining the Masonic order.
It has been Spain's policy for centuries to keep its subjects on the Pacific islands somewhat ignorant; however, this bright boy had a strong desire to learn, to gain knowledge, and to understand the truth of life. He had an impressive memory and became such a talented student that it amazed others. When he was fourteen years old, he joined the medical school in Manila. He lost the Church's favor by becoming a member of the Masonic order.
Aguinaldo.
Aguinaldo.
In 1888 he went to Hong Kong, where was a Philippine colony. Here he sought and obtained a military education, and studied military works, and the historical campaigns of the world's greatest heroes. He learned Latin, English, French, and Chinese.
In 1888, he went to Hong Kong, which was a Philippine colony. There, he pursued and received a military education, studying military texts and the historical campaigns of the world's greatest heroes. He learned Latin, English, French, and Chinese.
At the breaking out of the insurrection of the Philippines against Spain in 1896, Aguinaldo espoused the cause of liberty, and was made an officer and became a leader. The revolution grew and affected the native troops, and its spirit filled the archipelago. It became the purpose of the more fiery patriots to "drive the Spaniards into the sea."
At the start of the uprising in the Philippines against Spain in 1896, Aguinaldo supported the fight for freedom and became an officer and a leader. The revolution spread and influenced the local troops, and its spirit filled the entire archipelago. The more passionate patriots aimed to "drive the Spaniards into the sea."
Aguinaldo advocated the acceptance of concessions [199] by the Spanish Government, by which the rights of the native races should be recognized and protected. His policy was accepted, and the insurgents disbanded. He received Spanish gold to abandon the war for independence, and fell under the suspicion that his patriotism was purchasable. This suspicion has shadowed his fame. He went to Hong Kong.
Aguinaldo supported accepting concessions from the Spanish Government to recognize and protect the rights of native peoples. His plan was accepted, and the insurgents disbanded. He received Spanish money to give up the fight for independence, which led to doubts about whether his patriotism could be bought. This doubt has lingered over his reputation. He went to Hong Kong.
The island Hong Kong, which is English, is a school of good government. Here Aguinaldo seems to have conceived an ambition to free the native races of the archipelago, and form a republic of the confederated islands. The Spanish-American War revealed to him an opportunity to strike for liberty. He said to the Filipinos: "The hour has come."
The island of Hong Kong, which is British, is an example of good governance. Here, Aguinaldo appears to have developed an ambition to liberate the indigenous people of the archipelago and establish a republic of the united islands. The Spanish-American War presented him with a chance to fight for freedom. He told the Filipinos, "The time has come."
The Filipinos looked upon him as the man for the crisis.
The Filipinos saw him as the right person for the crisis.
An article in the Review of Reviews represents the chief as saying to an American naval officer:
An article in the Review of Reviews shows the chief telling an American naval officer:
"There will be war between your country and Spain, and in that war you can do the greatest deed in history by putting an end to Castilian tyranny in my native land. We are not ferocious savages. On the contrary, we are unspeakably patient and docile. That we have risen from time to time is no sign of bloodthirstiness on our part, but merely of manhood resenting wrongs which it is no longer able to endure. You Americans revolted for nothing at all compared with what we have suffered. Mexico and [200] the Spanish republics rose in rebellion and swept the Spaniard into the sea, and all their sufferings together would not equal that which occurs every day in the Philippines. We are supposed to be living under the laws and civilization of the nineteenth century, but we are really living under the practices of the Middle Ages.
"There will be war between your country and Spain, and in that war, you can accomplish the greatest deed in history by ending Castilian tyranny in my homeland. We are not brutal savages. Instead, we are incredibly patient and compliant. The times we've risen up are not a sign of bloodthirstiness, but simply a reaction to injustices we can no longer tolerate. You Americans revolted for virtually nothing compared to what we have endured. Mexico and the Spanish republics rebelled and drove the Spaniards into the sea, and all their suffering combined doesn’t even match what we face daily in the Philippines. We’re supposed to be living under the laws and civilization of the nineteenth century, but we are actually living under the practices of the Middle Ages."
"A man can be arrested in Manila, plunged into jail, and kept there twenty years without ever having a hearing or even knowing the complaint upon which he was arrested. There is no means in the legal system there of having a prompt hearing or of finding out what the charge is. The right to obtain evidence by torture is exercised by military, civil, and ecclesiastical tribunals. To this right there is no limitation, nor is the luckless witness or defendant permitted to have a surgeon, a counsel, a friend, or even a bystander to be present during the operation. As administered in the Philippines one man in every ten dies under the torture, and nothing is ever heard of him again. Everything is taxed, so that it is impossible for the thriftiest peasant farmer or shopkeeper to ever get ahead in life.
"A person can be detained in Manila, thrown into jail, and kept there for twenty years without ever having a hearing or even knowing the reason for their arrest. The legal system there doesn’t provide a way to have a quick hearing or to discover what the charge is. The right to obtain evidence through torture is enforced by military, civil, and church courts. There are no limits to this right, and the unfortunate witness or defendant isn't allowed to have a doctor, a lawyer, a friend, or even a bystander present during the process. In the Philippines, as it's carried out, one in every ten people dies under torture, and nothing is ever heard from them again. Everything is taxed, making it impossible for even the most frugal peasant farmer or shopkeeper to get ahead in life."
"The Spanish policy is to keep all trade in the hands of the Spanish merchants, who come out here from the peninsula and return with a fortune. The Government budget for education is no larger than the sum paid by the Hong Kong authorities for the support of Victoria College here. [201] What little education is had in the Philippines is obtained from the good Jesuits, who, in spite of their being forbidden to practice their priestly calling in Luzon, nevertheless devote their lives to teaching their fellow-countrymen. They carry the same principle into the Church, and no matter how devout, able, or learned a Filipino or even a half-breed may be, he is not permitted to enter a religious order or ever to be more than an acolyte, sexton, or an insignificant assistant priest. The State taxes the people for the lands which it says they own, and which as a matter of fact they have owned from time immemorial, and the Church collects rent for the same land upon the pretext that it belongs to them under an ancient charter of which there is no record. Neither life nor limb, liberty nor property have any security whatever under the Spanish administration."
"The Spanish policy is to keep all trade in the hands of Spanish merchants, who come here from the mainland and return with a fortune. The government budget for education is no larger than what the Hong Kong authorities pay for Victoria College here. [201] The little education available in the Philippines comes from the good Jesuits, who, despite being forbidden to practice their priestly duties in Luzon, still dedicate their lives to teaching their fellow countrymen. They apply the same principle in the Church, and no matter how devout, skilled, or educated a Filipino or even a half-breed may be, he is not allowed to join a religious order or to be anything more than an acolyte, sexton, or a minor assistant priest. The State taxes the people for the lands they supposedly own, which they have actually owned for generations, and the Church charges rent for the same land, claiming it belongs to them under an ancient charter that has no record. Under Spanish administration, life, limb, liberty, and property have no security at all."
Such was his indictment of Spain.
Such was his criticism of Spain.
He began a war for independence from Spain in the provinces of Luzon. He was an inspiring general and practically made prisoners of some fifteen thousand of the Spanish forces. He organized a Government at least nominally Republican, although it has been called a dictatorship. The purchase of the Philippines by the United States, in accordance with the Treaty of Paris, has been opposed by Aguinaldo and his followers in a most distressing war. He has claimed the absolute independence of all the Philippines, although, so far as our knowledge goes, [202] his authority does not extend far beyond certain districts of the Island of Luzon. Without anticipating the verdict of history upon our relations to the Philippines, it is enough to add that the bloodshed and suffering caused by this war are most deplorable.
He started a war for independence from Spain in the provinces of Luzon. He was an inspiring general and effectively captured around fifteen thousand Spanish soldiers. He set up a government that was at least nominally Republican, even though it has been labeled a dictatorship. The United States' purchase of the Philippines, as per the Treaty of Paris, has been opposed by Aguinaldo and his supporters in a very troubling conflict. He has insisted on the complete independence of all the Philippines, although, as far as we know, [202] his authority doesn't reach much beyond a few areas of the Island of Luzon. Without jumping ahead to what history will say about our relationship with the Philippines, it's enough to say that the bloodshed and suffering caused by this war are truly heartbreaking.
HONG KONG.
Hong Kong and the China Sea have come to stand not only for Europe in Asia, but for America in Asia, though of the latter, Manila is the port. The center of the world's forces changes, and it is a strange current of events that has made the China Sea, with its English port of Hong Kong, and the Luzon port of Manila, facing each other across the blue ocean way, the pivotal point of not only England in China, but of America in the East. The Anglo-Chinese community in Hong Kong represents the union of Europe and Asia in the family of nations, and America joins the world of the higher civilization at Manila, the scene of Dewey's victory.
HK and the China Sea now symbolize not just Europe in Asia, but also America in Asia, with Manila serving as the latter's main port. The center of global power is shifting, and it's a surprising turn of events that has positioned the China Sea, with its British port of Hong Kong, and the port of Manila in Luzon, directly opposite each other across the vast ocean, as the critical juncture for both England in China and America in the East. The Anglo-Chinese community in Hong Kong embodies the connection between Europe and Asia in the global community, while America enters the realm of advanced civilization in Manila, the site of Dewey's victory.
The civilizing history of Hong Kong is largely associated with Sir John Bowring, whom a large part of the world recalls merely as a writer of popular hymns; as, "In the Cross of Christ I Glory."
The civilizing history of Hong Kong is mainly linked to Sir John Bowring, who many people around the world remember just as the writer of popular hymns like "In the Cross of Christ I Glory."
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong, not being an integral part of Asia, became a place of refugees before its union with the British Empire. It lay in the route of the British possessions in Africa, India, and North America. Its Urasian destiny was seen in the alliance between Europe and Asia concluded at Canton (1634) between the East India Company and the Chinese Government. It then became the vantage ground of the Anglo-Saxon race. The early English Governors of Hong Kong made the port the cradle of liberty and free trade, and a civilizing influence in the East.
Hong Kong, not being a core part of Asia, became a refuge for many before it joined the British Empire. It was located along the route of British territories in Africa, India, and North America. Its unique position was highlighted by the partnership formed between Europe and Asia at Canton (1634) between the East India Company and the Chinese Government. This led to it becoming a stronghold for the Anglo-Saxon race. The early English Governors of Hong Kong established the port as a hub of freedom and free trade, serving as a civilizing force in the East.
The island is some nine miles long and from two to six miles broad, with a population of more than one hundred and twenty thousand, most of whom are Chinese. It was ceded in perpetuity to the British by the treaty of Nankin in 1843, when its Government began to be administered by Colonial Governors, under whom it grew commercially.
The island is about nine miles long and two to six miles wide, with a population of over one hundred twenty thousand, most of whom are Chinese. It was permanently given to the British by the Treaty of Nanjing in 1843, when its government started to be run by Colonial Governors, under whom it developed commercially.
The East India Trade Company had prepared the way for this little Britain in the East. The United States in the middle of the century began to trade at Canton from the ports of Boston and Salem. It is a very curious and almost forgotten fact that the first cargoes from New England to Canton consisted largely of ginseng, a plant now little esteemed, but which at that time had acquired such a medical reputation in China as to be almost worth its weight in gold. The plant was held to be a magical cure for nearly all diseases and to possess the gift of immortal youth.[205]
The East India Trading Company set the stage for this small British presence in the East. By the mid-century, the United States started trading at Canton from the ports of Boston and Salem. It’s a curious and almost forgotten fact that the first shipments from New England to Canton primarily consisted of ginseng, a plant that isn’t highly valued now, but back then it had gained such a reputation for its medicinal properties in China that it was nearly worth its weight in gold. People believed the plant was a magical cure for almost all illnesses and offered the secret of eternal youth.[205]
Boston and Salem are still adorned with the tall and stately mansions of these old merchants, whose wooden vessels went to the China Sea, at first carrying ginseng and returning with tea. A writer in a Boston paper thus pictures this period:
Boston and Salem are still lined with the tall and impressive mansions of those old merchants, whose wooden ships sailed to the China Sea, initially loaded with ginseng and coming back with tea. A writer in a Boston newspaper describes this era like this:
"The generation that would not have had to look at a map to find out where Manila was when George Dewey arrived there, is almost passed away. These were the great sailors of their time; men who met emergencies with nerve and overcame tempest and adversity with equal complacency, who knew the merchants of Canton and Calcutta as well as the merchants of Salem and Boston, and whose tempers were never ruffled if even stress of circumstance compelled them to put up with a paltry profit of one hundred per cent. They lived at a time when there might easily be a fortune in a single freight, and when one turn round the world might represent more than a million of money. Most of them lived before the day of the bill of exchange, and when the solid old method of carrying specie in the hold was the familiar business practice. They knew the pirate of the China Sea and he of Barbary, too, for it was this old-fashioned system of carrying your capital with you that made the pirates' life worth living. They lived before the cable as well, and from the moment that a ship cleared from Canton or Manila or Singapore there was no way in the world for the consignee or the merchant in Boston [206] to know what she had on board until she arrived here to speak for herself. Be it silks or teas or what-not, the merchant must move quickly to bid or buy, for the nature and value of the cargo could not have been discounted in advance, while the ship was skimming the oceans. Each vessel made her own market, and the wharf was the market place. It was good news, indeed, when a captain with a cargo of teas was informed by his owners, who may have met him upon the completion of a two years' cruise, that the price of tea had advanced the day before his arrival. It was pretty apt to be something in the captain's own pocket, too, for in those days he was allowed to carry twenty-five tons of freight for his own private speculation, and a salary of three hundred dollars a month in addition was not uncommon. There are retired captains on Cape Cod and in Salem and in the suburbs of Boston to-day who earned a competence in those times of Boston's water-front prosperity. They became masters sometimes before they were of age, and occasionally there would be one, like the late R. B. Forbes, who would become a great merchant, the head of a famous, wealthy house, known the world over, almost before he realized how great was the fortune that had overtaken him. And there was another very nice thing about those old days of plenty. If a man came home from China rich, invested his wealth in a railroad or some manufacturing or mining project that would be pretty apt to ruin him, all he would have to do would be to exile himself, under the right auspices, for another year or two in China, and then return to his home and friends with his fortunes quite mended."
"The generation that wouldn't have needed a map to locate Manila when George Dewey got there is nearly gone. They were the great sailors of their time; men who faced challenges with confidence and handled storms and difficulties with equal ease, who knew the merchants of Canton and Calcutta just as well as those of Salem and Boston, and whose tempers never flared even if circumstances forced them to settle for a seemingly meager profit of one hundred percent. They lived in an era when a single shipment could mean a fortune, and when a trip around the world could represent over a million dollars. Most of them experienced a time before the bill of exchange, when the traditional method of transporting gold in the hold was standard practice. They were familiar with pirates of the China Sea and those from Barbary, too, since this old-fashioned way of carrying your capital made piracy a viable occupation. They also lived before the advent of the telegraph; once a ship departed from Canton, Manila, or Singapore, there was no way for the consignee or the merchant in Boston to know what it carried until it arrived here to announce itself. Whether it was silks, teas, or something else, the merchant had to act fast to bid or buy, since the nature and value of the cargo couldn’t be determined in advance while the ship was navigating the oceans. Each vessel created its own market, and the wharf was the marketplace. It was indeed good news when a captain with a tea cargo was told by his owners, who might have met him after a two-year voyage, that the price of tea had gone up the day before his arrival. It often meant something for the captain's own finances, too, because back then he was allowed to carry twenty-five tons of freight for his own trading, and a salary of three hundred dollars a month was not unusual. Today, there are retired captains in Cape Cod, Salem, and the suburbs of Boston who made a fortune during Boston's waterfront boom. They often became masters of their ships before reaching adulthood, and sometimes there were individuals, like the late R. B. Forbes, who rose to become leading merchants and heads of famous, wealthy firms known worldwide, often before they even grasped the magnitude of their newfound wealth. And there was another nice aspect of those prosperous old days. If a man returned from China wealthy, invested his money in a railroad or some manufacturing or mining venture that was likely to ruin him, all he needed to do was exile himself, under the right circumstances, for another year or two in China, and then return to his home and friends with his fortunes restored."
Iloilo.
Iloilo.
The great merchant at Canton at the time of the Boston commercial period was Honqua. He was as noble as he was rich, and Mr. Forbes, the famous old Boston merchant, relates the following story of him:
The prominent merchant in Canton during the Boston commercial era was Honqua. He was as honorable as he was wealthy, and Mr. Forbes, the well-known old Boston merchant, recounts the following story about him:
"A New England trader had gone to Canton, and had been unsuccessful, and owed Honqua one hundred thousand dollars. He desired to return home, but could not do so if he discharged the debt. Honqua heard of his condition, pitied him, and sent for him.
"A New England trader had gone to Canton and had failed in his business, owing Honqua one hundred thousand dollars. He wanted to go back home but couldn’t do so as long as he still owed the debt. Honqua learned about his situation, felt sorry for him, and called for him."
"'I shall be sorry to part from you,' he said, 'but I wish you to return as you so desire, happy and free. Here are all your notes canceled.'"
"'I'm going to miss you,' he said, 'but I want you to come back when you want to, happy and free. Here are all your notes erased.'"
Here was superb commercialism.
This was excellent marketing.
The American sovereignty over the Philippine Islands opens the way to China by the China Sea. In the progress of events the achievements of Magellan have led the ships of the West to the East again, and it is possible that there may yet be great Mongol emigrations to the western shores of the southern continent. The lantern or farol of Magellan was never more prophetic than now. So suggestion lives.[209]
The American control over the Philippines provides a route to China via the China Sea. As events have unfolded, Magellan's accomplishments have brought ships from the West back to the East, and it's possible that there could still be significant Mongolian migrations to the western coast of the southern continent. The lantern or farol of Magellan is more prophetic now than it has ever been. So, suggestions continue to thrive.[209]
TRAVELERS' TALES OF THE PHILIPPINES.
Hong Kong is the market place of the Eastern world. Here the East and West meet in the airy bazaars, and from it, it is easy to find one's way to Luzon, over the bright sea mirrors, the sleepy, dreamy splendors of the China Sea.
Hong Kong is the marketplace of the East. Here, East meets West in the bustling bazaars, and from here, it's easy to navigate to Luzon, across the sparkling sea reflections and the tranquil, dreamy beauty of the China Sea.
But few travelers have written books on Luzon, and those have usually published them in French or in Spanish. Travelers from the East have, as a rule, not remained long on the island, where earthquakes, typhoons, malarial fevers, and the plague itself have been not unfrequent visitors, and where one welcomes gratefully the shadows of the night in the seasons of fervid heat. The rain storms are downpours and deluges that are blinding, but they leave behind their inky tracts a paradise of beauty and bloom.
But few travelers have written books about Luzon, and those that have usually published them in French or Spanish. Travelers from the East generally haven’t stayed long on the island, where earthquakes, typhoons, malaria, and even the plague have often made appearances, and where people gratefully welcome the shadows of night during the sweltering seasons. The rainstorms are intense downpours that can be blinding, but they leave behind a paradise of beauty and bloom in their wake.
The morning on the China Sea in serene weather is a royal glory. It has the odors of Araby and the freshness of an Eden. The earth seems waiting. The sails hang listlessly on the glassy, breathless straits, and the sun sheds its splendor through the pale blue air as powerfully as the clouded heavens poured down the rain.
The morning on the China Sea in calm weather is truly magnificent. It carries the scents of Arabia and the freshness of paradise. The earth feels like it’s holding its breath. The sails droop lazily on the smooth, still waters, and the sun shines brightly through the pale blue sky just as the overcast heavens once poured down rain.
The Filipinos are a sensitive race, and many of them have a keen sense of injustice. Great numbers of them have a church education, and their views of the world are bounded by what they have learned [210] of India, China, and Malaysia and Iberian peninsula from the priests of Spain.
The Filipinos are a sensitive people, and many of them have a strong sense of injustice. A large number have a religious education, and their perspectives on the world are shaped by what they’ve learned from the priests of Spain about India, China, Malaysia, and the Iberian Peninsula. [210]
A recent traveler from Manila said to me:
A traveler from Manila recently told me:
"The Filipinos have hot blood and are revengeful, but they are quick to discern justice. A boy who attended me at the hotel came to me one day bleeding.
"The Filipinos are passionate and seek revenge, but they can quickly recognize justice. One day, a boy who helped me at the hotel came to me bleeding."
"'My master has beaten me,' he said, 'with a rawhide.'
"'My boss has hit me,' he said, 'with a rawhide.'"
"'He has abused you,' I said. 'Why?'
"'He has mistreated you,' I said. 'Why?'"
"'He took me into the storeroom and lashed me, and the rawhide cut me. I bleed.'
"'He brought me into the storeroom and tied me up, and the rawhide cut me. I'm bleeding.'"
"'Why did he punish you?'
"Why did he punish you?"
"'The porter told him he found me neglecting my work by hiding away and fighting cocks. It was not true. The porter lied; he hates me.'
"'The porter told him he saw me slacking off and hiding away to watch cockfights. That wasn't true. The porter lied; he hates me.'"
"'Go to the marshal and make a complaint against the landlord. Go now, before the blood dries. A master has no right to beat one like that. It is inhuman. Justice ought to be done.'
"'Go to the mayor and file a complaint against the landlord. Go now, before the blood dries. A master has no right to beat someone like that. It's inhumane. Justice should be served.'"
"'But I do not blame him; he is not to blame. The porter is to blame. The porter lied.'
"'But I don’t blame him; he’s not at fault. The porter is at fault. The porter lied.'"
"'But the marshal would hardly take up your case against the porter; he would hold him to be a person of slight consequence.'
"'But the marshal probably wouldn't take your case against the porter seriously; he would see him as someone of little importance.'"
"'But wrong is wrong whether it be done by a landlord or his porter. The porter should go to prison for twenty years!'"
"'But wrong is wrong, no matter if it's done by a landlord or his porter. The porter should go to prison for twenty years!'"
The case then dropped, but the boy carried a case [211] for revenge against the porter in his heart. He was quick to discern justice.
The case then faded away, but the boy held a grudge against the porter in his heart. He was quick to see what was fair. [211]
Cockfighting is a favorite diversion among the Filipinos. A traveler says that he has seen Filipinos going to mass carrying gamecocks under their arms to set fighting in the cemetery after the service.
Cockfighting is a popular pastime among Filipinos. A traveler notes that he has seen Filipinos attending mass with gamecocks tucked under their arms, ready to fight in the cemetery after the service.
The brutal sport is a passion, and is to be seen going on almost everywhere on festal days, and in the evenings in the cool shadows of awnings and palms.
The intense sport is a passion and can be seen taking place almost everywhere on festive days and in the evenings under the cool shade of awnings and palm trees.
Alfred Marché published a book in Paris in 1887 entitled Luxon and Palaveran; Six Annes de Voyages aux Philippines. It contains some vivid pictures of the natives, of the habits and customs of the country, of the earthquakes and storms. He describes the earthquake seasons when the earth trembled, and the people rushed wildly into the open courts at the first tremor. As great as the terror was the Chinese did not leave their merchandise unprotected for fear of thieves, showing that the trembling earth did not overcome the nature of the merchant or the native thief. The one would face death for his goods and the other for his chance of getting plunder.
Alfred Marché published a book in Paris in 1887 called Luxon and Palaveran; Six Years of Travels in the Philippines. It includes some vivid descriptions of the locals, their habits and customs, as well as the earthquakes and storms. He details the earthquake seasons when the ground shook, and people rushed frantically into open spaces at the first sign of tremor. Despite the fear, the Chinese traders didn’t leave their goods unguarded from thieves, illustrating that the shaking earth didn’t change the instincts of the merchant or the native thief. One would risk their life for their belongings, while the other would do the same for a chance to steal.
Monsieur Marché gives some views of the tropic jungles, one of which is illustrated by a very curious anecdote and pictorial illustration.
Monsieur Marché shares some perspectives on the tropical jungles, one of which is highlighted by a fascinating anecdote and a visual illustration.
One day one of his native servants told him that [212] he had seen in the woods an immense python, which seemed to have been gorged with some animal that he had swallowed, and so rendered sluggish and resistless.
One day, one of his local servants told him that [212] he had seen in the woods a huge python that seemed to be stuffed with an animal it had swallowed, making it slow and unable to fight back.
"I should like to see so large a serpent," said the traveler.
"I would like to see such a large snake," said the traveler.
An hour afterward, while he was sitting in the shadow of his bungalow, an extraordinary sight met his eyes. The native had gone into the wood and had put a cord about the neck of the great serpent and attached it to the horns of a buffalo, and the buffalo was dragging the python toward the bungalow. The python was seven meters long (thirty-nine inches to a meter), a distended mass of folds and flesh (page 356, Alfred Marché's Luzon).
An hour later, while he was sitting in the shade of his bungalow, an incredible sight caught his eye. The local man had gone into the woods and wrapped a cord around the neck of the huge serpent, tying it to the horns of a buffalo, which was now pulling the python toward the bungalow. The python was seven meters long (about thirty-nine inches per meter), a swollen mass of folds and flesh (page 356, Alfred Marché's Luzon).
What had he swallowed? What creature was there inside of him that was about to be digested, and that so distorted his folds?
What had he swallowed? What creature was inside him that was about to be digested, causing his insides to twist like that?
The serpent was harmless in the noose and from the weight of his meal.
The snake was harmless in the noose and from the weight of its meal.
The traveler severed the python's vertebræ, rendering it inoffensive, and then made an incision into its abdomen.
The traveler cut through the python's spine, making it harmless, and then made a cut into its belly.
A surprise followed. Out of the abdomen came a calf of some months' growth. The animal's legs were so doubled under its body as to make the latter horizontal. The serpent was prepared for the museum of the traveler.
A surprise came next. From the abdomen emerged a calf that was several months old. The animal's legs were bent so far under its body that it lay flat. The serpent was ready for the traveler's museum.
The same traveler describes earthquakes, after [213] which victims were fed by tubes let down under the ponderous débris.
The same traveler talks about earthquakes, after [213] which victims were fed through tubes lowered under the heavy debris.
One of the most interesting books of travel in Luzon that we have ever read is entitled Aventures d'un Gentilhomme Breton aux iles Philippines, par P. de la Gironière (Paris, 1855). A part of the work has been translated into English by Frederick Hardman, and from this translation in part we select material for a view of the life of the French savant in Jala-Jala, a very interesting district of the island. The original French work is very vividly illustrated. The English abridgment is without illustrations. (French edition, Boston Public Library, No. 3040a, 182. English abridgment, 5049a, 69.)
One of the most interesting travel books about Luzon we've ever read is called Aventures d'un Gentilhomme Breton aux îles Philippines, by P. de la Gironière (Paris, 1855). Part of the work has been translated into English by Frederick Hardman, and from this translation, we’ve selected material to present the life of the French scholar in Jala-Jala, a very intriguing area of the island. The original French edition is richly illustrated. The English abridgment has no illustrations. (French edition, Boston Public Library, No. 3040a, 182. English abridgment, 5049a, 69.)
THE ADVENTURES OF DR. DE LA GIRONIÈRE IN LUZON.
(After Hardman.)
CHANGING THE HEART OF A BRIGAND.
"Jala-Jala is a long peninsula, stretching from north to south into the middle of Bay Lake. The peninsula is divided longitudinally by a chain of mountains, which gradually diminish in elevation, until, for the last three leagues, they dwindle into mere hills. These mountains, of easy access, are covered partly with wood and partly with beautiful pastures, where the grass attains a height of between one and two yards, and, when waving in the wind, resembles the waves of the ocean. Finer vegetation can nowhere be found; it is refreshed by limpid [214] springs, flowing from the higher slopes of the mountain down into the lake. Owing to these pastures, Jala-Jala is richer in game than any other part of the island of Luzon. Deer, wild boar, and buffalo, quails, hens, snipes, pigeons of fifteen or twenty kinds, parrots; in short, all manner of birds, there abound. The lake teems with water-fowl, and especially with wild ducks. Notwithstanding its extent, the island contains no dangerous or carnivorous beasts; the worst things to be feared in that way is the civet, a little animal about the size of a cat, which attacks only birds; and the monkeys, which issue from the forest by troops, and lay waste the maize and sugar fields.
Jala-Jala is a long peninsula that extends from north to south into the middle of Bay Lake. The peninsula is divided lengthwise by a range of mountains, which gradually get lower until, for the last three leagues, they shrink down to just hills. These mountains are easily accessible and are covered partly in trees and partly in beautiful pastures, where the grass reaches heights of about one to two yards. When it sways in the wind, it looks like ocean waves. You can't find better vegetation anywhere; it's nourished by clear [214] springs that flow from the higher slopes of the mountain into the lake. Because of these pastures, Jala-Jala has more game than any other part of the island of Luzon. There are deer, wild boar, and buffalo, as well as quails, hens, snipes, and pigeons of fifteen or twenty kinds, plus parrots; in short, all kinds of birds can be found here. The lake is full of waterfowl, especially wild ducks. Despite its size, the island doesn't have any dangerous or carnivorous animals; the only things to watch out for are civets, which are small animals about the size of cats that only attack birds, and monkeys that come down from the forest in groups and destroy the maize and sugar fields.
"The lake, which yields excellent fish, is less favored than the land; for it contains a great many caymans, a creature of such enormous size that in a few minutes it divides a horse piecemeal and absorbs it into its huge stomach. The accidents occasioned by these caymans are frequent and terrible, and I have seen more than one Indian fall victims to them.
"The lake, which has great fish, is not as popular as the land because it has a lot of caymans, a creature so huge that it can tear a horse apart in just a few minutes and swallow it whole. The incidents caused by these caymans happen often and are horrific, and I've seen more than one Indian fall victim to them."
"At the period of my purchase the only human inhabitants of Jala-Jala were a few Indians, of Malay extraction, who lived in the woods and tilled some nooks of land. At night they were pirates upon the lake, and they afforded shelter to all the banditti of the surrounding provinces. The people at Manila had given me the most dismal account of [215] the district; according to them, I should soon be murdered: my turn for adventure was such, that all their stories, instead of alarming me, only increased my desire to visit men who were living almost in a savage state.
"At the time I bought the place, the only people living in Jala-Jala were a few Indians of Malay descent, who lived in the woods and farmed small patches of land. At night, they turned into pirates on the lake, providing refuge to all the outlaws from neighboring areas. The people in Manila told me the most depressing stories about the district; they warned me that I would soon be killed. However, my adventurous spirit meant that instead of scaring me, their tales only fueled my desire to meet people living in such a wild state."
"As soon as I had bought Jala-Jala, I traced for myself a plan of conduct, having for its object to attract the banditti to me; to this end, I felt that I must not appear among them in the character of an exacting and sordid owner, but in that of a father. All depended upon the first impressions I should make upon these Indians, now my vassals. On landing, I went straight to a little hamlet, composed of a few cabins.
"As soon as I bought Jala-Jala, I made a plan for myself to draw the bandits to me. To do this, I realized I shouldn’t show up as a demanding and greedy owner, but as a father figure. Everything depended on the first impressions I would make on these Indians, now my vassals. When I landed, I headed straight to a small hamlet made up of a few cabins."
"My faithful coachman was with me; we were each of us armed with a good double-barreled gun, a brace of pistols, and a saber. I had already ascertained, from some fishermen, to which Indian I ought to address myself. This man, who was much respected by his countrymen, was called, in the Tagal tongue, Mabutin-Tajo, translatable as The brave and valiant.
"My loyal coachman was with me; each of us was equipped with a reliable double-barreled shotgun, a pair of pistols, and a saber. I had already confirmed with some fishermen which Indian I should approach. This man, who was highly regarded by his fellow countrymen, was known, in the Tagal language, as Mabutin-Tajo, which translates to The brave and valiant.
"He was quite capable of committing, without the slightest remorse, five or six murders in the course of a single expedition; but he was brave; and courage is a virtue before which all primitive races respectfully bow. My conversation with Mabutin-Tajo was not long; a few words sufficed to win his good will, and to convert him into a faithful servant [216] for the whole time I dwelt at Jala-Jala. This is how I spoke to him:
"He was more than capable of committing, without any guilt, five or six murders during a single mission; but he was brave, and bravery is a quality that all primitive cultures respect. My chat with Mabutin-Tajo didn’t last long; just a few words were enough to gain his trust and turn him into a loyal servant [216] for the entire time I stayed at Jala-Jala. Here’s what I said to him:
"'You are a great rascal,' I said; 'I am the lord of Jala-Jala; it is my will that you amend your conduct; if you refuse, you shall expiate all your misdeeds. I want a guard; give me your word of honor to turn honest man, and I will make you my lieutenant.'
"'You're quite the troublemaker,' I said; 'I am the lord of Jala-Jala; I demand that you change your ways; if you don't, you'll have to make up for all your wrongs. I need a guard; promise me you'll turn your life around, and I'll make you my lieutenant.'"
"When I completed this brief harangue, Alila (that was the brigand's name) remained for a moment silent, his countenance indicating deep reflection. I waited for him to speak; not without a certain degree of anxiety as to what his answer would be.
"When I finished this short speech, Alila (that was the brigand's name) stayed silent for a moment, his face showing deep thought. I waited for him to say something, feeling a bit anxious about what his response would be."
"'Master!' he at last exclaimed, offering me his hand and putting one knee to the ground, 'I will be faithful to you until death!'
"'Master!' he finally said, reaching out his hand and kneeling, 'I will stay loyal to you until the end!'"
"I was very well pleased with this reply, but I concealed my satisfaction.
"I was really happy with this response, but I hid my satisfaction."
"''Tis good,' I said; 'to show you that I have confidence in you, take this weapon, and use it only against enemies.'
"'It's good,' I said; 'to show you that I trust you, take this weapon, and use it only against enemies.'"
"I presented him with a Tagal sabre, on which was inscribed in Spanish: 'Draw me not without cause, nor sheath me without honor.'
"I gave him a Tagal sabre, which was inscribed in Spanish: 'Draw me not without cause, nor sheath me without honor.'"
"This legend I translated into Tagal; Alila thought it sublime, and swore ever to observe it.
"This legend I translated into Tagal; Alila thought it was amazing and vowed to always follow it."
"'When I go to Manila,' I added, 'I will bring you epaulets and a handsome uniform; but you must [217] lose no time in getting together the soldiers you are to command, and who will compose my guard. Take me at once to him among your comrades whom you think most capable of acting as sergeant.'
"'When I go to Manila,' I added, 'I'll bring you epaulets and a nice uniform; but you need to [217] quickly gather the soldiers you'll be in charge of, who will make up my guard. Take me right away to the one among your friends whom you think is most capable of being a sergeant.'"
"We walked a short distance to the habitation of a friend of Alila's, who usually accompanied him on his piratical expeditions. A few words, in the same strain as those I had spoken to my future lieutenant, produced the same effect on his comrade, and decided him to accept the rank I offered him. We passed the day recruiting in the various huts, and before night we had got together, in cavalry, a guard of ten men, a number I did not wish to exceed. I took the command as captain.
We walked a short distance to the home of one of Alila's friends, who typically joined him on his pirate adventures. A few words, similar to what I'd said to my future lieutenant, had the same impact on his friend and convinced him to accept the rank I offered. We spent the day gathering recruits from the various huts, and by nightfall, we had assembled a cavalry guard of ten men, a number I didn’t want to go beyond. I took charge as captain.
"The next day I mustered the population of the peninsula, and, surrounded by my new guards, I selected a site for a village, and one for a house for myself. I gave orders to the fathers of families to build their cabins upon a line which I marked out, and I desired my lieutenant to employ all the hands he could procure in extracting stone, cutting timber, and preparing everything for my dwelling. My orders given, I set out for Manila, promising soon to return. On reaching home, I found my friends uneasy on my account; for, not having heard from me, they feared I had fallen victim to the caymans or the pirates. The narrative of my voyage, my description of Jala-Jala, far from making my wife averse to my project of living there, rendered her [218] on the contrary impatient to visit our property, and to settle upon it."
"The next day, I gathered the people of the peninsula, and with my new guards around me, I chose a spot for a village and a location for my own house. I instructed the heads of families to build their cabins along a line I marked out, and I asked my lieutenant to get as many workers as he could to help with extracting stone, cutting timber, and preparing everything for my home. Once I gave my orders, I headed to Manila, promising to return soon. When I got back home, I found my friends worried about me; since they hadn’t heard from me, they were afraid I had become a victim of the caimans or the pirates. My account of the journey and my description of Jala-Jala didn’t make my wife less enthusiastic about my plan to live there; instead, it made her eager to visit our property and settle there."
Dr. de la Gironière lived many years at Jala-Jala in the peninsula country. He relates many adventures in the primitive forests, one of which is as follows:
Dr. de la Gironière spent many years in Jala-Jala in the peninsula region. He shares numerous adventures in the untamed forests, one of which is as follows:
A BUFFALO HUNT IN JALA-JALA.
"The Indians consider the pursuit of the buffalo the most dangerous of all hunts; and my guards told me they would rather place their naked breast at twenty paces from a rifle's muzzle than find themselves at the same distance from a wild buffalo. The difference is, they say, that a rifle bullet may only wound, whereas a buffalo's horn is sure to kill.
"The Indians see hunting buffalo as the most perilous of all hunts; my guards mentioned they'd rather stand bare-chested twenty steps away from a rifle than be the same distance from a wild buffalo. They explain that a bullet from a rifle might just wound, but a buffalo's horn is guaranteed to kill."
"Taking advantage of their fear of the buffalo, I one day informed them, with all the coolness I could assume, of my intention to hunt that animal. Thereupon they exerted all their eloquence to dissuade me from my project; they drew a most picturesque and intimidating sketch of the dangers and difficulties I should encounter; I, especially, as one unaccustomed to that sort of fight—for such a chase is in fact a life or death contest. I would not listen to them. I had declared my will; I would not discuss the subject, or attend to their advice.
"Taking advantage of their fear of the buffalo, I calmly told them one day about my plan to hunt that animal. They tried their hardest to talk me out of it, painting a vivid and scary picture of the dangers and challenges I would face; especially me, as someone who wasn't used to that kind of struggle—since hunting buffalo is really a fight for survival. I wouldn’t listen to them. I had made up my mind; I wasn’t going to discuss it or consider their advice."
Boats on the River Pasig.
Boats on the Pasig River.
"It was fortunate that I did not; for these affectionate counsels, these alarming pictures of the [219] dangers I was about to run, were given and drawn by way of snare; they had agreed among themselves to estimate my courage accordingly as I accepted or avoided the combat. My only reply was an order to get everything in readiness for the hunt. I took care that my wife should know nothing of the expedition, and I set out, accompanied by a dozen Indians, almost all armed with guns.
"It was lucky that I didn’t; because those caring pieces of advice and those scary images of the [219] dangers I was about to face were meant to trap me. They had agreed among themselves to judge my courage based on whether I accepted or avoided the fight. My only response was to order everything to be prepared for the hunt. I made sure my wife knew nothing about the trip, and I set off with about a dozen Indians, most of whom were armed with guns."
"The buffalo is hunted differently in the plain and in the mountains. In the plain, all that is needed is a good horse, agility, and skill in throwing the lasso. In the mountains, an extraordinary degree of coolness is requisite. This is how the thing is done: The hunter takes a gun, upon which he is sure he can depend, and so places himself that the buffalo, on issuing from the forest, must perceive him. The very instant the brute sees you, he rushes upon you with his very utmost speed, breaking, crushing, trampling under foot, everything that impedes his progress. He thunders down upon you as though he would annihilate you; at a few paces distance, he pauses for a moment, and presents his sharp and menacing horns.
"The buffalo is hunted differently in the plains and in the mountains. In the plains, all you need is a good horse, agility, and skill in throwing a lasso. In the mountains, you need an extraordinary level of calm. Here's how it works: The hunter takes a reliable gun and positions himself so that the buffalo, as it comes out of the forest, will see him. The moment the animal spots you, it charges at full speed, breaking, crushing, and trampling anything in its way. It comes at you like it's trying to obliterate you; just a few steps away, it pauses for a moment and shows its sharp and threatening horns."
"It is during that brief pause that the hunter must take his shot, and send a bullet into the center of his enemy's brow. If unfortunately the gun misses fire, or if his hand trembles and his ball goes askew, he is lost—Providence alone can save him! Such, perhaps, was the fate that awaited me; [220] but I was determined to run the chance. We reached the edge of a large wood, in which we felt sure that buffaloes were; and there we halted. I was sure of my gun; I thought myself tolerably sure of my coolness, and I desired that the hunt should take place as if I had been a common Indian. I stationed myself on a spot over which everything made it probable that the animal would pass, and I suffered no one to remain near me. I sent every man to his post, and remained alone on the open ground, two hundred paces from the edge of the forest, awaiting a foe who would assuredly show me no mercy if I missed him.
"It is during that brief pause that the hunter must take his shot and send a bullet into the center of his enemy's forehead. If, unfortunately, the gun misfires, or if his hand shakes and his aim is off, he's done for—only fate can save him! Such, perhaps, was the destiny that awaited me; [220] but I was determined to take the chance. We reached the edge of a large forest, where we were sure buffaloes were, and we stopped. I was confident in my gun; I thought I was fairly calm, and I wanted the hunt to unfold as if I were just a regular Indian. I positioned myself in a spot where it was likely the animal would pass, and I made sure no one was nearby. I sent everyone to their posts and stayed alone in the open ground, two hundred paces from the edge of the forest, waiting for a foe who would surely show me no mercy if I missed."
"That is certainly a solemn moment in which one finds himself placed thus between life and death, all depending on the goodness of a gun, and on the steadiness of the hand that grasps it. I quietly waited. When all had taken up their positions, two men entered the forest, having previously stripped off a part of their clothes, the better to climb the trees in case of need. They were armed only with cutlasses, and accompanied by dogs. For more than half an hour a mournful silence reigned. We listened with all our ears, but no sound was heard.
"That is definitely a serious moment when you're caught between life and death, totally relying on the reliability of a gun and the steadiness of the hand holding it. I waited quietly. Once everyone was in position, two men entered the forest, having taken off part of their clothes to make it easier to climb the trees if needed. They were only armed with cutlasses and had dogs with them. For over half an hour, a somber silence filled the air. We listened closely, but no sound was heard."
"The buffalo is often very long before giving sign of life. At last the reiterated barking of the dogs, and the cries of the prickers, warned us that the beast was afoot. Soon I heard the cracking of [221] the branches and young trees, which broke before him as he threaded the forest with frightful rapidity. The noise of his headlong career was to be compared only to the gallop of several horses, or to the rush of some monstrous and fantastical creature; it was like the approach of an avalanche. At that moment, I confess, my emotion was so great that my heart beat with extraordinary rapidity. Was it death, a terrible death, that thus approached me? Suddenly the buffalo appeared. He stood for a moment, glared wildly about him, snuffed the air of the plain, and then, his nostrils elevated, his horns thrown back upon his shoulders, charged down upon me with terrible fury.
"The buffalo often takes a long time before showing any signs of life. Finally, the persistent barking of the dogs and the shouts of the hunters signaled that the beast was on the move. Soon, I heard the snapping of branches and young trees as they broke beneath him while he raced through the forest with terrifying speed. The sound of his wild dash could only be compared to the gallop of several horses or the rush of some monstrous and imaginary creature; it was like the approach of an avalanche. In that moment, I have to admit, my emotions were so intense that my heart was racing incredibly fast. Was death, a terrible death, closing in on me? Suddenly, the buffalo appeared. He paused for a moment, looked around wildly, smelled the air of the plain, and then, with his nostrils flared and his horns thrown back on his shoulders, charged toward me with devastating fury."
"The decisive moment had come. A victim there must be—either the buffalo or myself—and we were both disposed to defend ourselves stoutly. I should be puzzled to describe what passed within me during the short time the animal took to traverse the interval between us. My heart, which had beat so violently when I heard him tearing through the forest, no longer throbbed. My eyes were fixed upon his forehead with such intensity that I saw nothing else. There was a sort of deep silence within me. I was too much absorbed to hear anything—even the baying of the dogs as they followed their prey at a short distance.
"The decisive moment had arrived. One of us had to be the victim—either the buffalo or me—and we were both ready to fight hard. I would find it hard to explain what I felt during the brief time it took for the animal to close the distance between us. My heart, which had pounded so heavily when I heard it crashing through the forest, had calmed. My gaze was fixed on its forehead so intensely that I didn’t notice anything else. There was a deep silence inside me. I was too focused to hear anything—even the barking of the dogs as they trailed their prey a short distance behind."
"At last the buffalo stopped, lowered his head, and presented his horns; just as he gave a spring I [222] fired. My bullet pierced his skull—I was half saved. He fell to the ground, just a pace in front of me, with the ponderous noise of a mass of rock. I put my foot between his horns and was about to fire my second barrel, when a hollow and prolonged roar informed me that my victory was complete. The buffalo was dead. My Indians came up. Their joy turned to admiration; they were delighted; I was all that they wished me to be.
"Finally, the buffalo stopped, lowered its head, and showed its horns; just as it sprang, I [222] fired. My bullet went through its skull—I was halfway safe. It fell to the ground, making a heavy noise like a chunk of rock. I placed my foot between its horns and was about to fire my second shot when a deep, extended roar told me my victory was assured. The buffalo was dead. My Indians came over. Their joy turned into admiration; they were thrilled; I was everything they hoped I would be."
"Their doubts had been dissipated with the smoke of my gun; I was brave, I had proved it, and they had now entire confidence in me. My victim was cut up, and carried in triumph to the village. In right of conquest I took his horns; they were six feet in length; I have since deposited them in the Nantes museum. The Indians, those lovers of metaphor, those givers of surnames, thenceforward called me Malamit Oulou—Tagal words, signifying 'cool head.'"
"Their doubts vanished with the smoke from my gun; I had shown my bravery and earned their complete trust. My kill was cut up and triumphantly taken back to the village. By right of conquest, I claimed his horns; they measured six feet long, and I later donated them to the Nantes museum. The Indians, who love metaphors and bestowing nicknames, began to call me Malamit Oulou—Tagalog words meaning 'cool head.'"
The traveler describes the cayman, which is of enormous size—the whale of the oozy lagoon. He relates the following adventure with a boa:
The traveler talks about the cayman, which is huge—the whale of the muddy lagoon. He shares the following adventure with a boa:
THE BOA OF LUZON.
"The other monster of which I have promised a description, the boa, is common in the Philippines, but it is rare to meet with a very large [223] specimen. It is possible, even probable, that centuries (?) are necessary for this reptile to attain its largest size; and to such an age the various accidents to which animals are exposed rarely suffer it to attain. Full-sized boas are met with only in the gloomiest, most remote, and most solitary forests.
The other monster I said I would describe, the boa, is common in the Philippines, but it's rare to find a very large [223] specimen. It likely takes centuries for this reptile to reach its maximum size, and various accidents that animals face rarely allow them to live that long. Full-sized boas are only found in the darkest, most isolated, and loneliest forests.
A boa
A boa snake
"I have seen many boas of ordinary size, such as are found in our European collections. There were some, indeed, that inhabited my house; and one night I found one, two yards long, in possession of my bed.
"I have seen many average-sized boas that are found in our European collections. There were some, in fact, that lived in my house; and one night I found one, two yards long, in my bed."
"Several times, passing through the woods with my Indians, I heard the piercing cries of a wild boar. On approaching the spot whence they proceeded we almost invariably found a wild boar, about whose body a boa had twisted its folds, and was gradually hoisting him up into the tree round which it had coiled itself. (See book for illustration.)
"Several times, while walking through the woods with my tribe, I heard the sharp cries of a wild boar. When we got closer to where the sounds came from, we often found a wild boar being wrapped up by a boa, which was slowly lifting it into the tree it was coiled around. (See book for illustration.)"
"When the wild boar had reached a certain height the snake pressed him against the tree with [224] a force that crushed his bones and stifled him. Then the boa let its prey fall, descended the tree, and prepared to swallow what it had slain. This last operation was much too lengthy for us to await its end.
"When the wild boar had reached a certain height, the snake pressed him against the tree with [224] a force that crushed his bones and suffocated him. Then the boa let its prey fall, climbed down the tree, and got ready to swallow what it had killed. This last step took way too long for us to stick around and see the end."
"To simplify matters, I sent a ball into the boa's head. Then my Indian took the flesh to dry (bucanier) it, and the skin for dagger sheaths. It is unnecessary to say that the wild boar was not forgotten. It was a prey that had cost us little pains.
"To make things easier, I fired a shot into the boa's head. Then my Indian took the meat to dry it (bucanier), and the skin for dagger sheaths. It's worth mentioning that we didn’t forget about the wild boar. It was a catch that had required us very little effort."
"One day an Indian surprised one of these reptiles asleep, after it had swallowed an enormous doe deer. Its size was such that a buffalo cart would have been required to transport it to the village.
"One day, an Indian came across one of these reptiles asleep after it had eaten an enormous doe deer. It was so big that a buffalo cart would have been needed to carry it to the village."
"The Indian cut it in pieces, and contented himself with as much as he could carry off. I sent for the remainder. They brought me a piece about eight feet long, and so large that the skin, when dried, enveloped the tallest man like a cloak. I gave it to my friend Lindsay.
"The Indian cut it into pieces and took as much as he could carry. I asked for the rest. They brought me a piece that was about eight feet long and so large that when the skin was dried, it could wrap around the tallest person like a cloak. I gave it to my friend Lindsay."
"I had not yet seen one of the full-grown reptiles, of which the Indians spoke to me so much (always with some exaggeration), when one afternoon, crossing the mountains with two shepherds, our attention was attracted by the sustained barking of my dogs, who seemed assailing some animal that stood upon its defense. We at first thought [225] it was a buffalo which they had brought to bay, and approached the spot with precaution.
"I hadn't seen one of the full-grown reptiles yet, which the Indians talked about a lot (always with some exaggeration), when one afternoon, while crossing the mountains with two shepherds, we were drawn in by the persistent barking of my dogs, who appeared to be confronting some animal standing its ground. We initially thought it was a buffalo that they had cornered and approached the area cautiously. [225]"
"My dogs were dispersed along the brink of a deep ravine, in which was an enormous boa. The monster raised his head to a height, of five or six feet, directing it from one edge to the other of the ravine, and menacing his assailants with his forked tongue; but the dogs, more active than he was, easily avoided his attacks. My first impulse was to shoot him, but then it occurred to me to take him alive and send him to France. Assuredly he would have been the most monstrous boa that had ever been seen there. To carry out my design, we manufactured nooses of cane, strong enough to resist the most powerful wild buffalo. With great precaution we succeeded in passing one of our nooses round the boa's neck; then we tied him tightly to a tree, in such a manner as to keep its head at its usual height—about six feet from the ground.
"My dogs were spread out along the edge of a deep ravine, where there was a huge boa. The monster raised its head five or six feet high, moving it from one side of the ravine to the other, threatening its attackers with its forked tongue; but the dogs, being quicker than it, easily dodged its strikes. My first instinct was to shoot it, but then I thought about capturing it alive and sending it to France. It would definitely have been the most monstrous boa ever seen there. To make this happen, we created snares from cane that were strong enough to hold even the toughest wild buffalo. With a lot of caution, we managed to slip one of our snares around the boa's neck; then we tied it securely to a tree, ensuring its head stayed at its normal height—about six feet off the ground."
"This done, we crossed to the other side of the ravine and threw another noose over him, which we secured like the first. When he felt himself thus fixed at both ends, he coiled and writhed, and grappled several little trees which grew within his reach along the edge of the ravine. Unluckily for him, everything yielded to his efforts; he tore up the young trees by the roots, broke off the branches, and dislodged enormous stones, round which he sought in vain to obtain the hold or point of resistance [226] he needed. The nooses were strong, and withstood his most furious efforts. To convey an animal like this several buffaloes and a whole system of cordage was necessary. Night approached; confident in our nooses we left the place, proposing to return next morning and complete the capture—but we reckoned without our host. In the night the boa changed his tactics, got his body round some huge blocks of basalt, and finally succeeded in breaking his bonds and getting clear off. I was greatly disappointed, for I doubted whether I should ever have another chance.
"This done, we crossed to the other side of the ravine and threw another noose over him, which we secured like the first. When he realized he was trapped at both ends, he coiled and writhed, grabbing several small trees that grew within his reach along the edge of the ravine. Unfortunately for him, everything gave way; he uprooted the young trees, broke off the branches, and dislodged huge stones, around which he tried in vain to find the grip or resistance point he needed. The nooses were strong and withstood his most furious struggles. To capture an animal like this, it took several buffaloes and a whole system of ropes. Night was approaching; confident in our nooses, we left the area planning to return the next morning to finish the capture—but we underestimated our opponent. During the night, the boa changed tactics, wound his body around some huge blocks of basalt, and ultimately succeeded in breaking free of his restraints. I was really disappointed because I doubted I would ever get another chance. [226]"
"Human beings rarely fall victims to these huge reptiles. I was able to verify but one instance. A criminal hid from justice in a cavern. His father, who alone knew of his hiding place, went sometimes to see him and to take him rice. One day he found, instead of his son, an enormous boa asleep. He killed it, and found his son's body in its stomach. The priest of the village, who went to give the body Christian burial, and who saw the remains of the boa, described it to me as of almost incredible size."
"People rarely become victims of these huge reptiles. I could only confirm one case. A criminal was hiding from the law in a cave. His father, the only one who knew where he was, would occasionally visit him and bring him rice. One day, he found not his son, but a massive boa sleeping instead. He killed it and discovered his son's body inside it. The village priest, who came to give the body a Christian burial and saw the remains of the boa, described it to me as being almost unbelievable in size."
AN ADVENTURE WITH A MONSTER CAYMAN.
"At the period at which I first occupied my habitation and began to colonize the village of Jala-Jala, caymans abounded upon that side of the lake. From my windows I daily saw them gamboling in [227] the water, and waylaying and snapping at the dogs that ventured too near the brink. One day a female servant of my wife's having been so imprudent as to bathe at the edge of the lake was surprised by one of them, a monster of enormous size. One of my guards came up at the very moment she was being carried off; he fired his carbine at the brute and hit it under the fore-leg (the armpit), which is the only vulnerable place. But the wound was insufficient to check the cayman's progress, and it disappeared with its prey. Nevertheless, this little bullet-hole was the cause of its death; and here it is to be noted that the slightest wound received by the cayman is incurable. The shrimps, which abound in the lake, get into the hurt; little by little their number increases, until at last they penetrate deep into the solid flesh and into the very interior of the body. This is what happened to the one which devoured my wife's maid. A month after the accident the monster was found dead upon the bank five or six leagues from my house. Indians brought me back the unfortunate woman's earrings, which they had found in its stomach.
At the time I first moved into my home and started to settle in the village of Jala-Jala, there were lots of caymans around that side of the lake. From my windows, I would see them playing in the water every day and waiting for dogs that got too close to the edge. One day, a female servant of my wife made the mistake of bathing at the lake's edge and was surprised by one of these massive creatures. One of my guards arrived just as she was being taken away; he shot at the beast and hit it under the fore-leg (the armpit), which is the only vulnerable spot. However, the wound wasn't enough to stop the cayman, and it disappeared with her. Still, that little bullet-hole led to its death; it's worth noting that even the smallest wound on a cayman is incurable. The shrimps in the lake get into the injury; over time, their numbers grow until they penetrate deep into the flesh and into the body itself. This is what happened to the one that ate my wife's maid. A month after the incident, the monster was found dead on the bank, five or six leagues from my house. Indians returned the unfortunate woman’s earrings to me, which they had found in its stomach.
"Upon another occasion a Chinese was riding with me. We reached a river, and I let him go on alone in order to ascertain whether the river was very deep or not. On a sudden three or four caymans, which lay in waiting under the water, threw themselves upon him; horse and Chinese disappeared, [228] and for some minutes the water was tinged with blood.
"Another time, I was riding with a Chinese man. We came to a river, and I let him go ahead on his own to see if the river was very deep. Suddenly, three or four caimans, which were lying in wait underwater, attacked him; both the horse and the Chinese man vanished, [228] and for a few minutes, the water was stained with blood."
"I was very curious to obtain a near sight of one of these voracious monsters. At the time that they frequented the vicinity of my house I made several attempts to attain that end. One night I baited a huge hook, secured by a chain and strong cord, with an entire sheep. Next morning sheep and chain had disappeared. I lay in wait for the creatures with my gun, but the bullets rebounded from their scales. A large dog, of a race peculiar to the Philippines and exceeding any European dog in size, happening to die, I had his carcase dragged to the shore of the lake; I then hid myself in a little thicket and waited, with my gun in readiness, the coming of a cayman. But presently I fell asleep, and when I awoke the dog had disappeared. It was fortunate the cayman had not taken the wrong prey.
"I was really eager to get a close look at one of these fierce creatures. While they were around my house, I tried several times to make that happen. One night, I set up a huge hook, secured with a chain and strong cord, and used an entire sheep as bait. The next morning, both the sheep and the chain were gone. I waited for the creatures with my gun, but the bullets just bounced off their scales. A large dog, a breed unique to the Philippines and bigger than any European dog, died, so I dragged his body to the lake's shore; then I hid in a small thicket and waited, gun ready, for a cayman to show up. But I eventually fell asleep, and when I woke up, the dog was gone. Luckily, the cayman didn't end up going after the wrong target."
"When the colony of Jala-Jala had been a few years founded, the caymans disappeared from its neighborhood. I was out one morning with my shepherds, at a few leagues from my house, when we came to a river which must be swum across. One of them advised me to ascend it to a narrower place, for that it was full of caymans, and I was about to do so when another Indian, more imprudent than his companions, spurred his horse into the stream. 'I do not fear the caymans!' he exclaimed. But he was scarcely halfway cross when [229] we saw a cayman of monstrous size advancing toward him. We uttered a shout of warning; he at once perceived the danger, and, to avoid it, got off his horse at the opposite side to that upon which the cayman was approaching, and swam with all his strength toward the bank. On reaching it, he paused behind a fallen tree trunk, where he had water to his knees, and where, believing himself in perfect safety, he drew his cutlass and waited. Meanwhile the cayman reared his enormous head out of the water, threw himself upon the horse, and seized him by the saddle. The horse made an effort, the girths broke, and, while the cayman crunched the leather, the steed reached dry land. Perceiving that the saddle was not what he wanted, the cayman dropped it and advanced upon the Indian. We shouted to him to run. The poor fellow would not stir, but waited calmly, cutlass in hand, and, on the alligator's near approach, dealt him a blow upon the head. He might as well have tapped upon an anvil. The next instant he was writhing in the monster's jaws. For more than a minute we beheld him dragged in the direction of the lake, his body erect above the surface of the water (the cayman had seized him by the thigh), his hands joined, his eyes turned to heaven, in the attitude of a man imploring divine mercy. Soon he disappeared. The drama was over, the cayman's stomach was his tomb.[230]
"When the Jala-Jala colony had been established for a few years, the caymans vanished from the area. One morning, I was out with my herders a few leagues from my house when we came across a river that we needed to swim across. One of them suggested we go upstream to find a narrower spot because the river was full of caymans. I was about to do that when another Indian, more reckless than the others, urged his horse into the water. 'I’m not afraid of the caymans!' he shouted. But he was only halfway across when we spotted a huge cayman moving toward him. We shouted a warning; he quickly realized the danger and jumped off his horse on the side opposite to where the cayman was coming from, swimming with all his strength toward the bank. When he reached it, he ducked behind a fallen tree trunk, with the water up to his knees, and believing he was safe, pulled out his cutlass and waited. Meanwhile, the cayman lifted its massive head out of the water, lunged for the horse, and grabbed it by the saddle. The horse struggled, the girth snapped, and while the cayman chewed on the leather, the horse escaped to dry land. Noticing that the saddle wasn't what it wanted, the cayman released it and turned toward the Indian. We shouted for him to run. The poor guy wouldn't move but stood there calmly, cutlass in hand, and when the alligator got close, he struck it on the head. It might as well have been a tap on an anvil. In the next moment, he was writhing in the monster's jaws. For more than a minute, we watched him being dragged toward the lake, his body upright above the water (the cayman had him by the thigh), his hands clasped, his eyes turned to heaven, as if pleading for divine mercy. Soon, he vanished. The drama was over; the cayman's stomach was his tomb."
"During this agonizing moment we had all remained silent, but no sooner had my poor shepherd disappeared than we vowed we would avenge his death.
"During this painful moment, we all stayed quiet, but as soon as my poor shepherd vanished, we promised to get revenge for his death."
"I had three nets made of strong cord, each net large enough to form a complete barrier across the river. I also had a hut built, and put an Indian to live in it, whose duty was to keep constant watch and to let me know as soon as the cayman returned to the river. He watched in vain for upward of two months; but at the end of that time he came and told me that the monster had seized a horse and dragged it into the river to devour it at leisure. I immediately repaired to the spot, accompanied by my guards, by my priest, who positively would see a cayman hunt, and by an American friend of mine, Mr. Russell, of the house of Russell and Sturgis, who was then staying with me. I had the nets spread at intervals, so that the cayman could not escape back into the lake. This operation was not effected without some acts of imprudence; thus, for instance, when the nets were arranged, an Indian dived to make sure that they reached the bottom, and that our enemy could not escape by passing below them. But it might very well have happened that the cayman was in the interval between the nets, and so have gobbled up my Indian. Fortunately everything passed as we wished. When all was ready, I launched three pirogues, strongly fastened [231] together side by side, with some Indians in the center, armed with lances, and with tall bamboos with which they could touch bottom. At last, all measures having been taken to attain my end without any risk or accident, my Indians began to explore the river with their long bamboos.
"I had three nets made from strong cord, each large enough to create a complete barrier across the river. I also had a hut built and put an Indian in it to keep a constant watch and let me know as soon as the cayman returned to the river. He waited for over two months without any luck, but eventually he came back and told me that the monster had grabbed a horse and dragged it into the river to eat it at leisure. I immediately went to the spot with my guards, my priest, who insisted on seeing a cayman hunt, and my American friend, Mr. Russell, from the house of Russell and Sturgis, who was staying with me at the time. I spread the nets at intervals to prevent the cayman from escaping back into the lake. This operation didn’t go without some reckless actions; for example, when the nets were set up, an Indian dove in to ensure they reached the bottom so our enemy couldn’t sneak by underneath. But it’s possible the cayman could have been between the nets and could have eaten my Indian. Luckily, everything went as planned. When everything was ready, I launched three pirogues that were securely tied together side by side, with some Indians in the center armed with lances, and tall bamboos to touch the bottom. Finally, after taking all precautions to achieve my goal without any risks or accidents, my Indians began to probe the river with their long bamboos."
"An animal of such formidable size as the one we sought can not very easily hide himself, and soon we beheld him upon the surface of the river, lashing the water with his long tail, snapping and clattering with his jaws, and endeavoring to get at those who dared disturb him in his retreat. A universal shout of joy greeted his appearance; the Indians in the pirogues hurled their lances at him, while we, upon either shore of the river, fired a volley. The bullets rebounded from the monster's scales, which they were unable to penetrate; the keener lances made their way between the scales and entered the cayman's body some eight or ten inches. Thereupon he disappeared, swimming with incredible rapidity, and reached the first net.
"An animal as massive as the one we were after can't really hide easily, and soon we saw him on the surface of the river, thrashing the water with his long tail, snapping and clacking his jaws, trying to get at those who dared to bother him in his hiding place. A loud cheer erupted at the sight of him; the Indians in the canoes threw their spears at him, while we, positioned on either side of the river, fired a volley. The bullets bounced off the monster's scales, which they couldn't pierce; the sharper spears slipped between the scales and penetrated the caiman's body about eight or ten inches. Then he vanished, swimming away with incredible speed and reached the first net."
"The resistance it opposed turned him; he reascended the river, and again appeared on the top of the water. This violent movement broke the staves of the lances which the Indians had stuck into him, and the iron alone remained in the wounds. Each time that he reappeared the firing recommenced, and fresh lances were plunged into his enormous body. Perceiving, however, how ineffectual [232] firearms were to pierce his cuirass of invulnerable scales, I excited him by my shouts and gestures; and when he came to the edge of the water, opening his enormous jaws all ready to devour me, I approached the muzzle of my gun to within a few inches and fired both barrels, in the hope that the bullets would find something softer than scales in the interior of that formidable cavern, and that they would penetrate to his brain. All was in vain. The jaws closed with a terrible noise, seizing only the fire and smoke that issued from my gun, and the balls flattened against his bones without injuring them. The animal, which had now become furious, made inconceivable efforts to seize one of his enemies; his strength seemed to increase instead of diminishing, while our resources were nearly exhausted. Almost all our lances were sticking in his body, and our ammunition drew to an end. The fight had lasted more than six hours, without any result that could make us hope its speedy termination, when an Indian struck the cayman, while at the bottom of the water, with a lance of unusual strength and size.
"The resistance it faced changed him; he swam back up the river and emerged again on the surface. This powerful movement broke the shafts of the lances that the Indians had thrust into him, leaving only the iron in his wounds. Every time he surfaced, the shooting started again, and fresh lances were driven into his massive body. However, realizing how ineffective the firearms were against his armor of impenetrable scales, I provoked him with my shouts and gestures. When he reached the water's edge, opening his enormous jaws ready to swallow me, I brought the muzzle of my gun just inches away and fired both barrels, hoping the bullets would hit something softer than scales inside that fearsome maw and reach his brain. It was all for nothing. His jaws slammed shut with a deafening sound, catching only the fire and smoke from my gun, and the bullets flattened against his bones without doing any harm. The creature, now enraged, made incredible attempts to catch one of his attackers; his strength seemed to grow instead of wane while our resources were nearly depleted. Almost all our lances were lodged in his body, and our ammunition was running low. The battle had lasted over six hours, with no sign of a quick end in sight, when an Indian struck the cayman with a lance of remarkable strength and size while he was at the bottom of the water."
"Another Indian struck two vigorous blows with a mace upon the butt end of the lance; the iron entered deep into the animal's body, and immediately, with a movement as swift as lightning, he darted toward the nets and disappeared. The lance-pole, detached from the iron head, returned [233] to the surface of the water; for some minutes we waited in vain for the monster's reappearance; we thought that his last effort had enabled him to reach the lake, and that our chase was perfectly fruitless. We hauled in the first net, a large hole in which convinced us that our supposition was correct. The second net was in the same condition as the first. Disheartened by our failure, we were hauling in the third when we felt a strong resistance. Several Indians began to drag it toward the bank, and presently, to our great joy, we saw the cayman upon the surface of the water, expiring.
"Another Indian delivered two powerful strikes with a mace against the butt end of the lance; the iron sank deep into the animal's body, and immediately, with a move as quick as lightning, he rushed toward the nets and vanished. The lance pole, detached from the iron head, floated back to the surface of the water; for several minutes we waited in vain for the monster to reappear; we thought that his last effort had allowed him to reach the lake, and that our pursuit was entirely pointless. We pulled in the first net, a large hole in which convinced us that our assumption was right. The second net was in the same condition as the first. Disheartened by our failure, we were hauling in the third when we felt a strong resistance. Several Indians started to pull it toward the bank, and soon, to our great delight, we saw the cayman on the surface of the water, dying."
"We threw over him several lassos of strong cords, and when he was well secured we drew him to land. It was no easy matter to haul him up on the bank; the strength of forty Indians hardly sufficed. When at last we had got him completely out of the water, and had him before our eyes, we stood stupefied with astonishment; for a very different thing was it to see his body thus, and to see him swimming when he was fighting against us. Mr. Russell, a very competent person, was charged with his measurement. From the extremity of the nostrils to the tip of the tail he was found to be twenty-seven feet long, and his circumference was eleven feet, measured under the armpits. His belly was much more voluminous, but we thought it useless to measure him there, judging that the horse upon which [234] he had breakfasted must considerably have increased his bulk."
"We threw a few strong ropes around him, and once he was secured, we pulled him to shore. It wasn’t easy to haul him up onto the bank; even the strength of forty Indians barely did the job. When we finally had him completely out of the water and in front of us, we were utterly shocked; seeing him like this was so different from watching him swim while he fought against us. Mr. Russell, who was very knowledgeable, was tasked with taking his measurements. From the tip of his nostrils to the end of his tail, he measured twenty-seven feet long, and his circumference was eleven feet, measured under the armpits. His belly was much larger, but we decided not to measure him there, thinking that the horse he had just eaten must have significantly increased his size."
SWIFTS.
The edible swallows' nests are found in most of the islands of the Eastern archipelago.
The edible bird's nests are found on most of the islands in the Eastern archipelago.
A traveler, Mr. H. Pryer, who made a visit to one of the swifts' caves in Borneo, thus describes the coming and the going of the dusky birds:
A traveler, Mr. H. Pryer, who visited one of the swifts' caves in Borneo, describes the arrival and departure of the dark birds like this:
"At a quarter past six in the evening the swifts began to return to the caves of their nests; a few had been flying in and out all day long, but now they began to pour in, at first in tens and then in hundreds, until the sound of their wings was like a strong gale of wind whistling through the rigging of a ship.
"At a quarter past six in the evening, the swifts started heading back to their nests in the caves. A few had been zipping in and out all day, but now they began to come in by the dozens and then by the hundreds, until the sound of their wings resembled a strong gust of wind whistling through a ship's rigging."
"They continued flying until after midnight. As long as it remained light I found it impossible to catch any with my butterfly net, but after dark I found it only necessary to wave my net to secure as many as I wanted.
"They kept flying until after midnight. As long as it was light out, I couldn’t catch any with my butterfly net, but after dark, I just had to wave my net to get as many as I wanted."
"They must possess wonderful powers of sight to fly about in the dark of the recesses of their caves and to return to their nests, which are often built in places where no light penetrates."
"They must have incredible eyesight to navigate through the darkness of their caves and to find their way back to their nests, which are often located in areas where no light reaches."
The edible nests are a luxury in China, where they are used in soups. The bird makes her nest of saliva, and plasters it on to the rocks inside of caves. The nests are collected by means of boats, [235] ropes, and ladders, and bring in the Chinese market from £2 to £7 per pound. There have been imported to Canton more than eight million nests in a single year.
The edible nests are a luxury in China, where they’re used in soups. The bird creates her nest from saliva and sticks it to the rocks inside caves. The nests are collected using boats, ropes, and ladders, bringing in prices from £2 to £7 per pound in the Chinese market. Over eight million nests have been imported to Canton in a single year.
Such are some views of life inside of the vast possession of the sea which Magellan discovered for Spain, but which has fallen under the folds of the flag of the Republic of the West.
Such are some views of life within the vast territory of the sea that Magellan discovered for Spain, but which has now come under the banner of the Republic of the West.
THE END.
THE END.
FOOTNOTES
[A] Vasco da Gama.(Return)
Vasco da Gama.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
[B] Donna Juana and Don Carlos, her son, by the grace of God, Queen and King of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the two Sicilies, and Jerusalem, of Navarra, Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galicia, the Mallorcas, Seville, Sardinia, Cordova, Corsica, Murcia, Jaen, the Algarves, of Aljazira, Gibraltar, of the Canary Isles, of the Indies, isles and mainland of the Ocean-sea, Counts of Barcelona, Lords of Biscay and Molina, Dukes of Athens and Neopatria, Counts of Roussillon and Cerdana, Marquises of Euristan and Gociano, Archdukes of Austria, Dukes of Bergona and Brabant, Counts of Flanders and Tirol, etc.(Return)
[B] Donna Juana and Don Carlos, her son, by the grace of God, Queen and King of Castile, Leon, Aragon, the two Sicilies, and Jerusalem, Navarra, Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galicia, the Mallorcas, Seville, Sardinia, Cordova, Corsica, Murcia, Jaen, the Algarves, Aljazira, Gibraltar, the Canary Islands, the Indies, the islands and mainland of the Ocean sea, Counts of Barcelona, Lords of Biscay and Molina, Dukes of Athens and Neopatria, Counts of Roussillon and Cerdana, Marquises of Euristan and Gociano, Archdukes of Austria, Dukes of Bergona and Brabant, Counts of Flanders and Tirol, etc.(Return)
[C] This statement there is every reason to believe was a pure fiction of Da Costa.(Return)
[C] There’s every reason to think that this statement was just a complete fabrication by Da Costa.(Return)
[E] The 10th of August was Wednesday, and Monday was the 8th of
August: all the other dates of the week and month agree and are
consistent with each other.(Return)
[E] August 10th was a Wednesday, and August 8th was a Monday: all the other dates of the week and month line up and are consistent with each other.(Return)
[F] According to ship's time.(Return)
According to the ship's clock.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
[G] A regular order of clergy established at Rome in 1524, but which does not appear to have spread much beyond Italy and France.(Return)
[G] A standard group of clergy was set up in Rome in 1524, but it doesn’t seem to have expanded much beyond Italy and France.(Return)
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Company's Books.
BOOKS BY WILLIAM O. STODDARD.
BOOKS BY WILLIAM O. STODDARD.
UNIFORM EDITION. EACH, 12MO, CLOTH, $1.50.
UNIFORM EDITION. EACH, 12MO, CLOTH, $1.50.
WITH THE BLACK PRINCE. A Story of Adventure in the Fourteenth Century. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
WITH THE BLACK PRINCE. An Adventure Story Set in the Fourteenth Century. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
This is a story of adventure and of battle, but it is also an informing presentation of life in England and some phases of life in France in the fourteenth century. The hero is associated with the Black Prince at Crécy and elsewhere. Mr. Stoddard has done his best work in this story, and the absorbing interest of his stirring historical romance will appeal to all young readers.
This is a story of adventure and battle, but it also provides an insightful look at life in England and certain aspects of life in France during the fourteenth century. The hero is linked with the Black Prince at Crécy and other places. Mr. Stoddard has put forth his best effort in this story, and the captivating excitement of his gripping historical romance will resonate with all young readers.
SUCCESS AGAINST ODDS; or, How an American Boy made his Way. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
Success Against the Odds; or, How an American Boy Found His Path. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
In this spirited and interesting story Mr. Stoddard tells the adventures of a plucky boy who fought his own battles, and made his way upward from poverty in a Long Island seashore town. It is a tale of pluck and self-reliance capitally told. The seashore life is vividly described, and there are plenty of exciting incidents.
In this lively and engaging story, Mr. Stoddard shares the adventures of a brave boy who faced his challenges and rose from poverty in a Long Island seaside town. It’s a story of courage and self-sufficiency, beautifully told. The coastal life is vividly depicted, and there are many thrilling moments.
THE RED PATRIOT. A Story of the American Revolution. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
THE RED PATRIOT. A Story of the American Revolution. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
THE WINDFALL; or, After the Flood. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
THE WIND FALL; or, After the Flood. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst.
CHRIS, THE MODEL-MAKER. A Story of New York. With 6 full-page Illustrations by B. West Clinedinst.
CHRIS, THE MODEL MAKER. A Story of New York. With 6 full-page Illustrations by B. West Clinedinst.
ON THE OLD FRONTIER. With 10 full-page Illustrations.
ON THE OLD FRONTIER. Featuring 10 full-page illustrations.
THE BATTLE OF NEW YORK. With 11 full-page Illustrations and colored Frontispiece.
NEW YORK BATTLE. Featuring 11 full-page Illustrations and a colored Frontispiece.
LITTLE SMOKE. A Story of the Sioux Indians. With 12 full-page Illustrations by F. S. Dellenbaugh, portraits of Sitting Bull, Red Cloud, and other chiefs, and 72 head and tail pieces representing the various implements and surroundings of Indian life.
LITTLE SMOKE. A Story of the Sioux Indians. Featuring 12 full-page illustrations by F. S. Dellenbaugh, including portraits of Sitting Bull, Red Cloud, and other chiefs, along with 72 decorative elements showing different tools and settings of Native American life.
CROWDED OUT O' CROFIELD. The story of a country boy who fought his way to success in the great metropolis. With 23 Illustrations by C. T. Hill.
CROWDED OUT OF CROFIELD. The story of a country boy who worked hard to achieve success in the big city. With 23 illustrations by C. T. Hill.
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Company's Books.
GOOD BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS.
Great Books for Kids.
THE EXPLOITS OF MYLES STANDISH. By Henry Johnson (Muirhead Robertson), author of "From Scrooby to Plymouth Rock," etc. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
The Adventures of Myles Standish. By Henry Johnson (Muirhead Robertson), author of "From Scrooby to Plymouth Rock," etc. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
"A vivid picture, keen and penetrating in its interests, and familiarizing young people in a popular way with the hardships endured by the early settlers of New England"—Boston Herald.
"A vivid picture, sharp and insightful in its themes, that introduces young people in an engaging way to the struggles faced by the early settlers of New England."—Boston Herald.
"All that concerns the settlement at New Plymouth is told with fine skill and vividness of description.... A book that must be read from cover to cover with unfaltering interest."—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette.
"Everything about the settlement in New Plymouth is described with great skill and vivid detail.... This is a book that you have to read from beginning to end with unwavering interest."—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette.
CHRISTINE'S CAREER. A Story for Girls. By Pauline King. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, specially bound. $1.50.
CHRISTINE'S CAREER. A Story for Girls. By Pauline King. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, specially bound. $1.50.
The story is fresh and modern, relieved by incidents and constant humor, and the lessons which are suggested are most beneficial.
The story is new and relevant, lightened by events and ongoing humor, and the lessons that come through are very helpful.
JOHN BOYD'S ADVENTURES. By Thomas W. Knox, author of "The Boy Travelers," etc. With 12 full-page Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
John Boyd's Adventures. By Thomas W. Knox, author of "The Boy Travelers," and more. With 12 full-page illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
ALONG THE FLORIDA REEF. By Charles F. Holder, joint author of "Elements of Zoölogy." With numerous Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
Along the Florida Reef. By Charles F. Holder, co-author of "Elements of Zoology." With many illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
ENGLISHMAN'S HAVEN. By W. J. Gordon, author of "The Captain-General," etc. With 8 full-page Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
ENGLISHMAN'S HAVEN. By W.J. Gordon, author of "The Captain-General," etc. With 8 full-color illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
WE ALL. A Story of Outdoor Life and Adventure in Arkansas. By Octave Thanet. With 12 full-page Illustrations by E. J. Austen and Others, 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
We all. A Story of Outdoor Life and Adventure in Arkansas. By Octave Thanet. With 12 full-page illustrations by E. J. Austen and others, 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
KING TOM AND THE RUNAWAYS. By Louis Pendleton. The experiences of two boys in the forests of Georgia. With 6 Illustrations by E. W. Kemble. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
King Tom and the Runaways. By Louis Pendleton. The adventures of two boys in the forests of Georgia. With 6 illustrations by E. W. Kemble. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Co's Books.
BOYS IN THE MOUNTAINS AND ON THE PLAINS; or, The Western Adventures of Tom Smart, Bob Edge, and Peter Small. By W. H. Rideing, Member of the Geographical Surveys under Lieutenant Wheeler. With 101 Illustrations. Square 8vo. Cloth, gilt side and back, $2.50.
BOYS IN THE MOUNTAINS AND ON THE PLAINS; or, The Western Adventures of Tom Smart, Bob Edge, and Peter Small. By W.H. Rideing, Member of the Geographical Surveys under Lieutenant Wheeler. With 101 Illustrations. Square 8vo. Cloth, gilt side and back, $2.50.
"A handsome gift-book relating to travel, adventure, and field sports in the West."—New York Times.
"A beautiful gift book about travel, adventure, and outdoor sports in the West."—New York Times.
"Mr. Rideing's book is intended for the edification of advanced young readers. It narrates the adventures of Tom Smart, Bob Edge, and Peter Small, in their travels through the mountainous region of the West, principally in Colorado. The author was a member of the Wheeler expedition, engaged in surveying the Territories, and his descriptions of scenery, mining life, the Indians, games, etc., are in a great measure derived from personal observation and experience. The volume is handsomely illustrated, and can not but prove attractive to young readers."—Chicago Journal.
"Mr. Rideing's book is meant to educate advanced young readers. It tells the adventures of Tom Smart, Bob Edge, and Peter Small as they travel through the mountainous regions of the West, mainly in Colorado. The author was part of the Wheeler expedition, which surveyed the Territories, and his descriptions of the scenery, mining life, the Indians, games, etc., come largely from his own observations and experiences. The book is well illustrated and is sure to appeal to young readers."—Chicago Journal.
BOYS COASTWISE; or, All Along the Shore. By W. H. Rideing, Uniform with "Boys in the Mountains." With numerous Illustrations. Illuminated boards, $1.75.
BOYS BY THE COAST; or, All Along the Shore. By W.H. Rideing, Uniform with "Boys in the Mountains." With many Illustrations. Decorative covers, $1.75.
"Fully equal to the best of the year's holiday books for boys.... In his present trip the author takes them among scenes of the greatest interest to all boys, whether residents on the coast or inland—along the wharves of the metropolis, aboard the pilot-boats for a cruise, with a look at the great ocean steamers, among the life-saving men, coast wreckers and divers, and finally on a tour of inspection of lighthouses and lightships, and other interesting phases of nautical and coast life."—Christian Union.
"Just as good as the best holiday books for boys this year.... In this latest journey, the author brings them to places that all boys will find fascinating, whether they live by the coast or inland—along the city docks, on pilot boats for a cruise, checking out the huge ocean liners, with the lifeguards, coast wreckers, and divers, and finally inspecting lighthouses, lightships, and other intriguing aspects of maritime and coastal life."—Christian Union.
THE CRYSTAL HUNTERS. A Boy's Adventures in the Higher Alps. By George Manville Fenn, author of "In the King's Name," "Dick o' the Fens," etc. 12mo, Cloth, $1.50.
The Crystal Hunters. A Boy's Adventures in the Higher Alps. By George Manville Fenn, author of "In the King's Name," "Dick o' the Fens," etc. 12mo, Cloth, $1.50.
"This is the boys' favorite author, and of the many books Mr. Fenn has written for them this will please them the best. While it will not come under the head of sensational, it is yet full of life and of those stirring adventures which boys always delight in."—Christian at Work.
"This is the boys' favorite author, and of the many books Mr. Fenn has written for them, this will please them the most. While it may not be considered sensational, it is still full of life and contains the exciting adventures that boys always enjoy." —Christian at Work.
"English pluck and Swiss coolness are tested to the utmost in these perilous explorations among the higher Alps, and quite as thrilling as any of the narrow escapes is the account of the first breathless ascent of a real mountain-peak. It matters little to the reader whether the search for crystals is rewarded or not, so concerned does he become for the fate of the hunters."—Literary World.
"English determination and Swiss composure are pushed to the limit in these dangerous explorations of the higher Alps, and just as exciting as the close calls are the stories of the first exhilarating climbs to real mountain peaks. It doesn’t matter much to the reader if the quest for crystals succeeds or not; they become so invested in the hunters' fate."—Literary World.
SYD BELTON: The Boy who would not go to Sea. By George Manville Fenn. With 6 full-page Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
SYD BELTON: The Boy Who Would Not Go to Sea. By George Manville Fenn. With 6 full-page illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50.
"Who among the young story-reading public will not rejoice at the sight of the old combination, so often proved admirable—a story by Manville Fenn, illustrated by Gordon Browne! The story, too, is one of the good old sort, full of life and vigor, breeziness and fun. It begins well and goes on better, and from the time Syd joins his ship, exciting incidents follow each other in such rapid and brilliant succession that nothing short of absolute compulsion would induce the reader to lay it down."—London Journal of Education.
"Who among young readers won’t be thrilled to see the classic combo that’s always worked— a story by Manville Fenn, illustrated by Gordon Browne! The story is a great old-fashioned one, full of energy, excitement, and fun. It starts off strong and gets even better, and once Syd boards his ship, thrilling events happen one after another so fast and so brilliantly that only sheer force would make a reader put it down."—London Journal of Education.
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Company's Books.
YOUNG HEROES OF OUR NAVY.
Uniform Edition. Each, 12mo, Cloth, $1.00.
YOUNG HEROES OF OUR NAVY.
Uniform Edition. Each, 12mo, Cloth, $1.00.
Dewey on the Mississippi.
Dewey on the Mississippi River.
The Story of the Admiral's Younger Years. By Rossiter Johnson. A New Book in the Young Heroes of our Navy Series. Illustrated.
The Story of the Admiral's Younger Years. By Rossiter Johnson. A New Book in the Young Heroes of Our Navy Series. Illustrated.
The Hero of Erie (Commodore Perry).
The Hero of Erie (Commodore Perry).
By James Barnes, author of "Midshipman Farragut," "Commodore Bainbridge," etc. With 10 full-page Illustrations.
By James Barnes, author of "Midshipman Farragut," "Commodore Bainbridge," and more. Featuring 10 full-page illustrations.
Commodore Bainbridge.
Commodore Bainbridge.
From the Gunroom to the Quarter-deck. By James Barnes, author of "Midshipman Farragut." Illustrated by George Gibbs and Others.
From the Gunroom to the Quarter-deck. By James Barnes, author of "Midshipman Farragut." Illustrated by George Gibbs and Others.
Midshipman Farragut.
Midshipman Farragut.
By James Barnes, author of "For King or Country," etc. Illustrated by Carlton T. Chapman.
By James Barnes, author of "For King or Country," and more. Illustrated by Carlton T. Chapman.
Decatur and Somers.
Decatur and Somers.
By Molly Elliot Seawell, author of "Paul Jones," "Little Jarvis," etc. With 6 full-page Illustrations by J. O. Davidson and Others.
By Molly Elliott Seawell, author of "Paul Jones," "Little Jarvis," and more. With 6 full-page illustrations by J. O. Davidson and others.
Paul Jones.
Paul Jones.
By Molly Elliot Seawell. With 8 full-page Illustrations.
By Molly Elliott Seawell. With 8 full-page illustrations.
Midshipman Paulding.
Midshipman Paulding.
A True Story of the War of 1812. By Molly Elliot Seawell. With 6 full-page Illustrations.
A True Story of the War of 1812. By Molly Elliott Seawell. With 6 full-page illustrations.
Little Jarvis.
Young Jarvis.
The story of the heroic midshipman of the frigate Constellation. By Molly Elliot Seawell. With 6 full-page Illustrations.
The story of the brave midshipman of the frigate Constellation. By Molly Elliott Seawell. With 6 full-page illustrations.
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORK.
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORK.
D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Co's books.
PAUL AND VIRGINIA. By Bernardin de Saint-Pierre. With a Biographical Sketch, and numerous Illustrations by Maurice Leloir. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, uniform with "Picciola," "The Story of Colette," and "An Attic Philosopher in Paris." $1.50.
Paul and Virginia. By Bernardin de Saint-Pierre. With a Biographical Sketch, and numerous Illustrations by Maurice Leloir. 8vo. Cloth, gold top, matching with "Picciola," "The Story of Colette," and "An Attic Philosopher in Paris." $1.50.
It is believed that this standard edition of "Paul and Virginia" with Leloir's charming illustrations will prove a most acceptable addition to the series of illustrated foreign classics in which D. Appleton and Co. have published "The Story of Colette," "An Attic Philosopher in Paris," and "Picciola." No more sympathetic illustrator than Leloir could be found, and his treatment of this masterpiece of French literature invests it with a peculiar value.
It is thought that this standard edition of "Paul and Virginia," featuring Leloir's lovely illustrations, will be a great addition to the series of illustrated foreign classics published by D. Appleton and Co., which includes "The Story of Colette," "An Attic Philosopher in Paris," and "Picciola." There’s no more fitting illustrator than Leloir, and his interpretation of this classic work of French literature gives it a unique value.
PICCIOLA. By X. B. Saintine. With 130 Illustrations by J. F. Gueldry. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.
PICCIOLA. By X. B. Saintine. With 130 illustrations by J.F. Gueldry. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.
"Saintine's 'Picciola,' the pathetic tale of the prisoner who raised a flower between the cracks of the flagging of his dungeon, has passed definitely into the list of classic books.... It has never been more beautifully housed than in this edition, with its fine typography, binding, and sympathetic illustrations."—Philadelphia Telegraph.
"Saintine's 'Picciola,' the touching story of the prisoner who grew a flower in the cracks of his dungeon floor, has firmly established itself as a classic... It has never been presented more beautifully than in this edition, with its excellent typography, binding, and thoughtful illustrations."—Philadelphia Telegraph.
"The binding is both unique and tasteful, and the book commends itself strongly as one that should meet with general favor in the season of gift-making."—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette.
"The binding is both unique and stylish, and the book strongly recommends itself as one that should be widely appreciated during the gift-giving season."—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette.
"Most beautiful in its clear type, cream-laid paper, many attractive illustrations, and holiday binding."—New York Observer.
"Most beautiful in its clear type, cream-laid paper, many attractive illustrations, and holiday binding."—New York Observer.
AN ATTIC PHILOSOPHER IN PARIS; or, A Peep at the World from a Garret. Being the Journal of a Happy Man. By Émile Souvestre. With numerous Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.
A THINKER IN PARIS; or, A View of the World from a Loft. This is the Journal of a Happy Man. By Émile Souvestre. With many Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.
"A suitable holiday gift for a friend who appreciates refined literature."—Boston Times.
"A perfect holiday gift for a friend who loves sophisticated literature."—Boston Times.
"The influence of the book is wholly good. The volume is a particularly handsome one."—Philadelphia Telegraph.
"The impact of the book is entirely positive. The edition is especially beautiful."—Philadelphia Telegraph.
"It is a classic. It has found an appropriate reliquary. Faithfully translated, charmingly illustrated by Jean Claude with full-page pictures, vignettes in the text, and head and tail pieces, printed in graceful type on handsome paper, and bound with an art worthy of Matthews, in half-cloth, ornamented on the cover, it is an exemplary book, fit to be 'a treasure for aye.'"—New York Times.
"It’s a classic. It has found a fitting home. Faithfully translated, beautifully illustrated by Jean Claude with full-page images, text vignettes, and head and tail pieces, printed in elegant type on quality paper, and bound with craftsmanship worthy of Matthews, in half-cloth with decorative cover, it’s an outstanding book, deserving to be 'a treasure forever.'"—New York Times.
THE STORY OF COLETTE. A new large-paper edition. With 36 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50.
Colette's Story. A new oversized edition. Includes 36 illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, gold top, $1.50.
"One of the handsomest of the books of fiction for the holiday season."—Philadelphia Bulletin.
"One of the most attractive fiction books for the holiday season."—Philadelphia Bulletin.
"One of the gems of the season.... It is the story of the life of young womanhood in France, dramatically told, with the light and shade and coloring of the genuine artist, and is utterly free from that which mars too many French novels. In its literary finish it is well-nigh perfect, indicating the hand of the master."—Boston Traveller.
"One of the highlights of the season.... It tells the story of young womanhood in France, dramatically portrayed with the depth and vibrancy of a true artist, completely free from the flaws that tarnish many French novels. Its literary polish is nearly perfect, showcasing the skill of a master."—Boston Traveller.
New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
New York: D. APPLETON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Co. Publications.
THE FARMER'S BOY. By Clifton Johnson, author of "The Country School in New England," etc. With 64 Illustrations by the Author. 8vo. Cloth, $2.50.
THE FARMER'S SON. By Clifton Johnson, author of "The Country School in New England," etc. With 64 Illustrations by the Author. 8vo. Cloth, $2.50.
"One of the handsomest and most elaborate juvenile works lately published."—Philadelphia Item.
"One of the most beautiful and detailed children's books released recently."—Philadelphia Item.
"Mr. Johnson's style is almost rhythmical, and one lays down the book with the sensation of having read a poem and that saddest of all longings, the longing for vanished youth."—Boston Commercial Bulletin.
"Mr. Johnson's style is almost musical, and you put down the book feeling like you've read a poem and experiencing that deepest of all feelings, the yearning for lost youth."—Boston Commercial Bulletin.
"As a triumph of the realistic photographer's art it deserves warm praise quite aside from its worth as a sterling book on the subjects its title indicates.... It is a most praiseworthy book, and the more such that are published the better."—New York Mail and Express.
"As a success in realistic photography, it deserves high praise beyond its value as an excellent book on the topics its title suggests.... It is a truly commendable book, and the more of these that are published, the better."—New York Mail and Express.
"The book is beautiful and amusing, well studied, well written, redolent of the wood, the field, and the stream, and full of those delightful reminders of a boy's country home which touch the heart."—New York Independent.
"The book is beautiful and entertaining, well researched, well written, filled with the scents of the woods, fields, and streams, and packed with those charming reminders of a boy's countryside home that tug at the heart."—New York Independent.
"One of the finest books of the kind that have ever been put out."—Cleveland World.
"One of the best books of its kind ever published."—Cleveland World.
"A book on whose pages many a gray-haired man would dwell with retrospective enjoyment."—St. Paul Pioneer Press.
"A book that many older men would look back on with fond memories."—St. Paul Pioneer Press.
"The illustrations are admirable, and the book will appeal to every one who has had a taste of life on a New England farm."—Boston Transcript.
"The illustrations are great, and the book will attract anyone who has experienced life on a New England farm."—Boston Transcript.
THE COUNTRY SCHOOL IN NEW ENGLAND. By Clifton Johnson. With 60 Illustrations from Photographs and Drawings made by the Author. Square 8vo. Cloth, gilt edges, $2.50.
THE COUNTRY SCHOOL IN NEW ENGLAND. By Clifton Johnson. With 60 illustrations from photos and drawings created by the author. Square 8vo. Cloth, gold edges, $2.50.
"An admirable undertaking, carried out in an admirable way.... Mr. Johnson's descriptions are vivid and lifelike and are full of humor, and the illustrations, mostly after photographs, give a solid effect of realism to the whole work, and are superbly reproduced.... The definitions at the close of this volume are very, very funny, and yet they are not stupid; they are usually the result of deficient logic."—Boston Beacon.
"An impressive project, executed in a remarkable way.... Mr. Johnson's descriptions are vivid and realistic, filled with humor, and the illustrations, mostly based on photographs, provide a strong sense of realism to the entire work, and are beautifully reproduced.... The definitions at the end of this volume are extremely funny, yet they aren't foolish; they usually stem from flawed logic."—Boston Beacon.
"A charmingly written account of the rural schools in this section of the country. It speaks of the old-fashioned school days of the early quarter of this century, of the mid-century schools, of the country school of to-day, and of how scholars think and write. The style is animated and picturesque.... It is handsomely printed, and is interesting from its pretty cover to its very last page."—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette.
"A beautifully written description of the rural schools in this part of the country. It talks about the old-school days from the early years of this century, the mid-century schools, the countryside schools of today, and how students think and write. The style is lively and vivid.... It is elegantly printed, and is engaging from its lovely cover to its very last page."—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette.
"A unique piece of book-making that deserves to be popular.... Prettily and serviceably bound, and well illustrated."—The Churchman.
"A unique piece of book-making that deserves to be popular.... Nicely bound and functional, and well illustrated."—The Churchman.
"The readers who turn the leaves of this handsome book will unite in saying the author has 'been there.' It is no fancy sketch, but text and illustrations are both a reality."—Chicago Inter-Ocean.
"The readers who flip through this beautiful book will all agree that the author has 'been there.' It’s not just a made-up story; both the text and illustrations are based on real experiences."—Chicago Inter-Ocean.
"No one who is familiar with the little red schoolhouse can look at these pictures and read these chapters without having the mind recall the boyhood experiences, and the memory is pretty sure to be a pleasant one."—Chicago Times.
"No one who knows the little red schoolhouse can look at these pictures and read these chapters without thinking back to their childhood experiences, and those memories are likely to be pleasant."—Chicago Times.
"A superbly prepared volume, which by its reading matter and its beautiful illustrations, so natural and finished, pleasantly and profitably recalls memories and associations connected with the very foundations of our national greatness."—N. Y. Observer.
"A beautifully crafted book, with engaging content and stunning illustrations that are so lifelike and polished, brings back fond memories and connections to the very roots of our national greatness."—N. Y. Observer.
New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
D. APPLETON AND CO'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Co's Publications.
UNCLE REMUS. His Songs and his Sayings. By Joel Chandler Harris. With new Preface and Revisions, and 112 Illustrations by A. B. Frost. Library Edition. 12mo. Buckram, gilt top, uncut, $2.00. Also, Edition de luxe of the above, limited to 250 copies, each signed by the author, with the full-page cuts mounted on India paper. 8vo. White vellum, gilt top, $10.00.
Uncle Remus. His Songs and his Sayings. By Joel Chandler Harris. With a new Preface and updates, and 112 Illustrations by A. B. Frost. Library Edition. 12mo. Buckram, gold top, uncut, $2.00. Also, Edition de luxe of the above, limited to 250 copies, each signed by the author, with the full-page illustrations mounted on India paper. 8vo. White vellum, gold top, $10.00.
"The old tales of the plantation have never been told as Mr. Harris has told them. Each narrative is to the point, and so swift in its action upon the risibilities of the reader that one almost loses consciousness of the printed page, and fancies it is the voice of the lovable old darky himself that steals across the senses and brings mirth inextinguishable as it comes; ... and Mr. Frost's drawings are so superlatively good, so inexpressibly funny, that they promise to make this the standard edition of a standard book."—New York Tribune.
"The old stories of the plantation have never been told quite like Mr. Harris does. Each tale is direct and so engaging that readers almost forget they're reading and imagine they're hearing the charming old man himself, bringing endless laughter; ... and Mr. Frost's illustrations are so incredibly good and hilariously funny that they ensure this will be the definitive edition of a classic book."—New York Tribune.
"An exquisite volume, full of good illustrations, and if there is anybody in this country who doesn't know Mr. Harris, here is an opportunity to make his acquaintance and have many a good laugh."—New York Herald.
"An amazing book, packed with great illustrations, and if there's anyone in this country who hasn't heard of Mr. Harris, here’s a chance to get to know him and have a good laugh."—New York Herald.
"There is but one 'Uncle Remus,' and he will never grow old.... It was a happy thought, that of marrying the work of Harris and Frost."—New York Mail and Express.
"There is only one 'Uncle Remus,' and he will never age.... It was a great idea to combine the work of Harris and Frost."—New York Mail and Express.
"Nobody could possibly have done this work better than Mr. Frost, whose appreciation of negro life fitted him especially to be the interpreter of 'Uncle Remus,' and whose sense of the humor in animal life makes these drawings really illustrations in the fullest sense. Mr. Harris's well-known work has become in a sense a classic, and this may be accepted as the standard edition."—Philadelphia Times.
"Nobody could have possibly done this work better than Mr. Frost, whose understanding of Black life made him particularly suited to interpret 'Uncle Remus,' and whose sense of humor about animals makes these drawings true illustrations in every sense. Mr. Harris's well-known work has become, in a way, a classic, and this can be considered the standard edition."—Philadelphia Times.
"A book which became a classic almost as soon as it was published.... Mr. Frost has never done anything better in the way of illustration, if indeed he has done anything as good."—Boston Advertiser.
"A book that became a classic almost as soon as it was published.... Mr. Frost has never done anything better in terms of illustration, if he has done anything as good."—Boston Advertiser.
"We pity the reader who has not yet made the acquaintance of 'Uncle Remus' and his charming story.... Mr. Harris has made a real addition to literature purely and strikingly American, and Mr. Frost has aided in fixing the work indelibly on the consciousness of the American reader."—The Churchman.
"We feel sorry for anyone who hasn't yet met 'Uncle Remus' and his delightful stories.... Mr. Harris has created a genuine contribution to literature that is distinctly and impressively American, and Mr. Frost has helped to embed this work firmly in the minds of American readers."—The Churchman.
"The old fancies of the old negro, dear as they may have been to us these many years, seem to gain new life when they appear through the medium of Mr. Frost's imagination."—New York Home Journal.
"The old stories of the old Black man, as dear as they may have been to us over the years, seem to come alive again when seen through Mr. Frost's imagination."—New York Home Journal.
"In his own peculiar field 'Uncle Remus' has no rival. The book has become a classic, but the latest edition is the choice one. It is rarely riven to an author to see his work accompanied by pictures so closely in sympathy with his text."—San Francisco Argonaut.
"In his unique field, 'Uncle Remus' has no competition. The book has become a classic, but the latest edition is the best one. It's rare for an author to see his work paired with illustrations that connect so well with his text."—San Francisco Argonaut.
"We say it with the utmost faith that there is not an artist who works in illustration that can catch the attitude and expression, the slyness, the innate depravity, the eye of surprise, obstinacy, the hang of the head or the kick of the heels of the mute and the brute creation as Mr. Frost has shown to us here."—Baltimore Sun.
"We confidently say that there isn’t an illustrator who can capture the attitude and expression, the slyness, the natural depravity, the look of surprise, stubbornness, the tilt of the head, or the kick of the heels of the silent and crude creations like Mr. Frost has demonstrated here."—Baltimore Sun.
New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
New York: D. APPLETON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY'S PUBLICATIONS.
D. Appleton and Company's Publications.
THE STORY OF WASHINGTON. By Elizabeth Eggleston Seelye. Edited by Dr. Edward Eggleston. With over 100 Illustrations by Allegra Eggleston. A new volume in the "Delights of History" Series, uniform with "The Story of Columbus." 12mo. Cloth, $1.75.
THE STORY OF WASHINGTON. By Elizabeth Eggleston Seelye. Edited by Dr. Edward Eggleston. Featuring over 100 illustrations by Allegra Eggleston. A new volume in the "Delights of History" series, matching "The Story of Columbus." 12mo. Cloth, $1.75.
"One of the best accounts of the incidents of Washington's life for young people."—New York Observer.
"One of the best accounts of Washington's life for young readers."—New York Observer.
"The Washington described is not that of the demigod or hero of the first half of this century, but the man Washington, with his defects as well as his virtues, his unattractive traits as well as his pleasing ones.... There is greater freedom from errors than in more pretentious lives."—Chicago Tribune.
"The Washington being described isn’t that of a demigod or hero from the first half of this century, but rather the man Washington, with both his flaws and his strengths, his unappealing traits alongside his appealing ones... There’s less pretense in his mistakes compared to more celebrated lives."—Chicago Tribune.
"The illustrations are numerous, and actually illustrate, including portraits and views, with an occasional map and minor pictures suggestive of the habits and customs of the period. It is altogether an attractive and useful book, and one that should find many readers among American boys and girls."—Philadelphia Times.
"The illustrations are numerous and truly depict the content, featuring portraits and scenes, along with an occasional map and smaller images that reflect the habits and customs of the time. Overall, it's an appealing and valuable book that should attract many young readers in the United States."—Philadelphia Times.
"A good piece of literary work presented in an attractive shape."—New York Tribune.
"A great piece of literature presented in a visually appealing form."—New York Tribune.
"Will be read with interest by young and old. It is told with good taste and accuracy, and if the first President loses some of his mythical goodness in this story, the real greatness of his natural character stands out distinctly, and his example will be all the more helpful to the boys and girls of this generation."—New York Churchman.
"Will be interesting to both young and old. It's told with good taste and accuracy, and while the first President may lose some of his legendary qualities in this story, the true greatness of his character is very clear, making his example even more beneficial for the boys and girls of this generation."—New York Churchman.
"The book is just what has been needed, the story of the life of Washington, as well as of his public career, written in a manner so interesting that one who begins it will finish, and so told that it will leave not the memory of a few trivial anecdotes by which to measure the man, but a just and complete estimate of him. The illustrations are so excellent as to double the value of the book as it would be without them."—Chicago Times.
"The book is exactly what we've needed, telling the story of Washington's life and his public career in such an engaging way that anyone who starts it will want to finish. It's presented in a way that provides a fair and comprehensive view of him, rather than just a few trivial anecdotes. The illustrations are so well done that they double the book's value compared to what it would be without them."—Chicago Times.
THE STORY OF COLUMBUS. By Elizabeth Eggleston Seelye. Edited by Dr. Edward Eggleston. With 100 Illustrations by Allegra Eggleston. "Delights of History" Series. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75.
THE STORY OF COLUMBUS. By Elizabeth Eggleston Seelye. Edited by Dr. Edward Eggleston. With 100 Illustrations by Allegra Eggleston. "Delights of History" Series. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75.
"A brief, popular, interesting, and yet critical volume, just such as we should wish to place in the hands of a young reader. The authors of this volume have done their best to keep it on a high plane of accuracy and conscientious work without losing sight of their readers."—New York Independent.
"A short, engaging, and important book, just what we would want to give to a young reader. The authors of this book have worked hard to maintain a high standard of accuracy and thoroughness while still keeping their audience in mind."—New York Independent.
"In some respects altogether the best book that the Columbus year has brought out."—Rochester Post-Express.
"In some ways, this is definitely the best book released during the Columbus year."—Rochester Post-Express.
"A simple story told in a natural fashion, and will be found far more interesting than many of the more ambitions works on a similar theme."—New York Journal of Commerce.
"A straightforward story shared in a genuine way, and it will be considered much more engaging than many of the more ambitious works on a similar topic."—New York Journal of Commerce.
"This is no ordinary work. It is pre-eminently a work of the present time and of the future as well."—Boston Traveller.
"This is no ordinary work. It is primarily a work of today and the future as well."—Boston Traveller.
"Mrs. Seelye's book is pleasing in its general effect, and reveals the results of painstaking and conscientious study."—New York Tribune.
"Mrs. Seelye's book is enjoyable overall and shows the outcome of thorough and dedicated study."—New York Tribune.
"A very just account is given of Columbus, his failings being neither concealed nor magnified, but his real greatness being made plain."—New York Examiner.
"A fair assessment of Columbus is provided, highlighting his shortcomings without hiding or exaggerating them, while clearly showing his true greatness."—New York Examiner.
"The illustrations are particularly well chosen and neatly executed, and they add to the general excellence of the volume."—New York Times.
"The illustrations are especially well chosen and neatly done, adding to the overall quality of the book."—New York Times.
New York: D. APPELTON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
New York: D. APPLETON AND CO., 72, Fifth Avenue.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!